7337 E. Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100
It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate box):
This
Registration Statement consists of the following papers and documents:
This Post-Effective Amendment No. 47 to the Registration Statement (Amendment) on Form N-1A for ING Strategic Allocation Portfolios, Inc.
(Registrant) is being filed under Rule 485(a) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, for the purpose of updating the disclosure in compliance with annual updating requirements to the Registrants Class I and Class S shares
Prospectus, and its related Statement of Additional Information each dated May 1, 2014.
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
May 1, 2014
ING
STRATEGIC ALLOCATION PORTFOLIOS, INC.
7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100
Scottsdale, Arizona 85258-2034
(800) 992-0180
ING Strategic
Allocation Conservative Portfolio
Class
/Ticker;
I
/ISAIX;
S
/ISCVX
ING Strategic Allocation Growth Portfolio
Class
/Ticker;
I
/ISAGX;
S
/ISGRX
ING Strategic Allocation Moderate Portfolio
Class
/Ticker;
I
/IIMDX;
S
/ISMDX
Class I and Class S Shares
This Statement of Additional Information (SAI) relates to the series listed above (each a Portfolio and collectively,
the Portfolios) of ING Strategic Allocation Portfolios, Inc. (Company). A prospectus or prospectuses for the Portfolios dated May 1, 2014 (each a Prospectus and collectively, the Prospectuses) that
provide the basic information you should know before investing in the Portfolios may be obtained without charge from the Portfolios or the Portfolios principal underwriter, ING Investments Distributor, LLC (Distributor), at the
address or phone number written above. This SAI is not a prospectus, but is incorporated therein by reference and should be read in conjunction with the Prospectuses dated May 1, 2014, which have been filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange
Commission (SEC).
The information in this SAI expands on the information contained in the Prospectuses and any supplements
thereto. The Portfolios financial statements and the independent registered public accounting firms report thereon, included in the annual shareholder report dated December 31, 2013, are incorporated herein by reference. Copies of
the Prospectuses and annual or unaudited semi-annual shareholder reports may be obtained upon request and without charge by contacting the Portfolios at the address or phone number written above. Capitalized terms used, but not defined, in this SAI
have the same meaning as in the Prospectuses, and some additional terms are defined particularly for this SAI.
Shares of the
Portfolios are sold to insurance company separate accounts (Separate Accounts), so that the Portfolios may serve as investment options under variable life insurance policies and variable annuity contracts issued by insurance companies
(Variable Contracts). The Portfolios may also sell their shares to certain other investors, such as qualified pension and retirement plans (Qualified Plans), insurance companies, and any investment adviser to the Portfolios
as well as to the general accounts of any insurance company whose Separate Accounts hold shares of the Portfolios. Shares of the Portfolios are currently offered to Separate Accounts of insurance companies that are subsidiaries of ING Groep N.V.
(ING Groep) as well as non-affiliated insurance companies. For information on allocating premiums and cash values under the terms of the Variable Contracts, see the prospectus for your Variable Contract.
1
TABLE OF CONTENTS
2
INTRODUCTION
This SAI is designed to expand upon information contained in the Portfolios Prospectuses, including the discussion of certain securities
and investment techniques. The more detailed information contained in this SAI is intended for investors who have read the Prospectuses and are interested in a more detailed explanation of certain aspects of some of the Portfolios securities
and investment techniques. Some of the Portfolios investment techniques are described only in the Prospectuses and are not repeated herein.
HISTORY OF THE COMPANY
The Company was incorporated in Maryland under its Articles of Incorporation dated October 14, 1994, as an open-end management investment
company.
The Company is authorized to issue multiple series and classes of shares, each representing a diversified portfolio of
investments with different investment objectives, policies, and restrictions. The Company currently has 3 portfolios.
HISTORY OF THE
PORTFOLIOS
Portfolio/Class Name Changes
The
following table provides information on the name changes of a Portfolio and the date of the change.
|
|
|
|
|
Current Name
|
|
Former Names
|
|
Date of Change
|
Class I Shares
|
|
Class R Shares
|
|
May 1, 2004
|
ING VP Strategic Allocation Moderate
|
|
ING VP Strategic Allocation Balanced Portfolio
|
|
April 28, 2006
|
ING VP Strategic Allocation Conservative
|
|
ING VP Strategic Allocation Income
|
|
April 28, 2006
|
ING Strategic Allocation Conservative Portfolio
|
|
ING VP Strategic Allocation Conservative Portfolio
|
|
May 1, 2009
|
ING Strategic Allocation Growth
|
|
ING VP Strategic Allocation Growth Portfolio
|
|
May 1, 2009
|
ING Strategic Allocation Moderate
|
|
ING VP Strategic Allocation Moderate Portfolio
|
|
May 1, 2009
|
Share Classes
The Board of Directors of the Company (Board) has the authority to subdivide each Portfolio into classes of shares having
different attributes, so long as each share of each class represents a proportionate interest in the Portfolio equal to each other share in that Portfolio. Shares of each Portfolio currently are classified into two classes: Class I and Class S
shares. Each class of shares has the same rights, privileges, and preferences, except with respect to: (i) the distribution fees borne by Class S shares; (ii) the expenses allocable exclusively to each class; and (iii) the voting
rights on matters exclusively affecting a single class. Class I and Class S shares of the Portfolios are offered through this SAI and the corresponding Prospectuses.
Capital Stock
Shares of each Portfolio
have no preemptive or conversion rights. Each share of a Portfolio has the same rights to share in dividends declared by that Portfolio. Upon liquidation of any Portfolio, shareholders in that Portfolio are entitled to share
pro rata
in the
net assets of the Portfolio available for distribution to shareholders. Shares of each Portfolio are fully paid and non-assessable.
3
Voting Rights
Shareholders of each Portfolio are entitled to one vote for each full share held (and fractional votes for fractional shares held) and will
vote in the election of Directors, as the case may be (hereafter, Directors) (to the extent hereinafter provided), and on other matters submitted to the vote of shareholders. Participants who select a Portfolio for investment through
their Variable Contract are not the shareholders of the Portfolio. The insurance companies that issue the Separate Accounts are the true shareholders, but generally pass through voting to participants as described in the prospectus for the
applicable Variable Contract. Once the initial Board is elected, no meetings of the shareholders for the purpose of electing Directors will be held unless and until such time as less than a majority of the Directors holding office have been elected
by the shareholders, or shareholders holding 10% or more of the outstanding shares request such a vote. The Directors then in office will call a shareholder meeting for election of Directors. Vacancies occurring between any such meetings shall be
filled as allowed by law, provided that immediately after filling any such vacancy, at least two-thirds of the Directors holding office have been elected by the shareholders.
Except as set forth above, the Directors shall continue to hold office and may appoint successor Directors. Directors of the Portfolios may be
removed at any meeting of shareholders by the vote of a majority of all shares entitled to vote. Any Director may also voluntarily resign from office. Voting rights are not cumulative, so that the holders of more than 50% of the shares voting in the
election of Directors can, if they choose to do so, elect all the Directors of a Portfolio, in which event the holders of the remaining shares will be unable to elect any person as a Director.
ING Funds Service Providers
The
following table reflects various ING services providers, their historical names, and the service they provide to all the funds and portfolios in the ING Fund Complex:
|
|
|
|
|
Current Name
|
|
Former Names
|
|
Service
|
ING Investments, LLC
|
|
ING Pilgrim Investments, LLC
|
|
Investment Adviser
|
|
|
ING Pilgrim Investments, Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
Pilgrim American Investments
|
|
|
ING Investment Management Co. LLC
|
|
ING Investment Management Co.
|
|
Sub-Adviser to certain funds/portfolios
|
Directed Services LLC
|
|
Directed Services, Inc.
|
|
Investment Adviser
|
ING Investments Distributor, LLC
|
|
ING Funds Distributor, LLC
|
|
Distributor
|
|
|
ING Funds Distributor, Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
ING Pilgrim Securities, Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
Pilgrim America Securities, Inc.
|
|
|
ING Funds Services, LLC
|
|
ING Pilgrim Group, LLC
|
|
Administrator
|
|
|
ING Pilgrim Group, Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
Pilgrim Group, Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
Pilgrim Group America, Inc.
|
|
|
SUPPLEMENTAL DESCRIPTION OF PORTFOLIO INVESTMENTS AND RISKS
Diversification
Each Portfolio is
classified as a diversified fund as that term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (1940 Act). The 1940 Act generally requires that a diversified fund may not, with respect to 75% of its total assets,
invest more than 5% of its total assets in the securities of any one issuer and may not purchase more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of any one issuer (other than securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or any of its
agencies or instrumentalities or investments in securities of other investment companies).
4
A non-diversified company under the 1940 Act means that a fund is not limited by the 1940 Act in
the proportion of its assets that it may invest in the obligations of a single issuer. The investment of a large percentage of a funds assets in the securities of a small number of issuers may cause a funds share price to fluctuate more
than that of a diversified company. When compared to a diversified fund, a non-diversified fund may invest a greater portion of its assets in a particular issuer and, therefore, has greater exposure to the risk of poor earnings or losses by an
issuer.
Concentration
For purposes
of the 1940 Act, concentration occurs when at least 25% of a Portfolios assets are invested in any one industry. Each Portfolio has a fundamental policy against concentration.
Investments, Investment Strategies, and Risks
Each Portfolio normally invests all of its assets in shares of other mutual funds (Underlying Funds), as described in the
Prospectuses. The investment techniques described below may be pursued directly by the Underlying Funds.
The following pages identify
various securities and investment techniques used by the adviser or sub-adviser of the Underlying Funds along with the risks associated with them. As a general matter, the Portfolios do not invest directly in securities, but invest in Underlying
Funds that, in turn, invest directly in securities (such as stocks and bonds). Consequently, the Portfolios are subject to the risks described below indirectly through their investment in the Underlying Funds. The Underlying Funds may use any or all
of these techniques at any one time, and the fact that an Underlying Fund may use a technique does not mean that the technique will be used. An Underlying Funds transactions in a particular type of security or use of a particular technique is
subject to limitations imposed by the Underlying Funds investment objective, policies, and restrictions described in the Underlying Funds Prospectuses SAI, as well as the federal securities laws. There can be no assurance that a
Portfolio will achieve its investment objective. Each Portfolios investment objective, policies, investment strategies, and practices are non-fundamental unless otherwise indicated. The descriptions of the securities and investment techniques
in this section supplement the discussion of principal investment strategies contained in the Portfolios and the Underlying Funds Prospectuses. Where a particular type of security or investment technique is not discussed in the
Underlying Funds or the Portfolios Prospectuses, that security or investment technique is not a principal investment strategy, and the Underlying Fund or Portfolio will not investment more than 5% of its assets in such security or
investment technique.
Please refer to the fundamental and non-fundamental investment restrictions following the description of securities
for more information on any applicable limitation. In addition, please see the Underlying Funds fundamental investment restrictions for further information.
EQUITY SECURITIES
The market price of
equity securities, such as common stocks and preferred stocks, owned by an Underlying Fund may go up or down, sometimes rapidly or unpredictably. The value of equity securities may decline in value due to factors affecting equity securities markets
generally or to factors affecting a particular industry or industries represented in those markets. The value of an equity security may also decline for a number of reasons which directly relate to the issuer, such as management performance,
financial leverage, and reduced demand for the issuers goods or services. Equity securities generally have greater price volatility than debt instruments.
5
Common Stocks
Common stocks represent an equity (ownership) interest in a company. This ownership interest generally gives an Underlying Fund the right to
vote on issues affecting the companys organization and operations. Except for Underlying Funds that are non-diversified, such investments will be diversified over a cross-section of industries and individual companies. Some of these companies
will be organizations with market capitalizations of $500 million or less or companies that have limited product lines, markets, and financial resources and are dependent upon a limited management group. Examples of possible investments include
emerging growth companies employing new technology, cyclical companies, initial public offerings of companies offering high growth potential, or other corporations offering good potential for high growth in market value. The securities of such
companies may be subject to more abrupt or erratic market movements than larger, more established companies both because the securities typically are traded in lower volume and because the issuers typically are subject to a greater degree to changes
in earnings and prospects.
Other types of equity securities may also be purchased, including convertible securities, preferred stocks,
rights, warrants
,
or other securities that are exchangeable for, or otherwise provide similar exposure to, shares of common stocks.
Convertible
Securities
A convertible security is a security that may be converted either at a stated price or rate within a specified period of
time into a specified number of shares of common stock. A convertible bond or convertible preferred stock gives the holder the option of converting these securities into common stocks. Some convertible securities contain a call feature whereby the
issuer may redeem the security at a stipulated price, thereby limiting the possible appreciation. Convertible securities include corporate notes or preferred stocks but are ordinarily long-term debt obligations of the issuer convertible at a stated
exchange rate into common or preferred stocks of the issuer. A convertible security may also be called for redemption or conversion by the issuer after a particular date and under certain circumstances (including a specified price) established upon
issue. If a convertible security held by an Underlying Fund is called for redemption or conversion, the Underlying Fund could be required to tender it for redemption, convert it into the underlying common stock, or sell it to a third party.
By investing in convertible securities, an Underlying Fund seeks the opportunity, through the conversion feature, to participate in the
capital appreciation of the common stocks into which the securities are convertible, while earning a higher fixed rate of return than is available on common stocks.
The value of a convertible security is a function of its investment value (determined by its yield in comparison with the yields
of other securities of comparable maturity and quality that do not have a conversion privilege) and its conversion value (the securitys worth, at market value, if converted into the underlying common stock). The credit standing of
the issuer and other factors may also affect the investment value of a convertible security. The conversion value of a convertible security is determined by the market price of the underlying common stock. If the conversion value is low relative to
the investment value, the price of the convertible security is governed principally by its investment value. To the extent the market price of the underlying common stock approaches or exceeds the conversion price, the price of the convertible
security will be increasingly influenced by its conversion value.
Before conversion, convertible securities have characteristics similar
to non-convertible debt instruments in that they ordinarily provide a stable stream of income with generally higher yields than those of common stocks of the same or similar issuers. However, when the market price of the common stock underlying a
convertible security exceeds the conversion price, the price of the convertible security tends to reflect the value of the underlying common stock. As the market price of the underlying common
6
stock declines, the convertible security tends to trade increasingly on a yield basis and thus may not depreciate to the same extent as the underlying common stock. Convertible securities
generally rank senior to common stocks in an issuers capital structure and consequently entail less risk than the issuers common stock.
The market value of convertible securities tends to vary inversely with the level of interest rates. The securitys value declines as
interest rates increase and increases as interest rates decline. Although under normal market conditions longer-term debt instruments have greater yields than do shorter-term debt instruments of similar quality, they are subject to greater price
fluctuations. A convertible security may be subject to redemption at the option of the issuer at a price established in the instrument governing the convertible security. If a convertible security held by an Underlying Fund is called for redemption,
the Underlying Fund must permit the issuer to redeem the security, convert it into the underlying common stock or sell it to a third party. Rating requirements do not apply to convertible debt securities purchased by an Underlying Fund because the
Underlying Fund purchases such securities for their equity characteristics.
Initial Public Offerings (IPOs)
IPOs occur when a company first offers its securities to the public. Although companies can be any age or size at the time of their IPO, they
are often smaller and have a limited operating history, which involves a greater potential for the value of their securities to be impaired following the IPO.
Investors in IPOs can be adversely affected by substantial dilution in the value of their shares, by sales of additional shares and by
concentration of control in existing management and principal shareholders. In addition, all of the factors that affect stock market performance may have a greater impact on the shares of IPO companies.
The price of a companys securities may be highly unstable at the time of its IPO and for a period thereafter due to market psychology
prevailing at the time of the IPO, the absence of a prior public market, the small number of shares available and limited availability of investor information. As a result of this or other factors, an Underlying Funds adviser or sub-adviser
might decide to sell an IPO security more quickly than it would otherwise, which may result in a significant gain or loss and greater transaction costs to the Underlying Fund. Any gains from shares held for one year or less will be treated as
short-term gains, taxable as ordinary income to an Underlying Funds shareholders. In addition, IPO securities may be subject to varying patterns of trading volume and may, at times, be difficult to sell without an unfavorable impact on
prevailing prices.
The effect of an IPO investment can have a magnified impact on an Underlying Funds performance when the
Underlying Funds asset base is small. Consequently, IPOs may constitute a significant portion of an Underlying Funds returns particularly when the Underlying Fund is small. Since the number of securities issued in an IPO is limited, it
is likely that IPO securities will represent a smaller component of an Underlying Funds assets as it increases in size and, therefore, have a more limited effect on the Underlying Funds performance in the future.
There can be no assurance that IPOs will continue to be available for the Underlying Funds to purchase. The number or quality of IPOs
available for purchase by the Underlying Funds may vary, decrease or entirely disappear. In some cases, the Underlying Funds may not be able to purchase IPOs at the offering price, but may have to purchase the shares in the aftermarket at a price
greatly exceeding the offering price, making it more difficult for the Underlying Funds to realize a profit.
7
Mid- and/or Small-Capitalization Companies
Investments in mid- and/or small-capitalization companies involve greater risk than is customarily associated with larger, more established
companies due to the greater business risks of small size, limited markets and financial resources, narrow product lines, and the frequent lack of depth of management. The securities of smaller companies are often traded over-the-counter
(OTC) and may not be traded in volumes typical on a national securities exchange. Consequently, the securities of smaller companies may have limited market stability and may be subject to more abrupt or erratic market movements than
securities of larger, more established companies or the market averages in general. The trading volume of securities of mid-capitalization and small-capitalization companies is normally less than that of larger companies and, therefore, may
disproportionately affect their market price, tending to make them rise more in response to buying demand and fall more in response to selling pressure than is the case with larger companies.
Other Investment Companies
An
investment company is a company engaged in the business of pooling investors money and trading in securities for them. Examples include face-amount certificate companies, unit investment trusts, and management companies.
Generally, a portfolio or an Underlying Fund is limited in the degree to which it may invest in shares of another investment company in that
it may not, at the time of the purchase: (i) acquire more than 3% of the outstanding voting shares of the investment company; (ii) invest more than 5% of its total assets in the investment company; or (iii) invest more than 10% of its
total assets in all investment company holdings. A portfolio or Underlying Fund may invest beyond these limits to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act or to the extent it operates under exemptive order exempting it from the provisions of the 1940
Act.
For so long as shares of an Underlying Fund are purchased by another fund in reliance on Section 12(d)(1)(G) of the 1940 Act,
the Underlying Fund will not purchase securities of a registered open-end investment company or registered unit investment trust in reliance on Section 12(d)(1)(F) or Section 12(d)(1)(G) of the 1940 Act.
There are some potential disadvantages associated with investing in other investment companies. In addition to the advisory and operational
fees a portfolio or an Underlying Fund bears directly in connection with its own operation, the portfolio or Underlying Fund would also bear its
pro rata
portions of each other investment companys advisory and operational expenses. When
a portfolio or Underlying Fund invests in other investment companies, you indirectly pay a proportionate share of the expenses of that other investment company (including management fees, administration fee, and custodial fees) in addition to the
expenses of the portfolio or Underlying Fund.
Exchange-Traded Funds (ETFs)
ETFs are passively managed investment companies traded on a securities exchange whose goals may be to track or replicate a desired index, such
as a sector, market, or global segment. The goal of a passive ETF is to correspond generally to the price and yield performance, before fees and expenses, of its underlying index. ETFs are traded on exchanges similarly to publicly traded companies.
Consequently, the risks and costs are similar to that of a publicly traded company. The goal of an ETF is to correspond generally to the price and yield performance, before fees and expenses, of its underlying index. The risk of not correlating to
the index is an additional risk to the investors of ETFs. Because ETFs trade on an exchange, they may not trade at net asset value (NAV). Sometimes, the prices of ETFs may vary significantly from the NAVs of the ETFs underlying
securities. Additionally, if a portfolio or an Underlying Fund elects to redeem its ETF shares rather than selling them on the secondary market, the
8
portfolio or the Underlying Fund may receive the underlying securities which it must then sell in order to obtain cash. Additionally, when a portfolio or an Underlying Fund invests in ETFs,
shareholders of the portfolio or Underlying Fund bears its proportionate share of the underlying ETFs fees and expenses.
Market Trading Risks
for ETFs
Absence of Active Market
. Although shares of an ETF are listed for trading on one or more stock exchanges, there can
be no assurance that an active trading market for such shares will develop or be maintained.
Risks of Secondary Listings
. An
ETFs shares may be listed or traded on U.S. and non-U.S. stock exchanges other than the U.S. stock exchange where the ETFs primary listing is maintained. There can be no assurance that the ETFs shares will continue to trade on any
such stock exchange or in any market or that the ETFs shares will continue to meet the requirements for listing or trading on any exchange or in any market. The ETFs shares may be less actively traded in certain markets than others, and
investors are subject to the execution and settlement risks and market standards of the market where they or their broker direct their trades for execution. Certain information available to investors who trade ETF shares on a U.S. stock exchange
during regular U.S. market hours may not be available to investors who trade in other markets, which may result in secondary market prices in such markets being less efficient.
Secondary Market Trading Risks
. Shares of an ETF may trade in the secondary market at times when an ETF does not accept orders to
purchase or redeem shares. At such times, shares may trade in the secondary market with more significant premiums or discounts than might be experienced at times when and ETF accepts purchase and redemption orders. Secondary market trading in ETF
shares may be halted by a stock exchange because of market conditions or other reasons. In addition, trading in ETF shares on a stock exchange or in any market may be subject to trading halts caused by extraordinary market volatility pursuant to
circuit breaker rules on the exchange or market. There can be no assurance that the requirements necessary to maintain the listing or trading of ETF shares will continue to be met or will remain unchanged.
Holding Company Depositary Receipts (HOLDRs)
HOLDRs are trust-issued receipts that represent a Portfolios or an Underlying Funds beneficial ownership of a specific group of
stocks. HOLDRs involve risks similar to the risks of investing in common stocks. For example, a Portfolio or an Underlying Funds investments will decline in value if the underlying stocks decline in value. Because HOLDRs are not subject to
concentration limits, the relative weight of an individual stock may increase substantially, causing the HOLDRs to be less diverse and creating more risk.
Index-Related Securities (Equity Equivalents)
Equity Equivalents securities that enable investors to purchase or sell shares in a portfolio of securities that seeks to track the
performance of an underlying index or a portion of an index. Such Equity Equivalents include, among others, DIAMONDS (interests in a portfolio of securities that seeks to track the performance of the Dow Jones Industrial Average), SPDRs or
Standard & Poors Depositary Receipts (interests in a portfolio of securities that seeks to track the performance of the S&P 500
®
Index, iShares MSCI Index Shares
(iShares) (interests in a portfolio of securities that seeks to track the performance of a benchmark index of a particular foreign countrys stocks), and the PowerShares QQQ
TM
(QQQQ) (interests in a portfolio of securities of the largest and most actively traded non-financial companies listed on the NASDAQ Stock Market). Such securities are similar to index mutual funds, but they are traded on various stock
exchanges or secondary markets. The value of these securities is dependent upon the
9
performance of the underlying index on which they are based. Thus, these securities are subject to the same risks as their underlying indices as well as the securities that make up those indices.
For example, if the securities comprising an index that an Equity Equivalent seeks to track perform poorly, the Equity Equivalent securities will lose value.
Equity Equivalents may be used for several purposes, including to simulate full investment in the underlying index while retaining a cash
balance for portfolio management purposes, to facilitate trading, to reduce transaction costs or to seek higher investment returns when an Equity Equivalent is priced more attractively than securities in the underlying index. Because the expense
associated with an investment in Equity Equivalents may be substantially lower than the expense of small investments directly in the securities comprising the indices they seek to track, investments in Equity Equivalents may provide a cost-effective
means of diversifying a Portfolios or an Underlying Funds assets across a broad range of equity securities.
The prices of
Equity Equivalents are derived and based upon the securities held by the particular investment company. Accordingly, the level of risk involved in the purchase or sale of an Equity Equivalent is similar to the risk involved in the purchase or sale
of traditional common stock, with the exception that the pricing mechanism for such instruments is based on a basket of stocks. The market prices of Equity Equivalents are expected to fluctuate in accordance with both changes in the NAV of their
underlying indices and the supply and demand for the instruments on the exchanges on which they are traded. Substantial market or other disruptions affecting an Equity Equivalent could adversely affect the liquidity and value of the shares of a
Portfolio.
iShares track the performance of several international equity indices. Each country index series invests in an optimized
portfolio of common stocks based on that countrys Morgan Stanley Capital International benchmark country index. The market prices of iShares are expected to fluctuate in accordance with both changes in the NAVs of their underlying indices and
supply and demand of iShares on the NYSE MKT LLC (NYSE MKT). To date, iShares have traded at relatively modest discounts and premiums to their NAVs. However, iShares have a limited operating history and information is lacking regarding
the actual performance and trading liquidity of iShares for extended periods or over complete market cycles. In addition, there is no assurance that the requirements of the NYSE MKT necessary to maintain the listing of iShares will continue to be
met or will remain unchanged. In the event substantial market or other disruptions affecting iShares should occur in the future, the liquidity and value of a Portfolios or an Underlying Funds shares could also be substantially and
adversely affected. If such disruptions were to occur, a Portfolio or an Underlying Fund could be required to reconsider the use of iShares as part of its investment strategy.
SPDRs are securities traded on the NYSE MKT that represent ownership in the SPDR Trust, a trust which has been established to accumulate and
hold a portfolio of common stocks that is intended to track the price performance and dividend yield of the S&P 500
®
Index. The SPDR Trust is sponsored by a subsidiary of the NYSE MKT.
SPDRs may be used for several reasons including, but not limited to, facilitating the handling of cash flows or trading, or reducing transaction costs. The price movement of SPDRs may not perfectly parallel the price action of the S&P 500
®
Index.
Investment Companies that Invest in Senior Loans
Some investment companies invest primarily in interests in variable or floating rate loans or notes (Senior Loans). Senior Loans,
in most circumstances, are fully collateralized by assets of a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, or other business entity. Senior Loans vary from other types of debt in that they generally hold a senior position in the capital
structure of a borrower. Thus, Senior Loans are generally repaid before unsecured bank loans, corporate bonds, subordinated debt, trade creditors, and preferred or common stockholders.
10
Substantial increases in interest rates may cause an increase in loan defaults as borrowers may
lack resources to meet higher debt service requirements. The value of an Underlying Funds assets may also be affected by other uncertainties such as economic developments affecting the market for Senior Loans or affecting borrowers generally.
Senior Loans usually include restrictive covenants that must be maintained by the borrower. Under certain interests in Senior Loans, an
investment company investing in a Senior Loan may have an obligation to make additional loans upon demand by the borrower. Senior Loans, unlike certain bonds, usually do not have call protection. This means that interests, while having a stated one
to ten-year term, may be prepaid, often without penalty. The rate of such prepayments may be affected by, among other things, general business and economic conditions, as well as the financial status of the borrower. Prepayment would cause the
actual duration of a Senior Loan to be shorter than its stated maturity.
Risks of Senior Loans
Credit Risk.
Information about interests in Senior Loans generally is not in the public domain, and interests are generally not
currently rated by any nationally recognized rating service. Senior Loans are subject to the risk of nonpayment of scheduled interest or principal payments. Issuers of Senior Loans generally have either issued debt instruments that are rate lower
than investment-grade, or, if they had issued debt instruments, such debt instruments would likely be rated lower than investment-grade. However, unlike other types of debt instruments, Senior Loans are generally fully collateralized.
In the event of a failure to pay scheduled interest or principal payments on Senior Loans, an investment company investing in that Senior Loan
could experience a reduction in its income, and would experience a decline in the market value of the particular Senior Loan so affected, and may experience a decline in the NAV or the amount of the dividends. In the event of a bankruptcy of the
borrower, the investment company could experience delays or limitations with respect to its ability to realize the benefits of the collateral securing the Senior Loan.
Collateral.
Senior Loans typically will be secured by pledges of collateral from the borrower in the form of tangible assets and
intangible assets. In some instances, an investment company may invest in Senior Loans that are secured only by stock of the borrower or its subsidiaries or affiliates. The value of the collateral may decline below the principal amount of the Senior
Loan subsequent to an investment in such Senior Loans. In addition, to the extent that collateral consists of stock of the borrower or its subsidiaries or affiliates, there is a risk that the stock may decline in value, be relatively illiquid, or
may lose all or substantially all of its value, causing the Senior Loan to be under-collateralized.
Limited Secondary Market.
Although it is growing, the secondary market for Senior Loans is currently limited. There is no organized exchange or board of trade on which Senior Loans may be traded; instead, the secondary market for Senior Loans is an unregulated
inter-dealer or inter-bank market. Accordingly, Senior Loans may be illiquid. In addition, Senior Loans generally require the consent of the borrower prior to sale or assignment. These consent requirements may delay or impede a Portfolios or
an Underlying Funds ability to sell Senior Loans. In addition, because the secondary market for Senior Loans may be limited, it may be difficult to value Senior Loans. Reliable market value quotations may not be readily available and valuation
may require more research than for liquid securities. In addition, elements of judgment may play a greater role in the valuation, because there is less reliable, objective data available.
11
Hybrid Loans.
The growth of the syndicated loan market has produced loan structures with
characteristics similar to Senior Loans but which resemble bonds in some respects, and generally offer less covenant or other protections than traditional Senior Loans while still being collateralized (Hybrid Loans). With Hybrid Loans, a
Portfolio or an Underlying Fund may not possess a senior claim to all of the collateral securing the Hybrid Loan. Hybrid Loans also may not include covenants that are typical of Senior Loans, such as covenants requiring the maintenance of minimum
interest coverage ratios. As a result, Hybrid Loans present additional risks besides those associated with traditional Senior Loans, although they may provide a relatively higher yield. Because the lenders in Hybrid Loans waive or forego certain
loan covenants, their negotiating power or voting rights in the event of a default may be diminished. As a result, the lenders interests may not be represented as significantly as in the case of a conventional Senior Loan. In addition, because
an investment companys security interest in some of the collateral may be subordinate to other creditors, the risk of nonpayment of interest or loss of principal may be greater than would be the case with conventional Senior Loans.
Subordinated and Unsecured Loans.
The primary risk arising in connection with subordinated loans is that because the holders
interested in subordinated, there is the potential for loss in the event of default by the issuer of the loans. Subordinated loans in an insolvency bear an increased share, relative to senior secured lenders, of the ultimate risk that the
borrowers assets are insufficient to meet its obligations to its creditors. Unsecured loans are not secured by any specific collateral of the borrower. They do not enjoy the security associated with collateralization and may pose a greater
risk of nonpayment of interest or loss of principal than do secured loans.
Preferred Stocks
A preferred stock represents an equity (or ownership) interest in a company that generally entitles the holder to receive, in preference to
the holders of other stock such as common stocks, dividends and a fixed share of the proceeds resulting from a liquidation of the company. Preferred stocks may pay fixed or adjustable rates of return. Preferred stocks are subject to issuer-specific
and market risks applicable generally to equity securities. In addition, a companys preferred stock generally pays dividends only after the company makes required payments to holders of its bonds and other debt. For this reason, the value of
preferred stocks will usually react more strongly than bonds and other debt to actual or perceived changes in the companys financial condition or prospects.
Unlike common stocks, preferred stocks typically may offer a stated dividend rate payable from a corporations earnings. Such preferred
stock dividends may be cumulative or non-cumulative, participating, or auction rate. If interest rates rise, the fixed dividend on preferred stocks may be less attractive, causing the price of preferred stocks to decline. Preferred stocks may have
mandatory sinking fund provisions, as well as call/redemption provisions prior to maturity, a negative feature when interest rates decline. Dividends on some preferred stock may be cumulative, requiring all or a portion of prior unpaid
dividends to be paid before dividends are paid on the issuers common stock. Preferred stocks also generally have a preference over common stocks on the distribution of a corporations assets in the event of liquidation of the corporation,
and may be participating, which means that it may be entitled to a dividend exceeding the stated dividend in certain cases. The rights of preferred stocks on the distribution of a corporations assets in the event of liquidation are
generally subordinate to the rights associated with a corporations debt instruments.
Private Funds
Private funds are U.S. or foreign private limited partnerships or other investment funds. Investments in private funds may be highly
speculative and volatile. Because private funds generally are investment companies for purposes of the 1940 Act, or would be but for the exemptions provided in sections 3(c)(1) or (3)(c)(7) of the 1940 Act, an Underlying Funds ability to
invest in them will be limited. In addition,
12
Underlying Fund shareholders will remain subject to an Underlying Funds expenses while also bearing their
pro rata
share of the operating expenses of the private funds. The ability
of an Underlying Fund to dispose of interests in private funds is very limited and involves risks, including loss of the Underlying Funds entire investment in the private fund.
Private funds include a variety of pooled investments. Generally, these pooled investments are structured as a trust, a special purpose
vehicle, and are exempted from registration under the 1940 Act. As an investor, an Underlying Fund owns a proportionate share of the trust. Typically, the trust does not employ a professional investment manager. Instead, the pooled investment tracks
some index by investing in the issuers or securities that comprise the index. An Underlying Fund receives a stream of cash flows in the form of interest payments from the underlying assets. However, some pooled investments may not dispose of the
underlying securities regardless of the adverse events affecting the issuers depending on the investment strategy utilized. In this type of strategy, the pooled investment continues to hold the underlying securities as long as the issuers of the
securities remain members of the tracked index.
The pooled investments allow an Underlying Fund to synchronize the receipt of interest
and principal payments and also, diversify some of the risks involved with investing in debt instruments. Because the pooled investments hold securities of many issuers, the default of a few issuers would not impact the Portfolio significantly.
However, an Underlying Fund bears its proportionate share of any expenses incurred by the pooled investments. In addition, an Underlying Fund assumes the liquidity risks generally associated the privately offered pooled investments.
Pooled investments that are structured as a trust contain many similarities to private funds that are structured as limited partnerships. The
primary difference between the trust and the limited partnership structure is the redemption of the ownership interest. Typically, the ownership interests in a typical private fund are redeemable only by the general partners and thus, are restricted
from transferring from one party to another. Conversely, the ownership interests in the trust are generally not redeemable by the trust, except under certain circumstances, and are transferable among the general public for publicly offered
securities and qualified purchasers or qualified institutional buyers for privately offered securities.
An
Underlying Fund cannot assure that it can achieve better results by investing in a pooled investment versus investing directly in the individual underlying assets.
Private funds also include investments in certain structured securities.
Real Estate Securities and Real Estate Investment Trusts (REITs)
Real estate securities include investment in other real estate operating companies (REOCs), companies engaged in other real estate
related businesses, and REITs. REITs are trusts that sell securities to investors and use the proceeds to invest in real estate or interests in real estate. A REIT may focus on a particular project, such as apartment complexes, or geographic
regions, such as the northeastern United States. A REOC is a company that derives at least 50% of its gross revenues or net profits from either: (i) the ownership, development, construction, financing, management or sale of commercial,
industrial, or residential real estate; or (ii) products or services related to the real estate industry, such as building supplies or mortgage servicing.
A REIT is a corporation or business trust that meets the definitional requirements of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended
(Code). The Code permits a qualifying REIT to deduct from taxable income the dividends paid, thereby effectively eliminating corporate level federal income tax and making the
13
REIT a pass through vehicle for federal income tax purposes. To meet the definitional requirements of the Code, a REIT must, among other things, invest substantially all of its assets in
interests in real estate (including mortgages and other REITs), cash and government securities; derive most of its income from rents from real property or interest on loans secured by mortgages on real property; and distribute annually 90% or more
of its otherwise taxable income to shareholders.
REITs are sometimes informally characterized as equity REITs, mortgage REITs, or a
combination of equity and mortgage REITs. Equity REITs invest most of their assets directly in real property and derive income primarily from the collection of rents. Equity REITs can also realize capital gains by selling properties that have
appreciated in value. Mortgage REITs invest most of their assets in real estate mortgages and derive income from interest payments. Like investment companies, REITs are not taxed on income distributed to shareholders if they comply with several
requirements of the Code. An Underlying Fund will indirectly bear its proportionate share of any expenses (such as operating expenses and advisory fees) paid by REITs in which it invests in addition to the expenses paid by the Underlying Fund.
Risks Associated with Investing in REITs and the Real Estate Industry in General
Investing in REITs involves risks similar to those associated with investing in small-capitalization companies. REITs may have limited
financial resources, may trade less frequently and in a limited volume and may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements than larger company securities. Furthermore, REITs are dependent upon specialized management skills, have limited
diversification and are, therefore, subject to risks inherent in operating and financing a limited number of projects. By investing in REITs indirectly through the Portfolio, a shareholder will bear not only his proportionate share of the expenses
of a Portfolio, but also, indirectly, similar expenses of the REITs. REITs depend generally on their ability to generate cash flow to make distributions to shareholders.
To the extent that assets underlying the REITs investments are concentrated geographically, by property type or in certain other
respects, the REITs may be subject to certain of the foregoing risks to a greater extent. Equity REITs may be affected by changes in the value of the underlying property owned by the REITs, while mortgage REITs may be affected by the quality of any
credit extended. REITs are dependent upon management skills, are not diversified, are subject to heavy cash flow dependency, default by borrowers and self-liquidation. REITs are also subject to the possibilities of failing to qualify for tax-free
pass-through of income under the Code and failing to maintain their exemptions from registration under the 1940 Act.
REITs (especially
mortgage REITs) are also subject to interest rate risks. When interest rates decline, the value of a REITs investment in fixed rate obligations can be expected to rise. Conversely, when interest rates rise, the value of a REITs
investment in fixed rate obligations can be expected to decline. In contrast, as interest rates on adjustable rate mortgage loans are reset periodically, yields on a REITs investment in such loans will gradually align themselves to reflect
changes in market interest rates, causing the value of such investments to fluctuate less dramatically in response to interest rate fluctuations than would investments in fixed rate obligations.
Additionally, rising interest rates may cause investors in REITs to demand a higher annual yield from future distributions, which may in turn
decrease market prices for equity securities issued by REITs. Mortgage REITs may also be affected by the ability of borrowers to repay when due the debt extended by the REIT and equity REITs may be affected by the ability of tenants to pay rent.
Investing in REITs involves risks similar to those associated with investing in small-capitalization companies. REITs may have limited
financial resources, may trade less frequently and in a limited volume and may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements than larger company securities.
14
Furthermore, REITs are dependent upon specialized management skills, have limited diversification
and are, therefore, subject to risks inherent in operating and financing a limited number of projects. By investing in REITs indirectly through a Portfolio, a shareholder will bear not only his proportionate share of the expenses of the Portfolio,
but also, indirectly, similar expenses of the REITs. REITs depend generally on their ability to generate cash flow to make distributions to shareholders.
Although an Underlying Fund will not invest directly in real estate, an Underlying Fund may invest in equity securities of issuers primarily
engaged in or related to the real estate industry. Risks of real estate securities and REITs include those risks that are more closely associated with investing in real estate securities directly than with investing in the real estate industry in
general. These risks include, among others: (i) possible periodic declines in the value of real estate generally, or in the rents and other income generated by real estate; (ii) risks related to general and local economic conditions;
(iii) possible lack of availability of mortgage funds; (iv) periodic overbuilding, which creates gluts in the market; (v) extended vacancies of properties; (vi) increases in competition, property taxes, and operating expenses;
(vii) changes in laws (such as zoning laws) that impair the property rights of real estate owners; (viii) costs resulting from the clean-up of, and liability to, third parties for damages resulting from, environmental problems;
(ix) casualty or condemnation losses; (x) uninsured damages from floods, earthquakes, or other natural disasters; (xi) limitations on and variations in rents; (xii) changes in interest rates; (xiii) acts of terrorism, war,
or other acts of violence; and (xiv) adverse developments in the real estate industry.
In addition to the risks discussed above,
REITs may be affected by any changes in the value of the underlying property owned by the trusts or by the quality of any credit extended. REITs are dependent upon management skill, are not diversified, and are therefore subject to the risk of
financing for a single or a limited number of projects. REITs are also subject to heavy cash flow dependency, defaults by borrowers, self-liquidation, and the possibility of failing to qualify for special tax treatment under applicable tax credits
and to maintain an exemption under the 1940 Act. Finally, certain REITs may be self-liquidating in that a specific term of existence is provided for in the trust document and such REITs run the risk of liquidating at an economically inopportune
time. To the extent an Underlying Fund invests in international REITs, such a REIT may be considered a passive foreign investment company which may result in an adverse situation for an Underlying Fund.
Risk Arbitrage Securities and Distressed Companies
A merger, tender, or exchange offer, or other corporate restructuring proposed at the time an Underlying Fund invests in risk arbitrage
securities may not be completed on the terms or within the time frame contemplated, resulting in losses to the Underlying Fund. Debt obligations of distressed companies typically are unrated, lower rated, in default, or close to default. Also,
securities of distressed companies are generally more likely to become worthless than the securities of more financially stable companies.
Small
Companies
Small companies, some of which may be unseasoned, may have limited product lines, markets, or financial resources and may
be dependent on a limited management group. While the markets in securities of such companies have grown rapidly in recent years, such securities may trade less frequently and in smaller volume than more widely held securities. The values of these
securities may fluctuate more sharply than those of other securities, and an Underlying Fund may experience some difficulty in establishing or closing out positions in these securities at prevailing market prices. There may be less publicly
available information about the issuers of these securities or less market interest in such securities than in the case of larger companies, and it may take a longer period of time for the prices of such securities to reflect the full value of their
issuers underlying earnings potential or assets.
15
Some securities of smaller issuers may be restricted as to resale or may otherwise be illiquid.
The ability of an Underlying Fund to dispose of such securities may be limited, and the Underlying Fund may have to continue to hold such securities during periods when its manager would otherwise have sold the security. It is possible that an
Underlying Funds manager or an affiliate or client of the Underlying Funds manager may hold securities issued by the same issuers, and may in some cases have acquired the securities at different times, on more favorable terms or at more
favorable prices, than the Underlying Fund which it manages.
Special Situations
A special situation arises when, in the opinion of an Underlying Funds adviser or sub-adviser, the securities of a particular company
will, within a reasonably estimable period of time, be accorded market recognition at an appreciated value solely by reason of a development applicable to that company, and regardless of general business conditions or movements of the market as a
whole. Developments creating special situations might include, among others: liquidations, reorganizations, recapitalizations, mergers, material litigation, technical breakthroughs, and new management or management policies. Investments in
unseasoned companies and special situations often involve much greater risk than is inherent in ordinary investment securities.
Stock Purchase Rights
Stock purchase rights are instruments, frequently distributed to an issuers shareholders as a dividend, that entitle the holder
to purchase a specific number of shares of common stock on a specific date or during a specific period of time. The exercise price on the rights is normally at a discount from market value of the common stock at the time of distribution. The rights
do not carry with them the right to dividends or to vote and may or may not be transferable. Rights are frequently used outside of the United States as a means of raising additional capital from an issuers current shareholders.
As a result, an investment in rights may be considered more speculative than certain other types of investments. In addition, the value of a
right does not necessarily change with the value of the underlying securities, and rights expire worthless if they are not exercised on or prior to their expiration date.
Unseasoned Companies
Unseasoned
companies are those companies with a record of less than three years continuous operation, including the operations of any predecessors and parents. These are sometimes referred to as unseasoned issuers. These companies by their
nature have only a limited operating history that can be used for evaluating the companys growth prospects. As a result, investment decisions for these securities may place a greater emphasis on current or planned product lines and the
reputation and experience of the companys management and less emphasis on fundamental valuation factors than would be the case for more mature companies. The securities of such companies may have limited liquidity, which can result in their
being priced higher or lower than might otherwise be the case. In addition, investments in unseasoned companies are more speculative and entail greater risk than do investments in companies with an established operating record.
FIXED-INCOME INVESTMENTS
The value of
fixed-income securities or debt instruments may be affected by changes in general interest rates and in the creditworthiness of the issuer. Debt instruments with longer maturities (for example, over ten years) are more affected by changes in
interest rates and provide less price stability than securities with short-term maturities (for example, one to ten years). Also, for each debt security, there is a risk of principal and interest default, which will be greater with higher-yielding,
lower-grade securities.
16
While some countries or companies may be regarded as favorable investments, pure fixed-income
opportunities may be unattractive or limited due to insufficient supply, legal, or technical restrictions. In such cases, a Portfolio may consider convertible securities or equity securities to gain exposure to such investments.
At times, in connection with the restructuring of a preferred stock or fixed-income instrument either outside of bankruptcy court or in the
context of bankruptcy court proceedings, a Portfolio may determine or be required to accept equity securities, such as common stocks, in exchange for all or a portion of a preferred stock or fixed-income instrument. Depending upon, among other
things, the advisers or a sub-advisers evaluation of the potential value of such securities in relation to the price that could be obtained by a Portfolio at any given time upon sale thereof, the Portfolio may determine to hold such
securities in its portfolio.
Debt obligations that are deemed investment-grade carry a rating of at least Baa3 from Moodys
Investor Service, Inc. (Moodys) or BBB- from Standard & Poors Ratings Services (S&P), or a comparable rating from another NRSRO or, if not rated by a NRSRO, are determined by the adviser or
sub-adviser to be of comparable quality. Bonds rated Baa3 or BBB- have speculative characteristics and changes in economic circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity to make interest and principal payments than higher rated bonds.
Asset-Backed Securities
Asset-backed securities represent individual interests in pools of consumer loans, home equity loans, trade receivables, credit card
receivables and other debt and are similar in structure to mortgage-backed securities. The assets are securitized either in a pass-through structure (similar to a mortgage pass-through structure) or in a pay-through structure (similar to a
Collateralized Mortgage Obligations (CMOs) structure). Asset-backed securities may be subject to more rapid repayment than their stated maturity date would indicate as a result of the pass-through of prepayments of principal on the
underlying loans. During periods of declining interest rates, prepayment of certain types of loans underlying asset-backed securities can be expected to accelerate. Accordingly, each Underlying Funds ability to maintain positions in these
securities will be affected by reductions in the principal amount of the securities resulting from prepayments, and an Underlying Fund must reinvest the returned principal at prevailing interest rates, which may be lower. Asset-backed securities may
also be subject to extension risk during periods of rising interest rates. In the case of privately-issued mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities, an Underlying Fund takes the position that such instruments do not represent interests in any
particular industry or group of industries.
Asset-backed securities are collateralized by short-term loans such as automobile loans, home
equity loans, equipment leases, or credit card receivables. The payments from the collateral are generally passed through to the security holder. As noted below with respect to CMOs and Real Estate Mortgage Investment Conduits (REMICs),
the average life for these securities is the conventional proxy for maturity. Asset-backed securities may pay all interest and principal to the holder, or they may pay a fixed rate of interest, with any excess over that required to pay interest
going either into a reserve account or to a subordinate class of securities, which may be retained by the originator. The originator or other party may guarantee interest and principal payments. These guarantees often do not extend to the whole
amount of principal, but rather to an amount equal to a multiple of the historical loss experience of similar portfolios.
17
Asset-backed securities include Certificates for Automobile Receivables
SM
(CARs
SM
). CARs
SM
represent undivided fractional interests in a trust whose
assets consist of a pool of motor vehicle retail installment sales contracts and security interests in the vehicles securing the contracts. Payments of principal and interest on CARs
SM
are passed
through monthly to certificate holders, and are guaranteed up to certain amounts and for a certain time period by a letter of credit issued by a financial institution unaffiliated with the trustee or originator of the trust. An investors
return on CARs
SM
may be affected by early prepayment of principal on the underlying vehicle sales contracts. If the letter of credit is exhausted, the trust may be prevented from realizing the
full amount due on a sales contract because of state law requirements and restrictions relating to foreclosure sales of vehicles and the obtaining of deficiency judgments following such sales or because of depreciation, damage or loss of a vehicle,
the application of federal and state bankruptcy and insolvency laws, or other factors. As a result, certificate holders may experience delays in payments or losses if the letter of credit is exhausted.
Asset-backed securities can also include collateralized putable notes (CPNs). CPNs represent interests in the most senior tranche
of collateralized debt obligations and benefit from a put option provided by a highly rated counterparty. CPNs are also backed by interests in various assets, including other asset-backed securities, residential mortgage-backed securities,
collateralized mortgage-backed securities, and other instruments.
The principal on asset-backed securities, like mortgage-backed
securities, may normally be prepaid at any time, which will reduce the yield and market value of these securities. Asset-backed securities and commercial mortgage-backed securities generally experience less prepayment than residential
mortgage-backed securities. In periods of falling interest rates when liquidity is available to borrowers, the rate of prepayments tends to increase (as does price fluctuation) as borrowers are motivated to pay off debt and refinance at new lower
rates. During such periods, reinvestment of the prepayment proceeds by an Underlying Fund will generally be at lower rates of return than the return on the assets which were prepaid. Certain commercial mortgage-backed securities are issued in
several classes with different levels of yield and credit protection. An Underlying Funds investments in commercial mortgage-backed securities with several classes may be in the lower classes that have greater risks than the higher classes,
including greater interest rate, credit and prepayment risks. Certain commercial mortgage-backed securities are issued in several classes with different levels of yield and credit protection. While asset-backed securities are designed to allocate
risk from pools of their underlying assets, the risk allocation techniques may not be successful, which could lead to the credit risk of these investments being greater than indicated by their ratings. The value of asset-backed securities may be
further affected by downturns in the credit markets or the real estate market. It may be difficult to value these instruments because of the transparency or liquidity of some underlying investments, and these instruments may not be liquid. Finally,
certain asset-backed securities are based on loans that are unsecured, which means that there is no collateral to seize if the underlying borrower defaults.
The coupon rate of interest on mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities is lower than the interest rates paid on the mortgages included in
the underlying pool by the amount of the fees paid to the mortgage pooler, issuer, and/or guarantor. Actual yield may vary from the coupon rate. However, if such securities are purchased at a premium or discount, traded in the secondary market at a
premium or discount, or to the extent that the underlying assets are prepaid as noted above.
Risks of Asset-Backed Securities
Asset-backed securities entail certain risks not presented by mortgage-backed securities. The collateral underlying asset-backed securities
may be less effective as security for payments than real estate collateral. Debtors may have the right to set off certain amounts owed on the credit cards or other obligations underlying the asset-backed security, or the debt holder may not have a
first (or proper)
18
security interest in all of the obligations backing the receivable because of the nature of the receivable or state or federal laws protecting the debtor. Certain collateral may be difficult to
locate in the event of default, and recoveries on depreciated or damaged collateral may not fully cover payments due on these securities.
Asset-backed securities backed by certain types of collateral tend to have prepayment rates that do not vary with interest rates; the
short-term nature of the loans may also tend to reduce the impact of any change in prepayment level. Other asset-backed securities, such as home equity asset-backed securities, have prepayment rates that are sensitive to interest rates. Faster
prepayments will shorten the average life and slower prepayments will lengthen it. Asset-backed securities may be pass-through, representing actual equity ownership of the underlying assets, or pay-through, representing debt instruments supported by
cash flows from the underlying assets.
The non-mortgage-backed asset-backed securities in which certain Underlying Funds may invest
include, but are not limited to, interests in pools of receivables, such as credit card and accounts receivables and motor vehicle and other installment purchase obligations and leases. Interests in these pools are not backed by the U.S. government
and may or may not be secured.
The credit characteristics of asset-backed securities differs in a number of respects from those of
traditional debt instruments. Asset-backed securities generally do not have the benefit of a security interest in collateral that is comparable to other debt obligations, and there is a possibility that recoveries on repossessed collateral may not
be available to support payment on these securities.
Collateralized Debt Obligations (CDOs)
CDOs include collateralized bond obligations (CBOs), collateralized loan obligations (CLOs) and other similarly
structured securities. CBOs and CLOs are types of asset-backed securities. A CBO is a trust which is backed by a diversified pool of high risk, below investment-grade debt instruments. A CLO is a trust typically collateralized by a pool of loans,
which may include, among others, domestic and foreign senior secured loans, senior unsecured loans, and subordinate corporate loans, including loans that may be rated below investment-grade or equivalent unrated loans.
For both CBOs and CLOs, the cash flows from the trust are split into two or more portions, called tranches, varying in risk and yield. The
riskiest portion is the equity tranche which bears the bulk of defaults from the bonds or loans in the trust and serves to protect the other, more senior tranches from default in all but the most severe circumstances. Since it is
partially protected from defaults, a senior tranche from a CBO trust or CLO trust typically has higher ratings and lower yields than their underlying securities, and can be rated investment-grade. Despite the protection from the equity tranche, CBO
or CLO tranches can experience substantial losses due to actual defaults, increased sensitivity to defaults due to collateral default and disappearance of protecting tranches, market anticipation of defaults, as well as aversion to CBO or CLO
securities as a class.
The risks of an investment in a CDO depend largely on the type of the collateral securities and the class of the
CDO in which an Underlying Fund invests. Normally, CBOs, CLOs, and other CDOs are privately offered and sold, and thus, are not registered under the securities laws. As a result, investments in CDOs may be characterized as illiquid securities;
however, an active dealer market may exist for CDOs allowing a CDO to qualify for Rule 144A transactions under the Securities Act of 1933 (Rule 144A Securities). In addition to the normal risks associated with debt instruments discussed
elsewhere in this SAI and the Prospectuses (
e.g
., interest rate risk and default risk), CDOs carry additional risks including, but not limited to: (i) the possibility that distributions from collateral securities will not be adequate to
make interest or other payments; (ii) the quality of the collateral may decline in value or default; (iii) an Underlying Fund may invest in CDOs that are subordinate to other classes; and (iv) the complex structure of the security may
not be fully understood at the time of investment and may produce disputes with the issuer or unexpected investment results.
19
Corporate Asset-Backed Securities
Corporate asset-backed securities, which are issued by trusts and special purpose corporations, are backed by a pool of assets, such as credit
card and automobile loan receivables, representing the obligations of a number of different parties.
Corporate asset-backed securities
present certain risks. For instance, in the case of credit card receivables, these securities may not have the benefit of any security interest in the related collateral. Credit card receivables are generally unsecured and the debtors are entitled
to the protection of a number of state and federal consumer credit laws, many of which give such debtors the right to set off certain amounts owed on the credit cards, thereby reducing the balance due. Most issuers of automobile receivables permit
the servicers to retain possession of the underlying obligations. If the servicer were to sell these obligations to another party, there is a risk that the purchaser would acquire an interest superior to that of the holders of the related automobile
receivables. In addition, because of the large number of vehicles involved in a typical issuance and technical requirements under state laws, the trustee for the holders of the automobile receivables may not have a proper security interest in all of
the obligations backing such receivables. Therefore, there is the possibility that recoveries on repossessed collateral may not, in some cases, be available to support payments on these securities. The underlying assets (
e.g
., loans) are also
subject to prepayments which shorten the securities weighted average life and may lower their return.
Corporate asset-backed
securities are often backed by a pool of assets representing the obligations of a number of different parties. To lessen the effect of failures by obligors on underlying assets to make payments, the securities may contain elements of credit support
which fall into two categories: (i) liquidity protection; and (ii) protection against losses resulting from ultimate default by an obligor on the underlying assets. Liquidity protection refers to the provision of advances, generally by the
entity administering the pool of assets, to ensure that the receipt of payments on the underlying pool occurs in a timely fashion. Protection against losses resulting from ultimate default ensures payment through insurance policies or letters of
credit obtained by the issuer or sponsor from third parties. A Portfolio will not pay any additional or separate fees for credit support. The degree of credit support provided for each issue is generally based on historical information respecting
the level of credit risk associated with the underlying assets. Delinquency or loss in excess of that anticipated or failure of credit support could adversely affect the return on an investment in such a security. Privately-issued asset-backed
securities will not be treated as constituting a single, separate industry.
Banking Industry Obligations, Savings Industry Obligations, and Short-Term
Investments
Banking industry obligations include, but are not limited to: (i) certificates of deposit; (ii) fixed time
deposits; (iii) bankers acceptances; and (iv) other short-term debt obligations issued by commercial banks. Certificates of deposit are negotiable certificates issued against funds deposited in a commercial bank for a definite period
of time and earning a specified return. Bankers acceptances are negotiable drafts or bills of exchange, normally drawn by an importer or exporter to pay for specific merchandise, which are accepted by a bank, meaning in effect that
the bank unconditionally agrees to pay the face value of the instrument on maturity. Certificates of deposit and bankers acceptances acquired by an Underlying Fund will be dollar-denominated obligations of domestic or foreign banks or
financial institutions which at the time of purchase have capital, surplus, and undivided profits in excess of $100 million (including assets of both domestic and foreign branches), based on latest published reports, or less
20
than $100 million if the principal amount of such bank obligations are fully insured by the U.S. government. Certain Underlying Funds also may invest in obligations of foreign branches of
commercial banks and foreign banks so long as the securities are U.S. dollar-denominated, and others may invest in obligations of foreign branches of commercial banks and foreign banks if the securities are not U.S. dollar-denominated.
Fixed time deposits are bank obligations payable at a stated maturity date and bearing interest at a fixed rate. Fixed time deposits may be
withdrawn on demand by the investor, but may be subject to early withdrawal penalties that vary depending upon market conditions and the remaining maturity of the obligation. There are no contractual restrictions on the right to transfer a
beneficial interest in a fixed time deposit to a third party, because there is no market for such deposits. An Underlying Fund will not invest in fixed time deposits: (i) which are not subject to prepayment; or (ii) which provide for
withdrawal penalties upon prepayment (other than overnight deposits), if, in the aggregate, more than 10% or 15%, depending on the Underlying Fund, of its net assets would be invested in such deposits, in repurchase agreements maturing in more than
seven days, and in other illiquid assets.
When an Underlying Fund holds instruments of foreign banks or financial institutions, it may be
subject to additional investment risks that are different in some respects from those incurred by a fund which invests only in debt obligations of U.S. domestic issuers. Domestic banks and foreign banks are subject to different governmental
regulations with respect to the amount and types of loans which may be made and interest rates which may be charged. In addition, the profitability of the banking industry depends largely upon the availability and cost of funds for the purpose of
financing lending operations under prevailing money market conditions. General economic conditions as well as exposure to credit losses arising from possible financial difficulties of borrowers play an important part in the operations of the banking
industry. Federal and state laws and regulations require domestic banks to maintain specified levels of reserves, limit the amount which they can loan to a single borrower, and subject them to other regulations designed to promote financial
soundness. However, such laws and regulations do not necessarily apply to foreign bank obligations that an Underlying Fund may acquire.
For foreign banks there is a possibility that liquidity could be impaired because: (i) of future political and economic developments;
(ii) the obligations may be less marketable than comparable obligations of U.S. banks; (iii) a foreign jurisdiction might impose withholding taxes on interest income payable on those obligations; (iv) foreign deposits may be seized or
nationalized; (v) foreign governmental restrictions (such as foreign exchange controls) may be adopted which might adversely affect the payment of principal and interest on those obligations; and (vi) the selection of those obligations may
be more difficult because there may be less publicly available information concerning foreign banks. In addition, the accounting, auditing, and financial reporting standards, practices, and requirements applicable to foreign banks may differ from
those applicable to U.S. banks. In that connection, foreign banks are not subject to examination by any U.S. government agency or instrumentality.
In addition to purchasing certificates of deposit and bankers acceptances, to the extent permitted under its respective investment
objectives and policies stated above and in the Prospectuses, certain Underlying Funds may make interest-bearing time or other interest-bearing deposits in commercial or savings banks. Fixed time deposits are non-negotiable deposits maintained at a
banking institution for a specified period of time at a specified interest rate.
Certain Underlying Funds may invest in certificates of
deposit (interest-bearing time deposits) issued by savings banks or savings and loan (S&L) associations that have capital, surplus and undivided profits in excess of $100 million, based on latest published reports, or less than $100
million if the principal amount of such obligations is fully insured by the U.S. government.
21
Commercial paper consists of unsecured promissory notes issued by corporations. Issues of
commercial paper and
short-term
notes will normally have maturities of less than nine months and fixed rates of return, although such instruments may have maturities of up to one year.
Corporate obligations include bonds and notes issued by corporations to finance
longer-term
credit
needs than supported by commercial paper. While such obligations generally have maturities of ten years or more, the Underlying Funds may purchase corporate obligations which have remaining maturities of one year or less from the date of purchase
and which are rated Aa or higher by Moodys or AA or higher by S&P, or have receIived a comparable rating by another nationally recognized statistical rating organization (NRSRO).
Commercial Paper
Commercial paper
consists of short-term (usually from one to 270 days) unsecured promissory notes issued by corporations in order to finance their current operations. A variable amount master demand note (which is a type of commercial paper) represents a direct
borrowing arrangement involving periodically fluctuating rates of interest under a letter agreement between a commercial paper issuer and an institutional lender pursuant to which the lender may determine to invest varying amounts.
An Underlying Fund may invest in commercial paper (including variable rate master demand notes and extendable commercial notes
(ECN)), denominated in U.S. dollars, issued by U.S. corporations or foreign corporations. Unless otherwise indicated in the investment policies for an Underlying Fund, the Underlying Fund may invest in commercial paper: (i) rated,
at the date of investment, Prime-1 or Prime-2 by Moodys, or A-1 or A-2 by S&P; (ii) if not rated by either Moodys or S&P, issued by a corporation having an outstanding debt issue rated A or better by Moodys or S&P;
or (iii) if not rated, are determined to be of an investment quality comparable to rated commercial paper in which an Underlying Fund may invest.
Commercial paper obligations may include variable rate master demand notes. These notes are obligations that permit investment of fluctuating
amounts at varying rates of interest pursuant to direct arrangements between an Underlying Fund as lender, and the borrower. These notes permit daily changes in the amounts borrowed. The lender has the right to increase or decrease the amount under
the note at any time up to the full amount provided by the note agreement; and the borrower may prepay up to the full amount of the note without penalty. Because variable amount master demand notes are direct lending arrangements between the lender
and borrower, and because no secondary market exists for those notes, such instruments will probably not be traded. However, the notes are redeemable (and thus immediately repayable by the borrower) at face value, plus accrued interest, at any time.
In connection with master demand note arrangements, and Underlying Funds adviser or sub-adviser that invests in commercial paper will monitor, on an ongoing basis, the earning power, cash flow, and other liquidity ratios of the borrower and
its ability to pay principal and interest on demand. An Underlying Funds adviser or sub-adviser also will consider the extent to which the variable amount master demand notes are backed by bank letters of credit. These notes generally are not
rated by Moodys or S&P; an Underlying Fund may invest in them only if the Underlying Funds adviser or sub-adviser believes that at the time of investment, the notes are of comparable quality to the other commercial paper in which the
Underlying Funds may invest. Master demand notes are considered by an Underlying Fund to have a maturity of one day, unless the Underlying Funds adviser or sub-adviser has reason to believe that the borrower could not make immediate repayment
upon demand. See Appendix A for a description of Moodys and S&P ratings applicable to commercial paper. For purposes of limitations on purchases of restricted securities, commercial paper issued pursuant to Section 4(2) of the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (1933 Act) as part of a private placement that meets liquidity standards under procedures adopted by the Companys Board shall not be considered to be restricted.
22
Corporate Debt Securities
Corporate debt securities include corporate bonds, debentures, notes, and other similar corporate debt instruments, including convertible
securities. Some Underlying Funds may invest only in debt instruments that are investment-grade (rated Baa or better by Moodys or BBB or better by S&P or, if not rated by Moodys or S&P, of equivalent quality as determined by a
sub-adviser. Other Underlying Funds also may invest in debt instruments that are rated below investment-grade. Investments in corporate debt securities that are rated below investment-grade are described in High Yield Bonds below.
The investment return on a corporate debt security reflects interest earnings and changes in the market value of the security. The market
value of a corporate debt security will generally increase when interest rates decline and decrease when interest rates rise. There is also the risk that the issuer of a debt instrument may not be able to meet its obligations on interest or
principal payments at the time called for by the instrument.
Debt instruments rated BBB or Baa, which are considered medium-grade
category bonds, do not have economic characteristics that provide the high degree of security with respect to payment of principal and interest associated with higher rated bonds, and generally have some speculative characteristics. A bond will be
placed in this rating category where interest payments and principal security appear adequate for the present, but economic characteristics that provide longer term protection may be lacking. Any bond, particularly those rated BBB or Baa, may be
susceptible to changing conditions, particularly to economic downturns, which could lead to a weakened capacity to pay interest and principal. Bonds rated Baa- or BBB- have speculative characteristics and changes in economic circumstances are more
likely to lead to a weakened capacity to make interest and principal payments than higher rated bonds.
New issues of certain debt
instruments are often offered on a when-issued or firm-commitment basis; that is, the payment obligation and the interest rate are fixed at the time the buyer enters into the commitment, but delivery and payment for the securities normally take
place after the customary settlement time. The value of when-issued securities or securities purchased on a firm-commitment basis may vary prior to and after delivery depending on market conditions and changes in interest rate levels. However, an
Underlying Fund will not accrue any income on these securities prior to delivery. An Underlying Fund will maintain in a segregated account with its custodian, or earmark on its records, an amount of cash or high quality debt instruments equal (on a
daily marked-to-market basis) to the amount of its commitment to purchase the when-issued securities or securities purchased on a firm-commitment basis.
An Underlying Fund also may invest in corporate debt securities of foreign issuers (including preferred or preference stocks), certain foreign
bank obligations and U.S. dollar or foreign currency-denominated obligations of foreign governments or their subdivisions, agencies and instrumentalities, international agencies, and supranational entities. Securities traded in certain emerging
market countries, including the emerging market countries in Eastern Europe, may be subject to risks in addition to risks typically posed by international investing due to the inexperience of financial intermediaries, the lack of modern technology,
and the lack of a sufficient capital base to expand business operations.
An Underlying Funds investments in foreign currency
denominated debt obligations and hedging activities will likely produce a difference between its book income and its taxable income. This difference may cause a portion of the Companys income distributions to constitute returns of capital for
tax purposes or require an Underlying Fund to make distributions exceeding book income to qualify as a regulated investment company (RIC) for federal tax purposes.
23
Moodys or S&P do not rate many securities of foreign issuers; therefore, the selection
of such securities depends, to a large extent, on the credit analysis performed or used by an Underlying Funds adviser or sub-adviser.
Credit-Linked Notes (CLNs)
A CLN is generally issued by one party with a credit option, or risk, linked to a second party. The embedded credit option allows the first
party to shift a specific credit risk to the CLN holder, or an Underlying Fund in this case. A CLN is issued by a trust, a special purpose vehicle, collateralized by securities. The CLNs price or coupon is linked to the performance of the
reference asset of the second party. Generally, the CLN holder receives either fixed or floating coupon rate during the life of the CLN and par at maturity. The cash flows are dependent on specific credit-related events. Should the second party
default or declare bankruptcy, the CLN holder will receive an amount equivalent to the recovery rate. The CLN holder bears the risk of default by the second party and any unforeseen movements in the reference asset, which could lead to loss of
principal and receipt of interest payments. In return for these risks, the CLN holder receives a higher yield. As with most derivative instruments, valuation of a CLN is difficult due to the complexity of the security (
i.e.
, the embedded
option is not easily priced). An Underlying Fund cannot assure that it can implement a successful strategy regarding this type of investment.
Custodial Receipts and Trust Certificates
Custodial receipts with respect to securities issued or guaranteed as to principal and interest by the U.S. government, its agencies,
instrumentalities, political subdivisions or authorities are known by various names including Treasury Receipts, Treasury Investors Growth Receipts (TIGRs), and Certificates of Accrual on Treasury
Securities (CATS).
Custodial receipts represent the right to receive either the principal amount, the periodic interest
payments, or both with respect to specific underlying municipal bonds. In a typical custodial receipt arrangement, an issuer or third party owner of municipal bonds deposits the bonds with a custodian in exchange for two classes of custodial
receipts. The two classes have different characteristics but, in each case, payments on the two classes are based on payments received on the underlying municipal bonds. In no event will the aggregate interest paid with respect to the two classes
exceed the interest paid by the underlying municipal bond. Custodial receipts are sold in private placements. The value of a custodial receipt may fluctuate more than the value of a municipal bond of comparable quality and maturity.
The custodial receipts and trust certificates may be underwritten by securities dealers or banks, representing interests in securities held by
a custodian or trustee. The securities so held may include U.S. government securities, municipal securities, or other types of securities in which an Underlying Fund may invest. The custodial receipts or trust certificates may evidence ownership of
future interest payments, principal payments, or both on the underlying securities, or, in some cases, the payment obligation of a third party that has entered into an interest rate swap or other arrangement with the custodian or trustee. For
certain securities laws purposes, custodial receipts and trust certificates may not be considered obligations of the U.S. government or other issuers of the securities held by the custodian or trust. As a holder of custodial receipts and trust
certificates, an Underlying Fund will bear its proportionate share of the fees and expenses charged to the custodial account or trust. Certain of the Underlying Funds also may invest in separately issued interests in custodial receipts and trust
certificates.
Although under the terms of a custodial receipt an Underlying Fund would be typically authorized to assert its rights
directly against the issuer of the underlying obligation, the Underlying Fund could be required to assert through the custodian bank those rights as may exist against the underlying issuers.
24
Thus, in the event an underlying issuer fails to pay principal and/or interest when due, an Underlying Fund may be subject to delays, expenses, and risks that are greater than those that would
have been involved if the Underlying Fund had purchased a direct obligation of the issuer. In addition, in the event that the trust or custodial account in which the underlying securities have been deposited is determined to be an association
taxable as a corporation, instead of a non-taxable entity, the yield on the underlying securities would be reduced in recognition of any taxes paid.
Certain custodial receipts and trust certificates may be synthetic or derivative instruments that have interest rates that reset inversely to
changing short-term rates and/or have embedded interest rate floors and caps that require the issuer to pay an adjusted interest rate if market rates fall below or rise above a specified rate. Because some of these instruments represent relatively
recent innovations, and the trading market for these instruments is less developed than the markets for traditional types of instruments, it is uncertain how these instruments will perform under different economic and interest-rate scenarios. Also,
because these instruments may be leveraged, their market values may be more volatile than other types of municipal instruments and may present greater potential for capital gain or loss. The possibility of default by an issuer or the issuers
credit provider may be greater for these derivative instruments than for other types of instruments. In some cases, it may be difficult to determine the fair value of a derivative instrument because of a lack of reliable objective information and an
established secondary market for some instruments may not exist. In many cases, the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) has not ruled on whether the interest received on a tax-exempt derivative instrument is tax-exempt and, accordingly,
purchases of such instruments by the Underlying Funds are based on the opinion of counsel to the sponsors of the instruments.
Delayed Funding Loans
and Revolving Credit Facilities
Delayed funding loans and revolving credit facilities are borrowing arrangements in which the lender
agrees to make loans up to a maximum amount upon demand by the borrower during a specified term. A revolving credit facility differs from a delayed funding loan in that as the borrower repays the loan, an amount equal to the repayment may be
borrowed again during the term of the revolving credit facility. Delayed funding loans and revolving credit facilities usually provide for floating or variable rates of interest. These commitments may have the effect of requiring an Underlying Fund
to increase its investment in a company at a time when it might not otherwise decide to do so (including at a time when the companys financial condition makes it unlikely that such amounts will be repaid). To the extent that an Underlying Fund
is committed to advancing additional funds, it will at all times segregate assets, determined to be liquid by the sub-adviser in accordance with procedures established by the Board, in an amount sufficient to meet such commitments. Certain of the
Underlying Funds may invest in delayed funding loans and revolving credit facilities with credit quality comparable to that of issuers of its securities investments. Delayed funding loans and revolving credit facilities may be subject to
restrictions on transfer, and only limited opportunities may exist to resell such instruments. As a result, an Underlying Fund may be unable to sell such investments at an opportune time or may have to resell them at less than fair market value. An
Underlying Fund will treat delayed funding loans and revolving credit facilities for which there is no readily available market as illiquid for purposes of the Underlying Funds limitation on illiquid investments. Delayed funding loans and
revolving credit facilities are considered to be debt obligations for purposes of an Underlying Funds investment restriction relating to the lending of funds or assets.
Event-Linked Bonds
Event-linked bonds
are fixed-income securities for which the return of principal and payment of interest is contingent on the non-occurrence of a specific trigger event, such as a hurricane, earthquake or other physical or weather-related phenomenon. Some
event-linked bonds are commonly referred to as
25
catastrophe bonds. If a trigger event occurs, an Underlying Fund may lose a portion of its entire principal invested in the bond. Event-linked bonds often provide for an extension of
maturity to process and audit loss claims where a trigger event has, or possibly has, occurred. Event-linked bonds may also expose an Underlying Fund to certain unanticipated risks including, but not limited to, issuer (credit) default, adverse
regulatory or jurisdictional interpretation, and adverse tax consequences. Event-linked bonds may also be subject to liquidity risk.
Floating or
Variable Rate Instruments
Floating or variable rate instruments normally provide that the holder can demand payment of the obligation
on short notice at par with accrued interest. Such bonds are frequently secured by letters of credit or other credit support arrangements provided by banks. Floating or variable rate instruments provide for adjustments in the interest rate at
specified intervals (weekly, monthly, semiannually, etc.). An Underlying Fund would anticipate using these bonds as cash equivalents, pending longer term investment of its funds. Other longer term fixed rate bonds, with a right of the holder to
request redemption at certain times (often annually, after the lapse of an intermediate term), may also be purchased by an Underlying Fund. These bonds are more defensive than conventional long-term bonds (protecting to some degree against a rise in
interest rates), while providing greater opportunity than comparable intermediate term bonds since an Underlying Fund may retain the bond if interest rates decline. By acquiring these kinds of bonds, an Underlying Fund obtains the contractual right
to require the issuer of the security, or some other person (other than a broker or dealer), to purchase the security at an agreed upon price, which right is contained in the obligation itself rather than in a separate agreement with the seller or
some other person.
Variable rate instruments held by an Underlying Fund may have maturities of more than one year, provided: (i) the
Underlying Fund is entitled to the payment of principal at any time, or during specified intervals not exceeding one year, upon giving the prescribed notice (which may not exceed 30 days); and (ii) the rate of interest on such instruments is
adjusted at periodic intervals not to exceed one year. In determining whether a variable rate instrument has a remaining maturity of one year or less, each instrument will be deemed to have a maturity equal to the longer of the period remaining
until its next interest rate adjustment or the period remaining until the principal amount can be recovered through demand. An Underlying Fund will be able (at any time or during specified periods not exceeding one year, depending upon the note
involved) to demand payment of the principal of a note. If an issuer of a variable rate instrument defaulted on its payment obligation, an Underlying Fund might be unable to dispose of the note and a loss would be incurred to the extent of the
default. An Underlying Fund may invest in variable rate instruments only when the investment is deemed to involve minimal credit risk. The continuing creditworthiness of issuers of these instruments will be monitored to determine whether such notes
should continue to be held. Variable and floating rate instruments with demand periods in excess of seven days, which cannot be disposed of promptly within seven business days in the usual course of business, without taking a reduced price will be
treated as illiquid securities.
Credit rating agencies frequently do not rate such instruments; however, an Underlying Funds
adviser or sub-adviser will determine what unrated and variable and floating rate instruments are of comparable quality at the time of the purchase to rated instruments eligible for purchase by the Underlying Fund. An active secondary market may not
exist with respect to particular variable or floating rate instruments purchased by an Underlying Fund. The absence of such an active secondary market could make it difficult for an Underlying Fund to dispose of the variable or floating rate
instrument involved if the issuer of the instrument defaults on its payment obligation or during periods in which the Underlying Fund is not entitled to exercise its demand rights, and the Underlying Fund could, for these or other reasons, suffer a
loss to the extent of the default. Variable and floating rate instruments may be secured by bank letters of credit. Money market instruments with a maturity of 60 days or less provide duration exposure similar to the floating rate debt in which an
Underlying Fund invests. Such money market instruments are considered, for the purposes of an Underlying Funds investment, to be floating rate debt.
26
Government Trust Certificates
Government trust certificates represent an interest in a government trust, the property of which consists of: (i) a promissory note of a
foreign government no less than 90% of which is backed by the full faith and credit guaranty issued by the federal government of the United States (issued pursuant to Title III of the Foreign Operations, Export, Financing and Related Borrowers
Programs Appropriations Act of 1998); and (ii) a security interest in obligations of the U.S. Treasury backed by the full faith and credit of the United States sufficient to support the remaining balance (no more than 10%) of all payments of
principal and interest on such promissory note; provided that such obligations shall not be rated less than Aa by Moodys or less than AAA by S&P, or have received a comparable rating by another NRSRO.
Guaranteed Investment Contracts (GICs)
GICs are issued by insurance companies. Pursuant to such contracts, an Underlying Fund makes cash contributions to a deposit fund of the
insurance companys general account. The insurance company then credits to a Portfolio on a monthly basis guaranteed interest which is based on an index. The GICs provide that this guaranteed interest will not be less than a certain minimum
rate. The insurance company may assess periodic charges against a GIC for expense and service costs allocable to it, and the charges will be deducted from the value of the deposit fund. In addition, because an Underlying Fund may not receive the
principal amount of a GIC from the insurance company on seven days notice or less, the GIC is considered an illiquid investment, and, together with other instruments invested in by the Underlying Fund which are not readily marketable, will not
exceed 15% of the Underlying Funds net assets. The term of a GIC will be one year or less. In determining average weighted portfolio maturity, a GIC will be deemed to have a maturity equal to the period of time remaining until the next
readjustment of the guaranteed interest rate. GICs are not backed by U.S. government nor are they insured by the FDIC. GICs are generally guaranteed only by the insurance companies that issue them.
High-Yield Bonds
High-yield bonds
(commonly referred to as junk bonds) are debt instruments rated lower than Baa3 by Moodys or BBB- by S&P, a comparable rating from another NRSRO, or if not rated, of comparable quality.
High-yield bonds include certain corporate debt obligations, higher yielding preferred stocks and mortgage-backed securities, and securities
convertible into the foregoing.
High-yield bonds are not considered to be investment-grade. They are regarded as predominantly
speculative with respect to the issuing companys continuing ability to meet principal and interest payments and investors should consider the risks associated with high-yield bonds before investing in a Portfolio that invests in an Underlying
Fund that holds high-yield securities in its portfolio.
Investments in high-yield bonds generally provide greater income and increased
opportunity for capital appreciation than investments in higher quality debt instruments, but also typically entail greater potential price volatility and principal and income risk.
The yields earned on high-yield securities generally are related to the quality ratings assigned by an NRSRO. (See Appendix A for a
description of bond ratings.)
27
Certain securities held by an Underlying Fund may permit the issuer at its option to call, or
redeem, its securities. If an issuer were to redeem securities held by an Underlying Fund during a time of declining interest rates, the Underlying Fund may not be able to reinvest the proceeds in securities providing the same investment return as
the securities redeemed.
While a sub-adviser may refer to ratings issued by established credit rating agencies, it is not an Underlying
Funds policy to rely exclusively on ratings issued by these rating agencies, but rather to supplement such ratings with the sub-advisers own independent and ongoing review of credit quality. To the extent an Underlying Fund invests in
these lower rated securities, the achievement of its investment objective may be more dependent on the sub-advisers own credit analysis than in the case of a fund investing in higher quality fixed-income securities. These lower rated
securities may also include zero-coupon bonds, deferred interest bonds and pay-in-kind (PIK) bonds.
Risks Associated with High-Yield
Securities
Medium- to
lower-rated
and unrated securities tend to offer higher yields than
those of other securities with the same maturities because of the additional risks associated with them. These risks include:
High-Yield Bond Market.
A severe economic downturn or increase in interest rates might increase defaults in high-yield securities
issued by highly leveraged companies. An increase in the number of defaults could adversely affect the value of all outstanding high-yield securities, thus disrupting the market for such securities.
Sensitivity to Interest Rate and Economic Changes.
High-yield securities are more sensitive to adverse economic changes or individual
corporate developments but less sensitive to interest rate changes than are U.S. Treasury or investment-grade bonds. As a result, when interest rates rise, causing bond prices to fall, the value of high-yield debt bonds tend not to fall as much as
U.S. Treasury or investment-grade corporate bonds. Conversely when interest rates fall, high-yield bonds tend to underperform U.S. Treasury and investment-grade corporate bonds because high-yield security prices tend not to rise as much as the
prices of these bonds.
The financial stress resulting from an economic downturn or adverse corporate developments could have a greater
negative effect on the ability of issuers of high-yield securities to service their principal and interest payments, to meet projected business goals and to obtain additional financing than on more creditworthy issuers. Holders of high-yield
securities could also be at a greater risk because high-yield securities are generally unsecured and subordinate to senior debt holders and secured creditors. If the issuer of a high-yield security owned by an Underlying Fund defaults, the
Underlying Fund may incur additional expenses to seek recovery. In addition, periods of economic uncertainty and changes can be expected to result in increased volatility of market prices of high-yield securities and the Underlying Funds NAV.
Furthermore, in the case of high-yield securities structured as zero-coupon or PIK bonds, their market prices are affected to a greater extent by interest rate changes and thereby tend to be more speculative and volatile than securities, which pay
in cash.
Payment Expectations.
High-yield securities present risks based on payment expectations. For example, high-yield
securities may contain redemption or call provisions. If an issuer exercises these provisions in a declining interest rate market, the Underlying Funds may have to replace the security with a lower yielding security, resulting in a decreased return
for investors. Also, the value of high-yield securities may decrease in a rising interest rate market. In addition, there is a higher risk of non-payment of interest and/or principal by issuers of high-yield securities than in the case of
investment-grade bonds.
28
Liquidity and Valuation Risks.
Lower-rated securities are typically traded among a
smaller number of broker-dealers rather than in a broad secondary market. Purchasers of high-yield securities tend to be institutions, rather than individuals, a factor that further limits the secondary market. To the extent that no established
retail secondary market exists, many high-yield securities may not be as liquid as Treasury and investment-grade bonds. The ability to value or sell high-yield securities will be adversely affected to the extent that such securities are thinly
traded or illiquid. Adverse publicity and investor perceptions, whether or not based on fundamental analysis, may decrease the values and liquidity of high-yield securities more than other securities, especially in a thinly-traded market. To the
extent an Underlying Fund owns illiquid or restricted high-yield securities; these securities may involve special registration responsibilities, liabilities and costs, and liquidity and valuation difficulties. At times of less liquidity, it may be
more difficult to value high-yield securities because this valuation may require more research, and elements of judgment may play a greater role in the valuation since there is less reliable, objective data available.
Taxation.
Special tax considerations are associated with investing in securities structured as zero-coupon or PIK bonds. An
Underlying Fund would report the interest on these securities as income even though it receives no cash interest until the securitys maturity or payment date.
Limitations of Credit Ratings.
The credit ratings assigned to high-yield securities may not accurately reflect the true risks of
an investment. Credit ratings typically evaluate the safety of principal and interest payments, rather than the market value risk of high-yield securities. In addition, credit agencies may fail to adjust credit ratings to reflect rapid changes in
economic or company conditions that affect a securitys market value. Although the ratings of recognized rating services such as Moodys and S&P are considered, the adviser or a sub-adviser may primarily rely on its own credit
analysis, which includes a study of existing debt, capital structure, ability to service debts and to pay dividends, the issuers sensitivity to economic conditions, its operating history and the current trend of earnings. Thus, the achievement
of an Underlying Funds investment objective may be more dependent on the advisers or sub-advisers own credit analysis than might be the case when an Underlying Fund invests in higher quality bonds. The adviser or sub-adviser, when
applicable, continually monitors the investments in each Underlying Funds portfolio and carefully evaluates whether to dispose of or retain high-yield securities whose credit ratings have changed. An Underlying Fund may retain a security whose
rating has been changed.
Congressional Proposals
. New laws and proposed laws may negatively affect the market for high-yield
securities. As examples, recent legislation requires federally insured savings and loan associations to divest themselves of their investments in high-yield securities, and pending proposals are designed to limit the use of, or tax and eliminate
other advantages of, high-yield securities. Any such proposals, if enacted, could have negatively affected an Underlying Funds NAV.
Index-,
Currency-, and Equity-Linked Securities
Indexed-Linked or commodity-linked notes are debt instruments of
companies that call for interest payments and/or payment at maturity in different terms than the typical note where the borrower agrees to make fixed interest payments and to pay a fixed sum at maturity. Principal and/or interest payments on an
index-linked note depend on the performance of one or more market indices, such as the S&P 500
®
Index or a weighted index of commodity futures such as crude oil, gasoline and natural gas.
They may also invest in equity-linked and currency-linked debt securities. At maturity, the principal amount of an equity-linked debt security is exchanged for common stock of the issuer or is payable in an amount based on
the issuers common stock price at the time of maturity. Currency-linked debt securities are short-term or intermediate-term instruments having a value at maturity, determined by reference to one or more foreign currencies.
29
Payment of principal or periodic interest may be calculated as a multiple of the movement of one
currency against another currency, or against an index.
Index- and currency-linked securities are derivative instruments that may entail
substantial risks. Such instruments may be subject to significant price volatility. The company issuing the instrument may fail to pay the amount due on maturity. The underlying investment or security may not perform as expected by an Underlying
Funds adviser or sub-adviser. Markets, underlying securities, and indices may move in a direction that was not anticipated by an Underlying Funds adviser or sub-adviser. Performance of the derivatives may be influenced by interest rate
and other market changes in the United States and abroad. Certain derivative instruments may be illiquid. See Restricted Securities, Illiquid Securities and Liquidity Requirements below.
The performance of indexed securities depends to a great extent on the performance of the security, currency, or other instrument to which
they are indexed, and may also be influenced by interest rate changes in the United States and abroad. At the same time, indexed securities are subject to the credit risks associated with the issuer of the security, and their values may decline
substantially if the issuers creditworthiness deteriorates. Recent issuers of indexed securities have included banks, corporations, and certain U.S. government agencies.
Inflation-Indexed Bonds
Inflation-indexed bonds are fixed-income securities whose principal value is periodically adjusted according to the rate of inflation. If the
index measuring inflation falls, the principal will be adjusted downward, and consequently the interest payable on these securities (calculated with respect to a smaller principal amount) will be reduced. Repayment of the original bond principal
upon maturity (as adjusted for inflation) is guaranteed in the case of U.S. Treasury inflation-indexed bonds. For bonds that do not provide a similar guarantee, the adjusted principal value of the bond repaid at maturity may be less than the
original principal.
The value of inflation-indexed bonds is expected to change in response to changes in real interest rates. Real
interest rates are tied to the relationship between nominal interest rates and the rate of inflation. If nominal interest rates increase at a faster rate than inflation, real interest rates may rise, leading to a decrease in value of
inflation-indexed bonds. Short-term increases in inflation may lead to a decline in value. Any increase in the principal amount of an inflation-indexed bond will be considered taxable ordinary income, even though investors do not receive their
principal until maturity.
Lease Obligation Bonds
Lease obligation bonds are mortgages on a facility that is secured by the facility and are paid by a lessee over a long term. The rental
stream to service the debts, as well as the mortgage, are held by a collateral trustee on behalf of the public bondholders. The primary risk of such instrument is the risk of default. Under the lease indenture, the failure to pay rent is an event of
default. The remedy to cure default is to rescind the lease and sell the assets. If the lease obligation is not readily marketable or market quotations are not readily available, such lease obligations will be subject to an Underlying Funds
limit on illiquid securities.
Loan Participations and Assignments
A loan participation is an undivided interest in a loan made by the issuing financial institution in the proportion that the buyers
participation interest bears to the total principal amount of the loan. No more than 5% of an Underlying Funds net assets may be invested in loan participations with the same
30
borrower. The issuing financial institution may have no obligation to an Underlying Fund other than to pay such Underlying Fund the proportionate amount of the principal and interest payments it
receives. Commercial loans may be secured or unsecured. Loan participations generally are offered by banks or other financial institutions or lending syndicates. An Underlying Fund may participate in such syndications, or can buy part of a loan,
becoming a part lender. The participation interests in which an Underlying Fund may invest may not be rated by any NRSRO.
A loan is often
administered by an agent bank acting as agent for all holders. The agent bank administers the terms of the loan, as specified in the loan agreement. In addition, the agent bank is normally responsible for the collection of principal and interest
payments from the corporate borrower and the apportionment of these payments to the credit of all institutions which are parties to the loan agreement. Unless, under the terms of the loan or other indebtedness, an Underlying Fund has direct recourse
against the corporate borrower, the Underlying Fund may have to rely on the agent bank or other financial intermediary to apply appropriate credit remedies against a corporate borrower.
A financial institutions employment as agent bank might be terminated in the event that it fails to observe a requisite standard of care
or becomes insolvent. A successor agent bank would generally be appointed to replace the terminated agent bank, and assets held by the agent bank under the loan agreement should remain available to holders of such indebtedness. However, if assets
held by the agent bank for the benefit of an Underlying Fund were determined to be subject to the claims of the agent banks general creditors, the Underlying Fund might incur certain costs and delays in realizing payment on a loan or loan
participation and could suffer a loss of principal and/or interest. In situations involving other interposed financial institutions (
e.g.,
an insurance company or governmental agency) similar risks may arise.
Purchasers of loans and other forms of direct indebtedness depend primarily upon the creditworthiness of the borrowing corporation, which is
obligated to make payments of principal and interest on the loan. There is a risk that a borrower may have difficulty making payments. If an Underlying Fund does not receive scheduled interest or principal payments on such indebtedness, the
Underlying Fund could experience a reduction in its income and its share price and yield could be adversely affected. In addition, the value of the loan participation might also decline. Loans that are fully secured offer an Underlying Fund more
protection than an unsecured loan in the event of non-payment of scheduled interest or principal. However, there is no assurance that the liquidation of collateral from a secured loan would satisfy the corporate borrowers obligation, or that
the collateral can be liquidated.
Certain Underlying Funds may invest in loan participations with credit quality comparable to that of
issuers of its securities investments. Indebtedness of companies whose creditworthiness is poor involves substantially greater risks, and may be highly speculative. Some companies may never pay off their indebtedness, or may pay only a small
fraction of the amount owed. Consequently, when investing in indebtedness of companies with poor credit, an Underlying Fund bears a substantial risk of losing the entire amount invested.
Each Underlying Fund limits the amount of its total assets that it will invest in any one issuer or in issuers within the same industry (see
Investment Restrictions). For purposes of these limits, an Underlying Fund generally will treat the corporate borrower as the issuer of indebtedness held by the Underlying Fund. In the case of loan participations where a bank
or other lending institution serves as a financial intermediary between an Underlying Fund and the corporate borrower, if the participation does not shift to the Underlying Fund the direct debtor-creditor relationship with the corporate borrower,
SEC interpretations require the Underlying Fund to treat both the lending bank or other lending institution and the corporate borrower as issuers for the purposes of determining whether the Underlying Fund has invested more than 5% of
its total assets in a single issuer. Treating a financial intermediary as an issuer
31
of indebtedness may restrict an Underlying Funds ability to invest in indebtedness related to a single financial intermediary, or a group of intermediaries engaged in the same industry,
even if the underlying borrowers represent many different companies and industries.
When purchasing loan participations, an Underlying
Fund may assume the credit risk associated with the corporate borrower and may assume the credit risk associated with an interposed bank or other financial intermediary. Unless, under the terms of a loan or other indebtedness an Underlying Fund has
direct recourse against a borrower, the Underlying Fund may have to rely on the interposed agent bank or other financial intermediary to apply appropriate credit remedies against the borrower. In the event that an agent bank or financial
intermediary becomes insolvent, an Underlying Fund might incur costs and delays in realizing payment on a loan or loan participation and could suffer a loss of principal and/or interest.
Loans and other types of direct indebtedness may not be readily marketable and may be subject to restrictions on resale. In some cases,
negotiations involved in disposing of indebtedness may require weeks to complete. Consequently, some indebtedness may be difficult or impossible to dispose of readily at what an Underlying Funds sub-adviser believes to be a fair price. In
addition, valuation of illiquid indebtedness involves a greater degree of judgment in determining an Underlying Funds NAV than if that value were based on available market quotations, and could result in significant variations in the
Underlying Funds daily share price. At the same time, some loan interests are traded among certain financial institutions and accordingly may be deemed liquid. As the market for different types of indebtedness develops, the liquidity of these
instruments is expected to improve. In addition, the Underlying Funds currently intend to treat indebtedness for which there is no readily available market as illiquid for purposes of the Underlying Funds limitation on illiquid investments.
Investments in loan participations are considered to be debt obligations for purposes of the Companys investment restriction relating to the lending of portfolios or assets by an Underlying Fund.
Investments in loans through a direct assignment of the financial institutions interests with respect to the loan may involve additional
risks to the Underlying Funds. For example, if a loan is foreclosed, an Underlying Fund could become part owner of any collateral, and would bear the costs and liabilities associated with owning and disposing of the collateral. In addition, it is
conceivable that under emerging legal theories of lender liability, an Underlying Fund could be held liable as co-lender. It is unclear whether loans and other forms of direct indebtedness offer securities law protections against fraud and
misrepresentation. In the absence of definitive regulatory guidance, the Underlying Funds rely on research in an attempt to avoid situations where fraud or misrepresentation could adversely affect the Underlying Funds.
Mortgage-Backed
Securities
Mortgage-backed securities represent participation interests in pools of adjustable and fixed rate mortgage loans secured by real property.
The types of mortgage-backed securities an Underlying Fund may invest in include adjustable rate mortgage securities, agency related mortgage-backed securities, CMOs, interest/principal only stripped mortgage-backed securities, REMICs, and
subordinated mortgage securities. Most mortgage-backed securities are pass-through securities, which means that investors receive payments consisting of a
pro rata
share of both principal and interest (less servicing and other fees), as well
as unscheduled prepayments, as mortgages in the underlying mortgage pool are paid off by borrowers. An Underlying Fund may invest only in those mortgage-backed securities that meet its credit quality and portfolio maturity requirements.
Mortgage-backed securities issued by commercial banks, S&Ls, private mortgage insurance companies, mortgage bankers, and other secondary
market issuers that also create
pass-through
pools of conventional residential mortgage loans. In addition, such issuers may be the originators of the underlying mortgage
32
loans as well as the guarantors of the
pass-through
certificates. Pools created by such
non-governmental
issuers
generally offer a higher rate of return than governmental pools because there are no direct or indirect governmental guarantees of payments in the former pools. However, timely payment of interest and principal of these pools may be supported by
various forms of insurance or guarantees, including individual loan, title, pool, and hazard insurance. The insurance and guarantees are issued by government entities, private insurers, and the mortgage poolers.
It is expected that governmental or private entities may create mortgage loan pools offering
pass-through
investments in addition to those described above. As new types of
pass-through
securities are developed and offered to investors, the adviser or sub-adviser
may, consistent with an Underlying Funds investment objectives, policies, and restrictions, consider making investments in such new types of securities.
Other types of
mortgage-backed
securities in which the Underlying Funds may invest include debt
instruments that are secured, directly or indirectly, by mortgages on commercial real estate or residential rental properties, or by first liens on residential manufactured homes (as defined in Section 603(6) of the National Manufactured
Housing Construction and Safety Standards Act of 1974), whether such manufactured homes are considered real or personal property under the laws of the states in which they are located. Securities in this investment category include, among others,
standard
mortgage-backed
bonds and newer CMOs.
Mortgage-backed
bonds are secured by pools of mortgages but unlike
pass-through
securities, payments to bondholders are not determined by payments on the mortgages. The bonds consist of a single class, with interest payable periodically and principal payable on the stated date of maturity.
Unlike conventional debt obligations, mortgage-backed securities provide monthly payments derived from the monthly interest and principal
payments (including any prepayments) made by the individual borrowers on the pooled mortgage loans. The mortgage loans underlying mortgage-backed securities are generally subject to a greater rate of principal prepayments in a declining interest
rate environment and to a lesser rate of principal prepayments in an increasing interest rate environment. Under certain interest rate and prepayment scenarios, an Underlying Fund may fail to recover the full amount of its investment in
mortgage-backed securities notwithstanding any direct or indirect governmental or agency guarantee. Since faster than expected prepayments must usually be invested in lower yielding securities, mortgage-backed securities are less effective than
conventional bonds in locking in a specified interest rate. In a rising interest rate environment, a declining prepayment rate may extend the average life of many mortgage-backed securities. Extending the average life of a
mortgage-backed security reduces its value and increases the risk of depreciation due to future increases in market interest rates.
Risks of Investing
in Mortgage-Backed Securities
Investments in mortgage-backed securities involve certain risks. Due to the possibility of prepayments
of the underlying mortgage instruments, mortgage-backed securities generally do not have a known maturity. In the absence of a known maturity, market participants generally refer to an estimated average life. An average life estimate is a function
of an assumption regarding anticipated prepayment patterns, based upon current interest rates, current conditions in the relevant housing markets and other factors. The assumption is necessarily subjective, and thus different market participants can
produce different average life estimates with regard to the same security. There can be no assurance that estimated average life will be a securitys actual average life.
In periods of declining interest rates, prices of debt instruments tend to rise. However, during such periods the rate of prepayment of
mortgages underlying mortgage-backed securities tends to increase, with the result that such prepayments must be reinvested by the issuer at lower rates. Rising interest rates also tend to discourage refinancing of home mortgages, with the result
that the average life of mortgage-backed securities held by an Underlying Fund may be lengthened.
33
Due to the possibility of prepayments of the underlying mortgage instruments, mortgage-backed
securities generally do not have a known maturity. In the absence of a known maturity, market participants generally refer to an estimated average life. An average life estimate is a function of an assumption regarding anticipated prepayment
patterns, based upon current interest rates, current conditions in the relevant housing markets and other factors. The assumption is necessarily subjective, and thus different market participants can produce different average life estimates with
regard to the same security. There can be no assurance that estimated average life will be a securitys actual average life.
The
rate of prepayments on underlying mortgages will affect the price and volatility of a mortgage-backed security, and may have the effect of shortening or extending the effective maturity of the security beyond what was anticipated at the time of the
purchase. Unanticipated rates of prepayment on underlying mortgages can be expected to increase the volatility of such securities.
In
addition, the value of these securities may fluctuate in response to the markets perception of the creditworthiness of the issuers of mortgage-backed securities. Because investments in mortgage-backed securities are interest-rate sensitive,
the ability of the issuer to reinvest favorably in underlying mortgages may be limited by government regulation or tax policy. For example, action by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System to limit the growth of the nations money
supply may cause interest rates to rise and thereby reduce the volume of new residential mortgages.
Additionally, although mortgages and
mortgage-backed securities are generally supported by some form of government or private guarantees and/or insurance, there is no assurance that private guarantors or insurers will be able to meet their obligations.
Further, stripped mortgage-backed securities (SMBS) are likely to experience greater price volatility than other types of mortgage
securities. The yield to maturity on the interest only (IO) class is extremely sensitive, both to changes in prevailing interest rates and to the rate of principal payments (including prepayments) or the underlying mortgage assets.
Similarly, the yield to maturity on CMO residuals is extremely sensitive to prepayments on the related underlying mortgage assets. In addition, if a series of a CMO includes a class that bears interest at an adjustable rate, the yield to maturity on
the related CMO residual will also be extremely sensitive to changes in the level of the index upon which interest rate adjustments are made. An Underlying Fund could fail to fully recover its initial investment in a CMO residual or an SMBS.
Some of these mortgage-backed securities may have exposure to subprime loans or subprime mortgages, which are loans to persons with impaired
credit ratings. However, it may be difficult to determine which securities have exposure to subprime loans or mortgages. Furthermore, the risk allocation techniques employed by these instruments may not be successful, which could lead to the credit
risk of these instruments being greater than indicated by their ratings. The value of these instruments may be further affected by downturns in the credit markets or the real estate market. It may be difficult to value these instruments because
of concerns about their transparency. These instruments may not be liquid.
Adjustable Rate Mortgage Securities (ARMS)
ARMS are pass-through mortgage securities collateralized by mortgages with adjustable rather than fixed rates. The adjustments usually are
determined in accordance with a predetermined interest rate index and may be subject to certain limits. The adjustment feature of ARMS tends to make their values less sensitive to interest rate changes. As the interest rates on the mortgages
underlying ARMS are reset periodically, yields of such portfolio securities will gradually align themselves to reflect changes in
34
market rates. Unlike fixed rate mortgages, which generally decline in value during periods of rising interest rates, ARMS allow an Underlying Fund to participate in increases in interest rates
through periodic adjustments in the coupons of the underlying mortgages, resulting in both higher current yields and low price fluctuations. Furthermore, if prepayments of principal are made on the underlying mortgages during periods of rising
interest rates, an Underlying Fund may be able to reinvest such amounts in securities with a higher current rate of return. During periods of declining interest rates, of course, the coupon rates may readjust downward, resulting in lower yields to
an Underlying Fund. Further, because of this feature, the values of ARMS are unlikely to rise during periods of declining interest rates to the same extent as fixed rate instruments.
Generally, ARMS have a specified maturity date and amortize principal over their life. In periods of declining interest rates, there is a
reasonable likelihood that ARMS will experience increased rates of prepayment of principal. However, the major difference between ARMS and fixed rate mortgage securities is that the interest rate and the rate of amortization of principal of ARMS can
and do change in accordance with movements in a particular, pre-specified, published interest rate index.
The amount of interest on ARMS
is calculated by adding a specified amount, the margin, to the index, subject to limitations on the maximum and minimum interest that can be charged to the mortgagor during the life of the mortgage or to maximum and minimum changes to
that interest rate during a given period. Because the interest rates on ARMS generally move in the same direction as market interest rates, the market value of ARMS tends to be more stable than that of long-term fixed rate securities.
There are two main categories of indices that serve as benchmarks for periodic adjustments to coupon rates on ARMS: those based on U.S.
Treasury securities and those derived from a calculated measure such as a cost of funds index or a moving average of mortgage rates. Commonly utilized indices include the one-year and five-year constant maturity Treasury Note rates, the three-month
treasury Bill rate, the 180-day Treasury Bill rate, rates on longer-term Treasury securities, the 11
th
District Federal Home Loan Bank Cost of Funds, the National Median Cost of Funds, the
one-month or three-month London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR), the prime rate of a specific bank, or commercial paper rates. Some indices, such as the one-year constant maturity Treasury Note rate, closely mirror changes in market
interest rate levels. Others, such as the 11
th
District Home Loan Bank Cost of Funds index, often related to ARMS issued by Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA), tend to lag
changes in market rate levels and tend to be somewhat less volatile.
Agency Mortgage-Backed Securities
Agency mortgage-backed securities are sued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, foreign governments or any of their agencies,
instrumentalities, or sponsored enterprises. There are several types of agency mortgage-backed securities currently available including, but not limited to, guaranteed mortgage pass-through certificates and multiple class securities. The dominant
issuers or guarantors of mortgage-backed securities today are the Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA), FNMA, and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC). GNMA creates pass-through securities from pools
of U.S. government guaranteed or insured (such as by the Federal Housing Authority or Veterans Administration) mortgages originated by mortgage bankers, commercial banks, and savings associations. FNMA and FHLMC issue pass-through securities from
pools of conventional and federally insured and/or guaranteed residential mortgages obtained from various entities, including savings associations, savings banks, commercial banks, credit unions, and mortgage bankers. These instruments might be
considered derivatives. The primary risks associated with these instruments is the risk that their value will change with changes in interest rates and prepayment risk. (See, U.S. Government Securities)
35
FNMA Securities
: FNMA is a federally chartered and privately owned corporation established
under the Federal National Mortgage Association Charter Act. FNMA provides funds to the mortgage market primarily by purchasing home mortgage loans from local lenders, thereby providing them with funds for additional lending. FNMA uses its funds to
purchase loans from investors that may not ordinarily invest in mortgage loans directly, thereby expanding the total amount of funds available for housing.
Each FNMA pass-through security represents a proportionate interest in one or more pools of loans, including conventional mortgage loans (that
is, mortgage loans that are not insured or guaranteed by any U.S. government agency). The pools consist of one or more of the following types of loans: (i) fixed rate level payment mortgage loans; (ii) fixed rate growing equity mortgage
loans; (iii) fixed rate graduated payment mortgage loans; (iv) variable rate mortgage loans; (v) other adjustable rate mortgage loans; and (vi) fixed rate mortgage loans secured by multifamily projects.
FHLMC Securities
: The operations of FHLMC currently consist primarily of the purchase of first lien, conventional, residential mortgage
loans and participation interests in mortgage loans and the resale of the mortgage loans in the form of mortgage-backed securities.
The
mortgage loans underlying FHLMC securities typically consist of fixed rate or adjustable rate mortgage loans with original terms to maturity of between ten to 30 years, substantially all of which are secured by first liens on one-to-four-family
residential properties or multifamily projects. Each mortgage loan must be whole loans, participation interests in whole loans and undivided interests in whole loans or participation in another FHLMC security.
FHLMC issues certificates representing interests in mortgage loans. FHLMC guarantees, to each holder of a FHLMC Certificate, timely payment of
the amounts representing a holders proportionate share in: (i) interest payments, less servicing and guarantee fees; (ii) principal prepayments; and (iii) the ultimate collection of amounts representing the holders
proportionate interest in principal payments on the mortgage loans in the pool represented by the FHLMC Certificate, in each case whether or not such amounts are actually received. FHLMC securities are not backed by the full faith and credit of the
United States; however, they generally are considered to present minimal credit risks.
GNMA Securities
: GNMA is a wholly-owned
corporate instrumentality of the U.S. government within the Department of Housing and Urban Development. In order to meet its obligations under a guarantee, GNMA is authorized to borrow from the U.S. Treasury with no limitations as to amount.
GNMA pass-through securities may represent a proportionate interest in one or more pools of the following types of mortgage loans:
(i) fixed rate level payment mortgage loans; (ii) fixed rate graduated payment mortgage loans; (iii) fixed rate growing equity mortgage loans; (iv) fixed rate mortgage loans secured by manufactured (mobile) homes;
(v) mortgage loans on multifamily residential properties under construction; (vi) mortgage loans on completed multifamily projects; (vii) fixed rate mortgage loans as to which escrowed funds are used to reduce the borrowers
monthly payments during the early years of the mortgage loans (buy down mortgage loans); (viii) mortgage loans that provide for adjustments on payments based on periodic changes in interest rates or in other payment terms of the
mortgage loans; and (ix) mortgage-backed serial notes.
The principal and interest on GNMA pass-through securities are guaranteed by
GNMA and backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government. FNMA guarantees full and timely payment of all interest and principal, while FHLMC guarantees timely payment of interest and ultimate collection of principal, of its pass-through
securities. FNMA and FHLMC securities are not backed by the full faith and credit of the United States; however, they are generally considered to present minimal credit risks. The yields provided by these mortgage-backed securities historically have
exceeded the yields on other types of U.S. government securities with comparable maturities in large measure due to the risks associated with prepayment.
36
The average life of a GNMA Certificate is likely to be substantially less than the stated
maturity of the mortgages underlying the securities. Prepayments of principal by mortgagors and mortgage foreclosures will usually result in the return of the greater part of principal investment long before the maturity of the mortgages in the
pool. Foreclosures impose no risk of loss of the principal balance of a Certificate, because of the GNMA guarantee, but foreclosure may impact the yield to shareholders because of the need to reinvest proceeds of foreclosure. As prepayment rates of
individual mortgage pools vary widely, it is not possible to predict accurately the average life of a particular issue of GNMA Certificates. However, statistics published by the Federal Housing Administration (FHA) indicate that the
average life of single family dwelling mortgages with 25- to
30-year
maturities, the type of mortgages backing the vast majority of GNMA Certificates, is approximately 12 years. Prepayments are likely to
increase in periods of falling interest rates. It is customary to treat GNMA Certificates as
30-year
mortgage-backed
securities that prepay fully in the 12th year.
The coupon rate of interest of GNMA Certificates is lower than the interest rate paid on the Veterans Administration
(VA)-guaranteed
or
FHA-insured
mortgages underlying the certificates, by the amount of the fees paid to GNMA and the issuer. The coupon rate by itself, however,
does not indicate the yield that will be earned on GNMA Certificates. First, GNMA Certificates may be issued at a premium or discount rather than at par, and, after issuance, GNMA Certificates may trade in the secondary market at a premium or
discount. Second, interest is earned monthly, rather than semi-annually as with traditional bonds; monthly compounding raises the effective yield earned. Finally, the actual yield of a GNMA Certificate is influenced by the prepayment experience of
the mortgage pool underlying it. For example, if interest rates decline, prepayments may occur faster than had been originally projected and the yield to maturity and the investment income of the Underlying Fund would be reduced.
Collateralized Mortgage Obligations
A
CMO is a hybrid between a mortgage-backed bond and a mortgage pass-through security. Similar to a bond, interest and prepaid principal are paid, in most cases, semi-annually. CMOs may be collateralized by whole mortgage loans, but are more typically
collateralized by portfolios of mortgage pass-through securities guaranteed by the GNMA, the FHLMC, or the FNMA (each as described below), and their income streams.
CMOs have characteristics of both
pass-through
securities and
mortgage-backed
bonds. CMOs are secured by pools of mortgages, typically in the form of guaranteed
pass-through
certificates such as GNMA, FNMA, or FHLMC securities. The
payments on the collateral securities determine the payments to bondholders, but there is not a direct
pass-through
of payments. CMOs are structured into multiple classes each bearing a different date of
maturity. Each class of a CMO is issued at a specific fixed or floating coupon rate and has a stated maturity or final distribution date. Principal prepayments on the collateral pool may cause the various Classes of a CMO to be retired substantially
earlier than their stated maturities or final distribution dates. The principal of, and interest on, the collateral pool may be allocated among the several classes of a CMO in a number of different ways. Generally, the purpose of the allocation of
the cash flow of a CMO to the various Classes is to obtain a more predictable cash flow to some of the individual tranche than exists with the underlying collateral of the CMO. As a general rule, the more predictable the cash flow is on a CMO
tranche, the lower the anticipated yield will be on that tranche at the time of issuance relative to prevailing market yields on mortgage-backed securities.
37
CMOs are issued by entities that operate under order of the SEC exempting such issuers from the
provisions of the 1940 Act. Until recently, the staff of the SEC had taken the position that such issuers were investment companies and that, accordingly, an investment by an investment company (such as an Underlying Fund) in the securities of such
issuers was subject to the limitations imposed by Section 12 of the 1940 Act. However, in reliance on SEC staff interpretations, an Underlying Fund may invest in securities issued by certain exempted issuers without regard to the limitations of
Section 12 of the 1940 Act. In its interpretation, the SEC staff defined exempted issuers as unmanaged, fixed asset issuers that: (i) invest primarily in
mortgage-backed
securities;
(ii) do not issue redeemable securities as defined in Section 2(a)(32) of the 1940 Act; (iii) operate under the general exemptive orders exempting them from all provisions of the 1940 Act; and (iv) are not registered or regulated
under the 1940 Act as investment companies.
Privately Issued CMOs are arrangements in which the underlying mortgages are held by the
issuer, which then issues debt collateralized by the underlying mortgage assets. Such securities may be backed by mortgage insurance, letters of credit or other credit enhancing features. They are, however, not guaranteed by any government agency
and are secured by the collateral held by the issuer. Privately Issued CMOs are subject to prepayment risk due to the possibility that prepayments on the underlying assets will alter the cash flow.
In a typical CMO transaction, a corporation (issuer) issues multiple portfolios (
e.g
., A, B, C, and Z) of CMO bonds. Proceeds of the
CMO bond offering are used to purchase mortgages or mortgage pass-through certificates (Collateral). The Collateral is pledged to a third-party trustee as security for the CMO bonds. Principal and interest payments from the collateral
are used to pay principal on the CMO bonds in the order A, B, C, and Z. The Portfolios A, B, and C CMO bonds all bear current interest. Interest on the portfolios Z CMO bond is accrued and added to the principal; a like amount is paid as
principal on the portfolios A, B, or C CMO bond currently being paid off. When the portfolios A, B, and C CMO bonds are paid in full, interest and principal on the portfolios Z CMO bond begins to be paid currently. With some CMOs,
the issuer serves as a conduit to allow loan originators (primarily builders or S&Ls) to borrow against their loan portfolios.
Commercial
Mortgage-Backed Securities
Commercial mortgage-backed securities include securities that reflect an interest in, and are secured by,
mortgage loans on commercial real property. The market for commercial mortgage-backed securities has developed more recently and in terms of total outstanding principal amount of issues is relatively small compared to the market for residential
single-family mortgage-backed securities. Many of the risks of investing in commercial mortgage-backed securities reflect the risks of investing in the real estate securing the underlying mortgage loans. These risks reflect the effects of local and
other economic conditions on real estate markets, the ability of tenants to make loan payments and the ability of a property to attract and retain tenants. Commercial mortgage-backed securities may be less liquid and exhibit greater price volatility
than other types of mortgage- or asset-backed securities.
Forward Roll Transactions
An Underlying Fund may enter into forward roll transactions with respect to mortgage-backed securities (also referred to as
mortgage dollar-rolls). In this type of transaction, an Underlying Fund sells a mortgage-backed security to a buyer and simultaneously agrees to repurchase a similar security (the same type of security, and having the same coupon and
maturity) at a later date at a set price. The securities that are repurchased will have the same interest rate as the securities that are sold, but typically will be collateralized by different pools of mortgages (with different prepayment
histories) than the securities that have been sold. Proceeds from the sale are invested in short-term instruments, such as repurchase agreements. The income from those investments, plus the fees from the forward roll transaction, are expected to
generate income to a Portfolio in excess of the yield on the securities that have been sold.
38
An Underlying Fund will only enter into covered rolls. To assure its future payment
of the purchase price, an Underlying Fund will identify on its books liquid assets in an amount equal to the payment obligation under the roll.
These transactions have risks. During the period between the sale and the repurchase, an Underlying Fund will not be entitled to receive
interest and principal payments on the securities that have been sold. It is possible that the market value of the securities an Underlying Fund sells may decline below the price at which the Underlying is obligated to repurchase securities.
Interest/Principal Only Stripped Mortgage-Backed Securities
SMBS are derivative multi-class mortgage securities. SMBS may be issued by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. government, or by private
originators of, or investors in, mortgage loans, including S&L associations, mortgage banks, commercial banks, investment banks, and special purpose subsidiaries of the foregoing.
SMBS are usually structured with two or more classes of securities that receive different proportions of the interest and principal
distributions on a pool of mortgage assets. A common type of SMBS will have at least one class receiving only a small portion of the interest and a larger portion of the principal from the mortgage assets, while the other classes will receive
primarily interest and only a small portion of the principal. In the most extreme case, one class will receive all of the interest in the IO class, while the other class will receive the entire principal (the principal-only or PO class).
The yield to maturity on an IO class is extremely sensitive to the rate of principal payments (including prepayments) on the related underlying mortgage assets, and a rapid rate of principal payments may have a material adverse effect on such
securitys yield to maturity. If the underlying mortgage assets experience greater than anticipated prepayments of principal, an Underlying Fund may fail to recoup fully its initial investment in these securities even if the security is in one
of the highest rating categories. The determination of whether a particular government-issued IO or PO class backed by fixed rate mortgages is liquid is made by the adviser or a sub-adviser under guidelines and standards established by an Underlying
Funds Board. Such a security may be deemed liquid if it can be disposed of promptly in the ordinary course of business at a value reasonably close to that used in the calculation of NAV per share.
Although SMBS are purchased and sold by institutional investors through several investment banking firms acting as brokers or dealers, these
securities were only recently developed. As a result, established trading markets have not yet developed and, accordingly, these securities may be deemed illiquid and subject to an Underlying Funds limitations on investment in
illiquid securities.
Privately Issued Mortgage-Backed Securities
Mortgage-backed securities offered by private issuers include pass-through securities for pools of conventional residential mortgage loans;
mortgage pay-through obligations and mortgage-backed bonds, which are considered to be obligations of the institution issuing the bonds and are collateralized by mortgage loans; and bonds and CMOs which are collateralized by mortgage-backed
securities issued by GNMA, FNMA, FHLMC, or by pools of conventional mortgages. Each Underlying Fund limits its investments in privately issued mortgage-backed securities to mortgage related securities within the meaning of the Secondary
Mortgage Market Enhancement Act of 1984, as amended.
39
The Underlying Funds may invest in, among other things, parallel pay CMOs, PAC Bonds,
and REMICs. A REMIC is a CMO that qualifies for special tax treatment under the Code and invests in certain mortgages principally secured by interests in real property. Investors may purchase beneficial interests in REMICS, which are known as
regular interests, or residual interests. The Underlying Funds will not invest in residual REMICs. Guaranteed REMIC
pass-through
certificates (REMIC Certificates) issued by
FNMA, FHLMC, or GNMA represent beneficial ownership interests in a REMIC trust consisting principally of mortgage loans; or FNMA, FHLMC, or GNMA guaranteed mortgage
pass-through
certificates. For FHLMC REMIC
Certificates, FHLMC guarantees the timely payment of interest, and also guarantees the payment of principal, as payments are required to be made on the underlying mortgage participation certificates. FNMA REMIC Certificates are issued and guaranteed
as to timely distribution of principal and interest by FNMA. GNMA REMIC certificates are supported by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Treasury.
Parallel pay CMOs, as well as REMICs, are structured to provide payments of principal on each payment date to more than one class. These
simultaneous payments are taken into account in calculating the stated maturity date or final distribution date of each class, which, like the other CMO structures, must be retired by its stated maturity date or final distribution date but may be
retired earlier. PAC Bonds are parallel pay CMOs that generally require payments of a specified amount of principal on each payment date; the required principal payment on Planned Amortization Class (PAC) bonds have the highest priority
after interest has been paid to all classes.
Mortgage-backed securities created by private issuers generally offer a higher rate of
interest (and greater credit and interest rate risk) than U.S. government and U.S. government mortgage-backed securities because they offer no direct or indirect government guarantees of payments. However, many issuers or servicers of
mortgage-backed securities guarantee, or provide insurance for, timely payment of interest and principal on such securities. Privately-issued mortgage-backed securities will not be treated as constituting a single, separate industry.
These mortgage-backed securities are not guaranteed by an entity having the credit standing of a U.S. government agency. In order to receive a
high quality rating, they normally are structured with one or more types of credit enhancement. These credit enhancements fall generally into two categories: (i) liquidity protection; and (ii) protection against losses resulting after
default by a borrower and liquidation of the collateral. Liquidity protection refers to the providing of cash advances to holders of mortgage-backed securities when a borrower on an underlying mortgage fails to make its monthly payment on time.
Protection against losses resulting after default and liquidation is designed to cover losses resulting when, for example, the proceeds of a foreclosure sale are insufficient to cover the outstanding amount on the mortgage. This protection may be
provided through guarantees, insurance policies, or letters of credit through various means of structuring the transaction or through a combination of such approaches.
Subordinated Mortgage Securities
Subordinated mortgage securities have certain characteristics and certain associated risks. In general, the subordinated mortgage securities
in which the Underlying Funds may invest consist of a series of certificates issued in multiple classes with a stated maturity or final distribution date. One or more classes of each series may be entitled to receive distributions allocable only to
principal, principal payments, interest or any combination thereof to one or more other classes, or only after the occurrence of certain events, and may be subordinated in the right to receive such distributions on such certificates to one or more
senior classes of certificates. The rights associated with each class of certificates are set forth in the applicable pooling and servicing agreement, form of certificate and offering documents for the certificates.
40
The subordination terms are usually designed to decrease the likelihood that the holders of
senior certificates will experience losses or delays in the receipt of their distributions and to increase the likelihood that the senior certificate holders will receive aggregate distributions of principal and interest in the amounts anticipated.
Generally, pursuant to such subordination terms, distributions arising out of scheduled principal, principal prepayments, interest or any combination thereof that otherwise would be payable to one or more other classes of certificates of such series
(
i.e.,
the subordinated certificates) are paid instead to holders of the senior certificates. Delays in receipt of scheduled payments on mortgage loans and losses on defaulted mortgage loans are typically borne first by the various classes of
subordinated certificates and then by the holders of senior certificates.
In some cases, the aggregate losses in respect of defaulted
mortgage loans that must be borne by the subordinated certificates and the amount of the distributions otherwise distributable on the subordinated certificates that would, under certain circumstances, be distributable to senior certificate holders
may be limited to a specified amount. All or any portion of distributions otherwise payable to holders of subordinated certificates may, in certain circumstances, be deposited into one or more reserve accounts for the benefit of the senior
certificate holders. Since a greater risk of loss is borne by the subordinated certificate holders, such certificates generally have a higher stated yield than the senior certificates.
Interest on the certificates generally accrues on the aggregate principal balance of each class of certificates entitled to interest at an
applicable rate. The certificate interest rate may be a fixed rate, a variable rate based on current values of an objective interest index or a variable rate based on a weighted average of the interest rate on the mortgage loans underlying or
constituting the mortgage assets. In addition, the underlying mortgage loans may have variable interest rates.
Generally, to the extent
funds are available, interest accrued during each interest accrual period on each class of certificates entitled to interest is distributable on certain distribution dates until the aggregate principal balance of the certificates of such class has
been distributed in full. The amount of interest that accrues during any interest accrual period and over the life of the certificates depends primarily on the aggregate principal balance of the class of certificates, which, unless otherwise
specified, depends primarily on the principal balance of the mortgage assets for each such period and the rate of payment (including prepayments) of principal of the underlying mortgage loans over the life of the trust.
A series of certificates may consist of one or more classes as to which distributions allocable to principal will be allocated. The method by
which the amount of principal to be distributed on the certificates on each distribution date is calculated and the manner in which such amount could be allocated among classes varies and could be executed pursuant to a fixed schedule, in relation
to the occurrence of certain events or otherwise. Special distributions are also possible if distributions are received with respect to the mortgage assets, such as is the case when underlying mortgage loans are prepaid.
A mortgage-backed security that is senior to a subordinated residential mortgage security will not bear a loss resulting from the occurrence
of a default on an underlying mortgage until all credit enhancements protecting such senior holder is exhausted. For example, the senior holder will only suffer a credit loss after all subordinated interests have been exhausted pursuant to the terms
of the subordinated residential mortgage security. The primary credit risk of investing in subordinated residential mortgage securities is potential losses resulting from defaults by the borrowers under the underlying mortgages. The Underlying Funds
would generally realize such a loss in connection with a subordinated residential mortgage security only if the subsequent foreclosure sale of the property securing a mortgage loan does not produce an amount at least equal to the sum of the unpaid
principal balance of the loan as of the date the borrower went into default, the interest that was not paid during the foreclosure period and all foreclosure expenses.
41
An Underlying Funds adviser or sub-adviser will seek to limit the risks presented by
subordinated residential mortgage securities by reviewing and analyzing the characteristics of the mortgage loans that underlie the pool of mortgages securing both the senior and subordinated residential mortgage securities. An Underlying
Funds adviser or sub-adviser has developed a set of guidelines to assist in the analysis of the mortgage loans underlying subordinated residential mortgage securities. Each pool purchase is reviewed against the guidelines. An Underlying Fund
seeks opportunities to acquire subordinated residential mortgage securities when, in the view of the adviser or sub-adviser, the potential for a higher yield on such instruments outweighs any additional risk presented by the instruments. An
Underlying Funds adviser or sub-adviser will seek to increase yield to shareholders by taking advantage of perceived inefficiencies in the market for subordinated residential mortgage securities.
Credit enhancement for the senior certificates comprising a series is provided by the holders of the subordinated certificates to the extent
of the specific terms of the subordination and, in some cases, by the establishment of reserve funds. Depending on the terms of a particular pooling and servicing agreement, additional or alternative credit enhancement may be provided by a pool
insurance policy and/or other insurance policies, third party limited guaranties, letters of credit, or similar arrangements. Letters of credit may be available to be drawn upon with respect to losses due to mortgagor bankruptcy and with respect to
losses due to the failure of a master service to comply with its obligations, under a pooling and servicing agreement, if any, to repurchase a mortgage loan as to which there was fraud or negligence on the part of the mortgagor or originator and
subsequent denial of coverage under a pool insurance policy, if any. A master service may also be required to obtain a pool insurance policy to cover losses in an amount up to a certain percentage of the aggregate principal balance of the mortgage
loans in the pool to the extent not covered by a primary mortgage insurance policy by reason of default in payments on mortgage loans.
A
pooling and servicing agreement may provide that the depositor and master service could effect early termination of a trust, after a certain specified date or the date on which the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the underlying mortgage
loans is less than a specific percentage of the original aggregate principal balance of the underlying mortgage loans by purchasing all of such mortgage loans at a price, unless otherwise specified, equal to the greater of a specified percentage of
the unpaid principal balance of such mortgage loans, plus accrued interest thereon at the applicable certificate interest rate, or the fair market value of such mortgage assets. Generally, the proceeds of such repurchase would be applied to the
distribution of the specified percentage of the principal balance of each outstanding certificate of such series, plus accrued interest, thereby retiring such certificates. Notice of such optional termination would be given by the trustee prior to
such distribution date.
The underlying trust assets are a mortgage pool generally consisting of mortgage loans on single, multi-family,
and mobile home park residential properties. The mortgage loans are originated by S&Ls, savings banks, commercial banks or similar institutions, and mortgage banking companies.
Various services provide certain customary servicing functions with respect to the mortgage loans pursuant to servicing agreements entered
into between each service and the master service. A services duties generally include collection and remittance of principal and interest payments, administration of mortgage escrow accounts, collection of insurance claims, foreclosure
procedures and, if necessary, the advance of funds to the extent certain payments are not made by the mortgagors and are recoverable under applicable insurance policies or from proceeds of liquidation of the mortgage loans.
The mortgage pool is administered by a master service who: (i) establishes requirements for each service; (ii) administers,
supervises and enforces the performance by the services of their duties and responsibilities under the servicing agreements; and (iii) maintains any primary insurance, standard hazard insurance, special hazard insurance and any pool insurance
required by the terms of the certificates. The master service may be an affiliate of the depositor and also may be the service with respect to all or a portion of the mortgage loans contained in a trust fund for a series of certificates.
42
Municipal Securities
Municipal securities are debt obligations issued by states, municipalities and other political subdivisions, agencies, authorities and
instrumentalities of states and multi-state agencies or authorities, the interest on which, in the opinion of bond counsel to the issuer at the time of issuance, is exempt from federal income tax. From time to time, legislation restricting or
limiting the federal income tax exemption for interest on municipal securities is introduced to Congress. Municipal securities include both notes (which have maturities of less than one year) and bonds (which have maturities of one year or more)
that bear fixed or variable rates of interest.
In general, municipal securities debt obligations are issued to obtain funds for a variety
of public purposes, such as the construction, repair, or improvement of public facilities, including airports, bridges, housing, hospitals, mass transportation, schools, streets, water, and sewer works. Municipal securities may be issued to
refinance outstanding obligations and to raise funds for general operating expenses and lending to other public institutions and facilities.
The two principal classifications of municipal securities are general obligation securities and revenue securities.
General obligation securities are secured by the issuers pledge of its full faith, credit, and tax power for the payment of principal and interest. Characteristics and methods of enforcement of general obligation bonds vary according to the
law applicable to a particular issuer, and the taxes that can be levied for the payment of debt instruments may be limited or unlimited as to rates or amounts of special assessments. Revenue securities are payable only from the revenues derived from
a particular facility, a class of facilities or, in some cases, from the proceeds of a special excise tax. Revenue bonds are issued to finance a wide variety of capital projects, including electric, gas, water, and sewer systems; highways, bridges,
and tunnels; port and airport facilities; colleges and universities; and hospitals. Although the principal security behind these bonds may vary, many provide additional security in the form of a debt service reserve fund, the assets of which may be
used to make principal and interest payments on the issuers obligations. Housing finance authorities have a wide range of security; including partially or fully insured mortgages, rent subsidized and collateralized mortgages, and the net
revenues from housing or other public projects. Some authorities are provided further security in the form of a states assistance (although without obligation) to make up deficiencies in the debt service reserve fund.
Under the Code, certain limited obligation bonds are considered private activity bonds and interest paid on such bonds is treated
as an item of tax preference for purposes of calculating federal alternative minimum tax liability. Some longer-term Municipal Bonds give the investor the right to put or sell the security at par (face value) within a specified number of
days following the investors request, usually one to seven days. This demand feature enhances a securitys liquidity by shortening its effective maturity and enables it to trade at a price equal to or very close to par. If a demand
feature terminates prior to being exercised, an Underlying Fund would hold the longer-term security, which could experience substantially more volatility.
Insured municipal debt involves scheduled payments of interest and principal guaranteed by a private, non-governmental or governmental
insurance company. The insurance does not guarantee the market value of the municipal debt or the value of the shares of an Underlying Fund.
43
Risks of Investing in Municipal Bonds
Municipal bonds are subject to credit and market risk. Generally, prices of higher quality issues tend to fluctuate less with changes in
market interest rates than prices of lower quality issues and prices of longer maturity issues tend to fluctuate more than prices of shorter maturity issues. An Underlying Fund may purchase and sell portfolio investments to take advantage of changes
or anticipated changes in yield relationships, markets or economic conditions. An Underlying Fund also may purchase municipal bonds due to changes in the advisers or sub-advisers evaluation of the issuer or cash needs resulting from
redemption requests for Fund shares. The secondary market for municipal securities typically has been less liquid than that for taxable debt/fixed-income securities, and this may affect an Underlying Funds ability to sell particular municipal
bonds at then-current market prices, especially in periods when other investors are attempting to sell the same securities.
Prices and
yields on municipal bonds are dependent on a variety of factors, including general money-market conditions, the financial condition of the issuer, general conditions of the municipal bond market, the size of a particular offering, the maturity of
the obligation and the rating of the issue. A number of these factors, including the ratings of particular issues, are subject to change from time to time. Information about the financial condition of an issuer of municipal bonds may not be as
extensive as that which is made available by corporations whose securities are publicly traded.
An Underlying Fund may purchase custodial
receipts representing the right to receive either the principal amount or the periodic interest payments or both with respect to specific underlying municipal bonds. In a typical custodial receipt arrangement, an issuer or third party owner of
municipal bonds deposits the bonds with a custodian in exchange for two classes of custodial receipts. The two classes have different characteristics, but, in each case, payments on the two classes are based on payments received on the underlying
municipal bonds. In no event will the aggregate interest paid with respect to the two classes exceed the interest paid by the underlying municipal bond. Custodial receipts are sold in private placements. The value of a custodial receipt may
fluctuate more than the value of a municipal bond of comparable quality and maturity.
Securities of issuers of municipal bonds are
subject to the provisions of bankruptcy, insolvency, and other laws affecting the rights and remedies of creditors, such as the Bankruptcy Reform Act of 1978. In addition, the obligations of such issuers may become subject to laws enacted in the
future by Congress, state legislatures, or referenda extending the time for payment of principal or interest, or imposing other constraints upon enforcement of such obligations or upon the ability of municipalities to levy taxes. Furthermore, as a
result of legislation or other conditions, the power or ability of any issuer to pay, when due, the principal of and interest on its municipal obligations may be materially affected.
There is also the possibility that as a result of litigation or other conditions, the power or ability of issuers to meet their obligations
for the payment of interest and principal on their municipal securities may be materially affected or their obligations may be found to be invalid or unenforceable. Such litigation or conditions may from time to time have the effect of introducing
uncertainties in the market for Municipal Bonds or certain segments thereof, or of materially affecting the credit risk with respect to particular bonds. Adverse economic, business, legal or political developments might affect all or a substantial
portion of an Underlying Funds municipal bonds in the same manner.
Industrial Development and Pollution Control Bonds
These are revenue bonds and generally are not payable from the unrestricted revenues of an issuer. They are issued by or on behalf of public
authorities to raise money to finance privately operated facilities for business, manufacturing, housing, sport complexes and pollution control. Consequently, the credit quality of these securities is dependent upon the ability of the user of the
facilities financed by the bonds and any guarantor to meet its financial obligations.
44
Moral Obligations Securities
Municipal securities may include moral obligation securities which are usually issued by special purpose public authorities. A
moral obligation bond is a type of state-issued municipal security backed by a moral, not a legal, obligation. If the issuer of moral obligation bonds cannot fulfill its financial responsibilities from current revenues, it may draw upon a reserve
fund, the restoration of which is a moral commitment but not a legal obligation of the state or municipality which created the issuer.
Municipal Lease
Obligations and Certificates of Participation
Municipal lease obligations are lease obligations or installment purchase contract
obligations of municipal authorities or entities. Although lease obligations do not constitute general obligations of the municipality for which its taxing power is pledged, a lease obligation is ordinarily backed by the municipalitys covenant
to budget for, appropriate and make the payment due under the lease obligation.
Certificates of participation are securities issued by a
particular municipality or municipal authority to evidence a proportionate interest in base rental or lease payments relating to a specific project to be made by the municipality, agency or authority. However, certain lease obligations contain
non-appropriation clauses that provide that the municipality has no obligation to make lease or installment purchase payments in any year unless money is appropriated for such purpose for such year. Although non-appropriation
lease obligations are secured by the leased property, disposition of the property in the event of default and foreclosure, might prove difficult. In addition, these securities represent a relatively new type of financing, and certain lease
obligations may therefore be considered to be illiquid securities.
An Underlying Fund will attempt to minimize the special risks inherent
in municipal lease obligations and certificates of participation by purchasing only lease obligations which meet the following criteria: (i) rated A or better by at least one NRSRO; (ii) secured by payments from a governmental lessee that
has actively traded debt obligations; (iii) determined by the adviser or sub-adviser to be critical to the lessees ability to deliver essential services; and (iv) contain legal features which the adviser or sub-adviser deems
appropriate, such as covenants to make lease payments without the right of offset or counterclaim, requirements for insurance policies, and adequate debt service reserve funds.
Short-Term Municipal Obligations
These securities
include the following:
Tax anticipation notes
are used to finance working capital needs of municipalities and are issued in
anticipation of various seasonal tax revenues, to be payable from these specific future taxes. They are usually general obligations of the issuer, secured by the taxing power of the municipality for the payment of principal and interest when due.
Revenue anticipation notes
are issued in expectation of receipt of other kinds of revenue, such as federal revenues available
under the Federal Revenue Sharing Program. They also are usually general obligations of the issuer.
Bond anticipation notes
normally are issued to provide interim financing until long-term financing can be arranged. The long-term bonds then provide the money for the repayment of the notes.
Construction loan notes
are sold to provide construction financing for specific projects. After successful completion and acceptance,
many projects receive permanent financing through the FNMA or the GNMA.
45
Short-term discount notes (tax-exempt commercial paper)
are short-term (365 days or less)
promissory notes issued by municipalities to supplement their cash flow.
Performance Indexed Paper
Certain of the Underlying Funds may invest in performance indexed paper. Performance indexed paper is U.S. dollar-denominated commercial paper
the yield, of which is linked to certain foreign exchange rate movements. The yield to the investor on performance indexed paper is established at maturity as a function of spot exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and a designated currency as of
or about that time (generally, the index maturity two days prior to maturity). The yield to the investor will be within a range stipulated at the time of purchase of the obligation, generally with a guaranteed minimum rate of return that is below,
and a potential maximum rate of return that is above, market yields on U.S. dollar-denominated commercial paper, with both the minimum and maximum rates of return on the investment corresponding to the minimum and maximum values of the spot exchange
rate two business days prior to maturity.
Principal Exchange Rate Linked Securitie
s
Principal exchange rate linked securities are debt obligations, the principal on which is payable at maturity in an amount that may vary based
on the exchange rate between the U.S. dollar and a particular foreign currency at or about that time. The return on standard principal exchange rate linked securities is enhanced if the foreign currency to which the security is linked
appreciates against the U.S. dollar, and is adversely affected by increases in the foreign exchange value of the U.S. dollar; reverse principal exchange rate linked securities are like the standard securities, except that
their return is enhanced by increases in the value of the U.S. dollar and adversely impacted by increases in the value of foreign currency. Interest payments on the securities are generally made in U.S. dollars at rates that reflect the degree of
foreign currency risk assumed or given up by the purchaser of the notes (
i.e.
, at relatively higher interest rates if the purchaser has assumed some of the foreign exchange risk, or relatively lower interest rates if the issuer has assumed
some of the foreign exchange risk, based on the expectations of the current market). Principal exchange rate linked securities may in limited cases be subject to acceleration of maturity (generally, not without the consent of the holders of the
securities), which may have an adverse impact on the value of the principal payment to be made at maturity.
Structured Securities
Structured securities include notes, bonds, or debentures that provide for the payment of principal of, and/or interest in, amounts determined
by reference to changes in the value of specific currencies, interest rates, commodities, indices, or other financial indicators (the Reference) or the relative change in two or more References. The interest rate or the principal amount
payable upon maturity or redemption may be increased or decreased depending upon changes in the applicable Reference. The terms of structured securities may provide that under certain circumstances no principal is due at maturity and, therefore, may
result in the loss of an Underlying Funds investment. Structured securities may be positively or negatively indexed so that appreciation of the Reference may produce an increase or decrease in the interest rate or value of the security at
maturity. In addition, the change in interest rate or the value of the security at maturity may be a multiple of the change in the value of the Reference. Consequently, leveraged structured securities entail a greater degree of market risk than
other types of debt obligations. Structured securities may also be more volatile, less liquid, and more difficult to accurately price than less complex fixed-income investments.
46
Rules governing the federal income tax aspects of commodity-linked structured securities are in a
developing stage and are not entirely clear in certain respects, particularly in light of 2006 IRS revenue rulings that held that income from certain derivative contracts with respect to a commodity index or individual commodities was not qualifying
income for a RIC. The Underlying Funds intend to limit their investments in commodity-linked structured securities in a manner designed to maintain their qualification as RICs under the Code. However, these investment decisions involve judgment and
the IRS may not agree with the determinations made by the Underlying Funds. If the IRS does not agree, the status of an Underlying Fund as a RIC might be jeopardized. The IRS has announced an internal review of its position with respect to the tax
treatment of RICs that invest in commodity-related investments, and a moratorium on the issuance of new private letter rulings to RICs with respect to these investments. Future developments in this area could necessitate a future change to the
Underlying Funds investment strategies.
Trust-Preferred Securities
Trust-preferred securities, also known as trust-issued securities, are those that have the characteristics of both debt and equity
instruments. Generally, trust-preferred securities are cumulative preferred stock issued by a trust that is wholly-owned by a financial institution, usually a bank holding company. The financial institution creates the trust and will subsequently
own the trusts common securities, which represents 3% of the trusts assets. The remaining 97% of the trusts/companys assets consist of trust-preferred securities, which are then sold to investors. The trust uses the sale
proceeds to purchase a subordinated debt issued by the financial institution. The financial institution uses the proceeds from the subordinated debt sale to increase its capital while the trust receives periodic interest payments from the financial
institution for holding the subordinated debt. The trust will use the funds received to make dividend payments to the holders of the trust-preferred securities. The primary advantage for this particular structure is that the trust-preferred
securities may be treated by the financial institution as debt instruments for tax purposes, and as equity for the purpose of calculating capital requirements.
In certain instances, this structure involves more than one financial institution and, accordingly more than one trust. In this pooled
offering, a separate trust is created that issues securities to investors and uses the proceeds to purchase the trust-preferred securities issued by the special-purpose trust subsidiaries of the participating financial institutions. Therefore, the
trust-preferred securities held by investors are backed by the trust-preferred securities issued by the trust subsidiaries.
In
identifying the risks of trust-preferred securities, an Underlying Funds adviser or sub-adviser evaluate the financial condition of the financial institution, as the trust typically has no business operations other than to issue the
trust-preferred securities. If the financial institution is unsound and defaults on interest payments to the trust, the trust will not be able to make dividend payments to an Underlying Fund.
U.S. Government Securities
U.S.
government securities are obligations of, or are guaranteed by, the U.S. government and its agencies or instrumentalities Securities guaranteed by the U.S. government include federal agency obligations guaranteed as to principal and interest by the
U.S. Treasury (such as GNMA certificates and FHA debentures). In guaranteed securities, the U.S. government unconditionally guarantees the payment of principal and interest and thus, they are of the highest credit quality. Such direct obligations or
guaranteed securities are subject to variations in market value due to fluctuations in interest rates but, if held to maturity, the U.S. government is obligated to or guarantees to pay them in full. They differ primarily in their interest rates, the
lengths of their maturities and the dates of their issuances.
47
In addition, U.S. government securities include securities issued by instrumentalities of the
U.S. government, such as the GNMA, which are also backed by the full faith and credit of the United States. Also included in the category of U.S. government securities are instruments issued by instrumentalities established or sponsored by the U.S.
government, such as the Student Loan Marketing Association, the FNMA and FHLMC. While these securities are issued, in general, under the authority of an Act of Congress, the U.S. government is not obligated to provide financial support to the
issuing instrumentalities, although under certain conditions certain of these agencies may borrow from the U.S. Treasury. In the case of securities not backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, the investor must look principally to
the agency or instrumentality issuing or guaranteeing the obligation for ultimate repayment, and may not be able to assert a claim against the United States itself in the event the agency or instrumentality does not meet its commitment. An
Underlying Fund generally will invest in securities of such agencies or instrumentalities only when the adviser or sub-adviser is satisfied that the credit risk with respect to any instrumentality is comparable to the credit risk of U.S. government
securities backed by the full faith and credit of the United States.
Obligations issued or guaranteed by U.S. government agencies
include direct obligations and mortgage-backed securities that have different levels of credit support from the government. Some are supported by full faith and credit of the U.S. government, such as GNMA certificates, some are supported by the
right of the issuer to borrow from the U.S. Treasury under certain circumstances, such as FNMA bonds, while others are supported only by the credit of the entity that issued them, such as FHLMC obligations.
Obligations of the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development may be purchased. These obligations which, while technically not a
U.S. government agency or instrumentality, have the right to borrow from the participating countries, including the United States.
A
Portfolio may also invest in U.S. Treasury obligations, which are obligations issued or guaranteed by U.S. government agencies. U.S. Treasury obligations include Treasury bills, Treasury notes, and Treasury bonds, and are backed by the full faith
and credit of the United States as to timely payments of interest and repayments of principal. Obligations issued or guaranteed by U.S. government agencies include direct obligations and mortgage-backed securities that have different levels of
credit support from the government. Some are supported by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government, such as GNMA pass-through mortgage certificates; some are supported by the right of the issuer to borrow from the U.S. Treasury under certain
circumstances, such as FNMA bonds; while others are supported only by the credit of the entity that issued them, such as FHLMC obligations.
In September 2008, FNMA and FHLMC were each placed into conservatorship by the U.S. government under the authority of the Federal Housing
Finance Agency (FHFA), an agency of the U.S. government, with a stated purpose to preserve and conserve FNMAs and FHLMCs assets and property and to put FNMA and FHLMC in a sound and solvent condition. The U.S. Treasury
initially pledged to provide up to $100 billion for each instrumentality as needed, in the event their liabilities exceeded their assets, and, on May 6, 2009, increased its maximum commitment for each instrumentality to $200 billion. On
December 2009, the U.S. Treasury allowed the cap to increase as necessary to accommodate any cumulative reduction in Freddie Macs and Fannie Maes net worth until the end of 2012. When the unlimited support expired at the beginning of
2013, the U.S. Treasury capped support for Freddie Mac at $149 billion and support for Fannie Mae at $125 billion. On August 17, 2012, the U.S. Treasury stated that it would require all profits earned during a quarter that exceed a capital
reserve of $3 billion to be transferred to the U.S. Treasury.
48
The purpose of these actions is to allow Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae to sustain a the positive
net worth of FNMA and FHLMC to avoid triggering mandatory receivership. No assurance can be given that the purposes of the conservatorship and related actions under the authority of FHFA will be met or that the U.S. Treasurys initiative will
be successful.
On August 5, 2011, S&P lowered the long-term sovereign credit rating assigned to the United States to AA+ with a
negative outlook. On August 8, 2011, S&P downgraded the long-term senior debt rating of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac to AA+ with a negative outlook. The long-term impacts of the downgrades or the impacts of any future downgrade are unknown.
However, the downgrades, and any future downgrades, could have a material adverse impact on global financial markets and worldwide economic conditions, and could negatively impact the Underlying Funds and the Portfolio.
Zero-Coupon Bonds, Deferred Interest Securities, and Pay-In-Kind Bonds
Zero-coupon bonds and deferred interest securities are debt obligations that do not entitle the holder to any periodic payment of interest
prior to maturity or a specified date when the securities begin paying current interest (the cash payment date) and therefore are issued and traded at a significant discount from their face amounts or par value and pay interest only at
maturity rather than at intervals during the life of the security. PIK bonds allow the issuer, at its option, to make current interest payments on the bonds either in cash or in additional bonds. The values of zero-coupon bonds and PIK bonds are
subject to greater fluctuation in response to changes in market interest rates than bonds which pay interest currently, and may involve greater credit risk than such bonds.
The discount of zero-coupon and PIK bonds approximates the total amount of interest the bonds will accrue and compound over the period until
maturity or the first interest payment date at a rate of interest reflecting the market rate of the security at the time of issuance. While zero-coupon bonds do not require the periodic payment of interest, PIK bonds provide that the issuer thereof
may, at its option, pay interest on such bonds in cash or in the form of additional debt obligations. Such investments benefit the issuer by mitigating its need for cash to meet debt service, but also require a higher rate of return to attract
investors who are willing to defer receipt of such cash. Such investments may experience greater volatility in market value due to changes in interest rates than debt obligations that make regular payments of interest. An Underlying Fund will accrue
income on such investments for tax and accounting purposes, as required, which is distributable to shareholders and which, because no cash is received at the time of accrual, may require the liquidation of other portfolio securities to satisfy the
Underlying Funds distribution obligations.
The discount varies, depending on the time remaining until maturity or cash payment
date, prevailing interest rates, liquidity of the security and the perceived credit quality of the issuer. The discount, in the absence of financial difficulties of the issuer, decreases as the final maturity or cash payment date of the security
approaches. The market prices of zero-coupon and delayed interest securities generally are more volatile than the market prices of securities that pay interest periodically and are likely to respond to changes in interest rates to a greater degree
than do non-zero-coupon securities having similar maturities and credit quality. Current federal income tax law requires holders of zero-coupon securities to report as interest income each year the portion of the original issue discount on such
securities (other than tax-exempt original issue discount from a zero-coupon security) that accrues that year, even though the holders receive no cash payments of interest during the year. While zero-coupon bonds do not require the periodic payment
of interest, deferred interest bonds provide for a period of delay before the regular payment of interest begins.
A PIK bond is a
debt security that pay interest or dividends in cash or in the form of additional debt obligations. Such investments benefit the issuer by mitigating its need for cash to meet debt service, but also require a higher rate of return to attract
investors who are willing to defer receipt of such cash. Such investments may experience greater volatility in market value than debt obligations that make regular
49
payments of interest. An Underlying Fund will accrue income on such investments for tax and accounting purposes, as required, which is distributable to shareholders and which, because no cash is
received at the time of accrual, may require the liquidation of other portfolio securities to satisfy the Underlying Funds distribution obligations.
An Underlying Fund will be required to report as income annual inclusions of original issue discount over the life of such securities as if it
were paid on a current basis, although no cash interest or dividend payments are received by the Underlying Funds until the cash payment date or the securities mature. Under certain circumstances, the Underlying Funds could also be required to
include accrued market discount or capital gain with respect to its PIK bonds.
The risks associated with lower rated debt instruments
apply to these securities. Zero-coupon and PIK bonds are also subject to the risk that in the event of a default, the Underlying Fund may realize no return on its investment, because these securities do not pay cash interest.
FOREIGN/ EMERGING MARKET EQUITY AND DEBT INVESTMENTS
Investments in foreign securities offer potential benefits not available in securities of domestic issuers by offering the opportunity to
invest in foreign issuers that appear to offer growth potential, or in foreign countries with economic policies or business cycles different from those of the United States, or to reduce fluctuations in portfolio value by taking advantage of foreign
stock markets that may not move in a manner parallel to U.S. markets.
Investments in securities of foreign issuers traded outside the
United States involve certain risks not ordinarily associated with investments in securities of domestic issuers.
Although the Underlying
Funds will use reasonable efforts to obtain the best available price and the most favorable execution with respect to all transactions, and the adviser or sub-adviser will consider the full range and quality of services offered by the executing
broker or dealer when making these determinations, fixed commissions on many foreign stock exchanges are generally higher than negotiated commissions on U.S. exchanges. Certain foreign governments levy withholding taxes against dividend and interest
income, or may impose other taxes. Although in some countries a portion of these taxes are recoverable, the non-recovered portion of foreign withholding taxes will reduce the income received by an Underlying Fund on these investments. However, these
foreign withholding taxes are not expected to have a significant impact on an Underlying Fund, and any income earned by the Underlying Fund should be considered incidental.
An Underlying Fund also may invest in corporate debt securities of foreign issuers (including preferred or preference stocks), certain foreign
bank obligations (see Bank Obligations) and U.S. dollar or foreign currency-denominated obligations of foreign governments or their subdivisions, agencies and instrumentalities, international agencies and supranational entities.
Securities traded in certain emerging market countries, including the emerging market countries in Eastern Europe, may be subject to risks in addition to risks typically posed by international investing due to the inexperience of financial
intermediaries, the lack of modern technology, and the lack of a sufficient capital base to expand business operations.
An Underlying
Funds investments in foreign currency denominated debt obligations and hedging activities will likely produce a difference between its book income and its taxable income. This difference may cause a portion of the Companys income
distributions to constitute returns of capital for tax purposes or require an Underlying Fund to make distributions exceeding book income to qualify as a RIC for federal tax purposes.
50
Restrictions on Foreign Investments
Some developing countries prohibit or impose substantial restrictions on investments in their capital markets, particularly their equity
markets, by foreign entities such as a Portfolio. As illustrations, certain countries may require governmental approval prior to investments by foreign persons or limit the amount of investment by foreign persons in a particular company or limit the
investment by foreign persons to only a specific class of securities of a company that may have less advantageous terms (including price) than securities of the company available for purchase by nationals. Certain countries may restrict investment
opportunities in issuers or industries deemed important to national interests.
The manner in which foreign investors may invest in
companies in certain developing countries, as well as limitations on such investments, also may have an adverse impact on the operations of a Portfolio that invests in such countries. For example, a Portfolio may be required in certain countries to
invest initially through a local broker or other entity and then have the shares purchased re-registered in the name of a Portfolio. Re-registration may in some instances not be able to occur on timely basis, resulting in a delay during which a
Portfolio may be denied certain of its rights as an investor, including rights as to dividends or to be made aware of certain corporate actions. There also may be instances where a Portfolio places a purchase order but is subsequently informed, at
the time of re-registration, that the permissible allocation of the investment to foreign investors has been filled, depriving a Portfolio of the ability to make its desired investment at that time.
Substantial limitations may exist in certain countries with respect to a Portfolios ability to repatriate investment income, capital or
the proceeds of sales of securities by foreign investors. A Portfolio could be adversely affected by delays in, or a refusal to grant, any required governmental approval for repatriation of capital, as well as by the application to a Portfolio of
any restrictions on investments. No more than 15% of a Portfolios net assets may be comprised, in the aggregate, of assets that are: (i) subject to material legal restrictions on repatriation; or (ii) invested in illiquid securities.
Even where there is no outright restriction on repatriation of capital, the mechanics of repatriation may affect certain aspects of the operations of the Portfolio.
In certain countries, banks or other financial institutions may be among the leading companies or have actively traded securities. The 1940
Act restricts each Portfolios investments in any equity securities of an issuer that, in its most recent fiscal year, derived more than 15% of its revenues from securities related activities, as defined by the rules thereunder. The
provisions may restrict the Portfolios investments in certain foreign banks and other financial institutions.
Risks of Investing in Foreign
Securities
Investments in foreign securities involve certain inherent risks including the following:
Foreign Currency Risks.
Currency risk is the risk that changes in foreign exchange rates will affect, favorably or unfavorably, the
U.S. dollar value of foreign securities. In a period when the U.S. dollar generally rises against foreign currencies, the returns on foreign securities for a U.S. investor will be diminished. By contrast, in a period when the U.S. dollar generally
declines, the returns on foreign securities will be enhanced. Therefore, unfavorable changes in the relationship between the U.S. dollar and the relevant foreign currencies will adversely affect the value of an Underlying Funds shares.
Market Characteristics.
Settlement practices for transactions in foreign markets may differ from those in U.S. markets and may include
delays beyond periods customary in the United States. Foreign security trading practices, including those involving securities settlement where Underlying Fund assets may be
51
released prior to receipt of payment or securities, may expose the Underlying Fund to increased risk in the event of a failed trade or the insolvency of a foreign broker-dealer. Transactions in
options on securities, futures contracts, futures options and currency contracts may not be regulated as effectively on foreign exchanges as similar transactions in the United States, and may not involve clearing mechanisms and related guarantees.
The value of such positions also could be adversely affected by the imposition of different exercise terms and procedures and margin requirements than in the United States. The value of an Underlying Funds positions may also be adversely
impacted by delays in its ability to act upon economic events occuring in foreign markets during non-business hours in the United states.
Legal and Regulatory Matters.
In addition to nationalization, foreign governments may take other actions that could have a significant
effect on market prices of securities and payment of interest, including restrictions on foreign investment, expropriation of goods and imposition of taxes, currency restrictions, and exchange conrol regulations.
Taxes.
The interest payable on certain of an Underlying Funds foreign securities may be subject to foreign withholding taxes,
thus reducing the net amount of income available for distribution to the Underlying Funds shareholders. A shareholder otherwise subject to U.S. federal income taxes may, subject to certain limitations, be entitled to claim a credit or
deduction of U.S. federal income tax purposes for his or her proportionate share of such foreign taxes paid by an Underlying Fund.
Costs.
The expense ratio of an Underlying Fund when investing in foreign securities is likely to be higher than those of investment
companies investing in domestic securities, since the cost of maintaining the custody of foreign securities is higher. In considering whether to invest in the securities of a foreign company, the adviser or sub-adviser considers such factors as the
characteristics of the particular company, differences between economic trends and the performance of securities markets within the United States and those within other countries, and also factors relating to the general economic, governmental and
social conditions oof the country or countries where the company is located. The extent to which an Underlying Fund will be invested in foreign companies and countries and depository receipts will fluctuate from time to time within the limitations
described in the Prospectuses, depending on the advisers or sub-advisers assessment of prevailing market, economic, and other conditions.
Securities traded in emerging market countries, including the emerging market countries in Eastern Europe, may be subject to risks in addition
to risks typically posed by international investing due to the inexperience of financial intermediaries, the lack of modern technology and the lack of a sufficient capital base to expand business operations. A number of emerging market countries
restrict, to varying degrees, foreign investment in securities. Repatriation of investment income, capital, and the proceeds of sales by foreign investors may require governmental registration and/or approval in some emerging market countries. A
number of the currencies of emerging market countries have experienced significant declines against the U.S. dollar in recent years, and devaluation may occur after investments in these currencies by an Underlying Fund. Inflation and rapid
fluctuations in inflation rates have had, and may continue to have, negative effects on the economies and securities markets of certain emerging market countries. Many of the emerging securities markets are relatively small, have low trading
volumes, suffer periods of relative illiquidity, and are characterized by significant price volatility. There is a risk in emerging market countries that a future economic or political crisis could lead to price controls, forced mergers of
companies, expropriation or confiscatory taxation, seizure, nationalization, or creation of government monopolies, any of which may have a detrimental effect on an Underlying Funds investment.
Additional risks of investing in emerging market countries may include: currency exchange rate fluctuations; greater social, economic and
political uncertainty and instability (including the risk of war); more substantial governmental involvement in the economy; less governmental supervision and
52
regulation of the securities markets and participants in those markets; unavailability of currency hedging techniques in certain emerging market countries; the fact that companies in emerging
market countries may be newly organized and may be smaller and less seasoned companies; the difference in, or lack of, auditing and financial reporting standards, which may result in unavailability of material information about issuers; the risk
that it may be more difficult to obtain and/or enforce a judgment in a court outside the United States; and significantly smaller market capitalization of securities markets. Emerging securities markets may have different clearance and settlement
procedures, which may be unable to keep pace with the volume of securities transactions or otherwise make it difficult to engage in such transactions. Settlement problems may cause an Underlying Fund to miss attractive investment opportunities, hold
a portion of its assets in cash pending investment, or delay in disposing of a portfolio security. Such a delay could result in possible liability to a purchaser of the security. Any change in the leadership or policies of Eastern European
countries, or the countries that exercise a significant influence over those countries, may halt the expansion of or reverse the liberalization of foreign investment policies now occurring and adversely affect existing investment opportunities.
Additionally, former Communist regimes of a number of Eastern European countries previously expropriated a large amount of property, the claims on which have not been entirely settled. There can be no assurance that an Underlying Funds
investments in Eastern Europe will not also be expropriated, nationalized or otherwise confiscated.
European Union.
European Union
(EU) member countries that utilize the euro could abandon the euro and replace their currency through means that could include a return to their national currencies. It is possible that the euro will cease to exist as a single currency
in its current form. The effects of such an abandonment of the euro or a countrys forced expulsion from the euro on that country, the rest of the EU, and global markets could be adverse to the market values of various securities, currencies,
and derivatives, and could create conditions of volatility and limited liquidity in various currency, securities, and other markets. The exit of any country out of the euro could have a destabilizing effect on that country and all eurozone countries
and their economies, and could have an adverse effect on the global economy and on global markets. In addition, under these circumstances, it may be difficult to value investments denominated in euros or in a replacement currency.
Depositary Receipts
Securities of
foreign issuers may take form of American Depositary Receipts (ADRs), Global Depositary Receipts (GDRs) and European Depositary Receipts (EDRs) or other similar securities that represent securities of foreign
issuers (collectively, Depositary Receipts). These securities are typically dollar denominated although their market price may be subject to fluctuations of the foreign currency in which the underlying securities are denominated.
ADRs are receipts typically issued by a U.S. bank or trust company evidencing ownership of the underlying foreign securities and are typically
designed for U.S. investors and held either in physical form or in book entry form. ADRs may be sponsored or unsponsored. A sponsored ADR is issued by a depository which has an exclusive relationship with the issuer of the underlying security. An
unsponsored ADR may be issued by any number of U.S. depositories. Under the terms of most sponsored arrangements, depositories agree to distribute notices of shareholder meetings and voting instructions, and to provide shareholder communications and
other information to the ADR holders at the request of the issuer of the deposited securities. The depository of an unsponsored ADR, on the other hand, is under no obligation to distribute shareholder communications received from the issuer of the
deposited securities or to pass through voting rights to ADR holders in respect of the deposited securities. An Underlying Fund may invest in either type of ADR. Although the U.S. investor holds a substitute receipt of ownership rather than direct
stock certificates, the use of the Depositary Receipts in the United States can reduce costs and delays as well as potential currency exchange and other difficulties. An Underlying Fund may purchase securities in local markets and direct delivery of
these ordinary shares to
53
the local depository of an ADR agent bank in the foreign country. Simultaneously, the ADR agents create a certificate that settles at the Underlying Funds custodian in five days. An
Underlying Fund may also execute trades on the U.S. markets using existing ADRs. A foreign issuer of the security underlying an ADR is generally not subject to the same reporting requirements in the United States as a domestic issuer. Accordingly
the information available to a U.S. investor will be limited to the information the foreign issuer is required to disclose in its own country and the market value of an ADR may not reflect undisclosed material information concerning the issuer of
the underlying security. ADRs may also be subject to exchange rate risks if the underlying foreign securities are traded in foreign currency.
EDRs are similar to ADRs but may be listed and traded on a European exchange as well as in the United States (typically these securities are
traded on the Luxembourg exchange in Europe). Generally, ADRs, in registered form, are designed for use in U.S. securities markets, and EDRs, in bearer form, are designed for use in European securities markets. GDRs are similar to EDRs although they
may be held through foreign clearing agents such as Euroclear and other foreign depositaries. Generally, Depositary Receipts in registered form are designed for use in the U.S. securities market and Depositary Receipts in bearer form are designed
for use in securities markets outside the United States. Depositary Receipts may not necessarily be denominated in the same currency as the underlying securities into which they may be converted. In addition, the issuers of the securities underlying
unsponsored Depositary Receipts are not obligated to disclose material information in the United States and, therefore, there may be less information available regarding such issuers and there may not be a correlation between such information and
the market value of the Depositary Receipts. Depositary Receipts also involve the risks of other investments in foreign securities. Non-Voting Depositary Receipts evidence non-voting equity interests in a foreign issuer.
Eurodollar and Yankee Dollar Instruments
Eurodollar instruments are debt instruments that pay interest and principal in U.S. dollars held in banks outside the United States, primarily
in Europe. Eurodollar instruments are usually issued on behalf of multinational companies and foreign governments by large underwriting groups composed of banks and issuing houses from many countries.
Yankee dollar instruments are U.S. dollar denominated bonds issued in the United States by foreign banks and corporations. These investments
involve risks that are different from investments in securities issued by U.S. issuers, and may carry the same risks as investing in foreign securities.
Eurodollar Convertible Securities
Eurodollar convertible securities are debt instruments of a U.S. issuer or a foreign issuer that are issued outside the United States and are
convertible into equity securities of the same or a different issuer. Interest and dividends on Eurodollar securities are payable in U.S. dollars outside of the United States. The Underlying Funds may invest without limitation in Eurodollar
convertible securities that are convertible into foreign equity securities listed, or represented by ADRs listed, on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) or the AMEX or convertible into publicly traded common stock of U.S. companies. Each
Underlying Fund may also invest up to 15% of its total assets invested in convertible securities, taken at market value, in Eurodollar convertible securities that are convertible into foreign equity securities, which are not listed, or represented
by ADRs listed, on such exchanges.
54
Exchange Rate-Related Securities
Exchange rate-related securities are securities that are indexed to certain specific foreign currency exchange rates. The terms of such
securities would provide that the principal amount or interest payments are adjusted upwards or downwards (but not below zero) at payment to reflect fluctuations in the exchange rate between two currencies while the obligation is outstanding,
depending on the terms of the specific security. An Underlying Fund will purchase such security with the currency in which it is denominated and will receive interest and principal payments thereon in the currency, but the amount of principal or
interest payable by the issuer will vary in proportion to the change (if any) in the exchange rate between the two specific currencies between the date the instrument is issued and the date the principal or interest payment is due. The staff of the
SEC is currently considering whether a mutual funds purchase of this type of security would result in the issuance of a senior security within the meaning of the 1940 Act. The Company believes that such investments do not involve
the creation of such a senior security, but nevertheless undertakes, ending the resolution of this issue by the staff, to establish a segregated account with respect to such investments and to maintain in such account cash not available for
investment or U.S. government securities or other liquid high quality debt instruments having a value equal to the aggregate principal amount of outstanding securities of this type.
Investment in exchange rate-related securities entails certain risks. There is the possibility of significant changes in rates of exchange
between the U.S. dollar and any foreign currency to which an exchange rate-related security is linked. In addition, there is no assurance that sufficient trading interest to create a liquid secondary market will exist for a particular exchange
rate-related security due to conditions in the debt and foreign currency markets. Illiquidity in the forward foreign exchange market and the high volatility of the foreign exchange market may from time to time combine to make it difficult to sell an
exchange rate-related security prior to maturity without incurring a significant price loss.
Foreign Bank Obligations
Obligations of foreign banks and foreign branches of U.S. banks involve somewhat different investment risks from those affecting obligations
of U.S. banks, including the possibilities that liquidity could be impaired because of future political and economic developments; the obligations may be less marketable than comparable obligations of U.S. banks; a foreign jurisdiction might impose
withholding taxes on interest income payable on those obligations; foreign deposits may be seized or nationalized; foreign governmental restrictions (such as foreign exchange controls) may be adopted which might adversely affect the payment of
principal and interest on those obligations; and the selection of those obligations may be more difficult because there may be less publicly available information concerning foreign banks. In addition, the accounting, auditing and financial
reporting standards, practices and requirements applicable to foreign banks may differ from those applicable to U.S. banks. In that connection, foreign banks are not subject to examination by any U.S. government agency or instrumentality.
Foreign Debt Securities
Foreign debt
securities represent debt obligations (which may be denominated in U.S. dollar or in non-U.S. currencies) of any rating issued or guaranteed by foreign corporations, certain supranational entities (such as the World Bank) and foreign governments
(including political subdivisions having taxing authority) or their agencies or instrumentalities, including ADRs. These debt obligations may be bonds (including sinking fund and callable bonds), debentures, and notes, together with preferred
stocks, PIK bonds, and zero-coupon bonds.
In determining whether to invest in debt obligations of foreign issuers, an Underlying Fund
will consider the relative yields of foreign and domestic debt instruments, the economies of foreign countries, the condition of such countries financial markets, the interest rate climate of such countries and the relationship of such
countries currency to the U.S. dollar. These factors are judged on the basis of fundamental economic criteria
(e.g.,
relative inflation levels and trends, growth rate forecasts, balance of payments status and economic policies) as well
as technical and political data. Subsequent foreign
55
currency losses may result in an UnderlyingFund having previously distributed more income in a particular period than was available from investment income, which could result in a return of
capital to shareholders. An Underlying Funds portfolio of foreign securities may include those of a number of foreign countries, or, depending upon market conditions, those of a single country.
Investment in foreign securities involves considerations and risks not associated with investment in securities of U.S. issuers. For example,
foreign issuers are not required to use generally accepted accounting principles. If foreign securities are not registered under the 1933 Act, the issuer generally does not have to comply with the disclosure requirements of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended (1934 Act). The values of foreign securities investments will be affected by incomplete or inaccurate information available to the adviser or sub-adviser as to foreign issuers, changes in currency rates, exchange
control regulations or currency blockage, expropriation or nationalization of assets, application of foreign tax laws (including withholding taxes), changes in governmental administration or economic or monetary policy. In addition, it is generally
more difficult to obtain court judgments outside the United States.
Securities traded in certain emerging market countries, including the
emerging market countries in Eastern Europe, may be subject to risks in addition to risks typically posed by international investing due to the inexperience of financial intermediaries, the lack of modern technology, and the lack of a sufficient
capital base to expand business operations. Additionally, former Communist regimes of a number of Eastern European countries previously expropriated a large amount of property, the claims on which have not been entirely settled. There can be no
assurance that an Underlying Funds investments in Eastern Europe will not also be expropriated, nationalized or otherwise confiscated. Although a portion of a Funds investment income may be received or realized in foreign currencies, an
Underlying Fund would be required to compute and distribute its income in U.S. dollars and absorb the cost of currency fluctuations and the cost of currency conversions.
An Underlying Funds investments in foreign currency denominated debt obligations and hedging activities will likely produce a difference
between its book income and its taxable income. This difference may cause a portion of the Companys income distributions to constitute returns of capital for tax purposes or require an Underlying Fund to make distributions exceeding book
income to qualify as a RIC for federal tax purposes.
Foreign Mortgage-Backed Securities
Foreign mortgage-backed securities are interests in pools of mortgage loans made to residential home buyers domiciled in a foreign country.
These include mortgage loans made by trust and mortgage loan companies, credit unions, chartered banks, and others. Pools of mortgage loans are assembled as securities for sale to investors by various governmental, government-related and private
organizations (such as Canada Mortgage and Housing Corporation and First Australian National Mortgage Acceptance Corporation Limited). The mechanics of these mortgage-backed securities are generally the same as those issued in the United States.
However, foreign mortgage markets may differ materially from the U.S. mortgage market with respect to matters such as sizes of loan pools, pre-payment experience, and maturities of loans.
Sovereign Debt Securities/Brady Bonds
Sovereign debt securities are issued by governments of foreign countries. The sovereign debt in which the Underlying Funds may invest may be
rated below investment-grade. These securities usually offer higher yields than higher-rated securities but are also subject to greater risk than higher-rated securities.
56
Brady Bonds represent a type of sovereign debt. These obligations are securities were created
through the exchange of existing commercial bank loans to sovereign entities for new obligations in connection with debt restructurings under a debt restructuring plan introduced by former U.S. Secretary of the Treasury, Nicholas F. Brady
(Brady Plan). Brady Bonds have been issued by Argentina, Brazil, Bulgaria, Costa Rica, Dominican Republic, Ecuador, Mexico, Morocco, Nigeria, Philippines, Poland, and Uruguay, and may be issued by other emerging countries.
Brady Bonds may be collateralized or uncollateralized, and are issued in various currencies (primarily the U.S. dollar) and are actively
traded in the OTC secondary market. Brady Bonds are not considered to be U.S. government securities and are considered to be speculative. U.S. dollar-denominated, collateralized Brady Bonds, which may be fixed rate par bonds or floating rate
discount bonds, are generally collateralized in full as to principal by U.S. Treasury zero-coupon bonds having the same maturity as the Brady Bonds. Interest payments on these Brady Bonds generally are collateralized on a one-year or longer
rolling-forward basis by cash or securities in an amount that, in the case of fixed rate bonds, is equal to at least one year of interest payments or, in the case of floating rate bonds, initially is equal to at least one years interest
payments based on the applicable interest rate at that time and is adjusted at regular intervals thereafter.
Certain Brady Bonds are
entitled to value recovery payments in certain circumstances, which in effect constitute supplemental interest payments but generally are not collateralized. Brady Bonds are often viewed as having three or four valuation components:
(i) the collateralized repayment of principal at final maturity; (ii) the collateralized interest payments; (iii) the uncollateralized interest payments; and (iv) any uncollateralized repayment of principal at maturity (these
uncollateralized amounts constitute the residual risk).
Most Mexican Brady Bonds issued to date have principal repayments at
final maturity fully collateralized by U.S. Treasury zero-coupon bonds (or comparable collateral denominated in other currencies) and interest coupon payments collateralized on an 18-month rolling-forward basis by funds held in escrow by an agent
for the bondholders. A significant portion of the Venezuelan Brady Bonds and the Argentine Brady Bonds issued to date have principal repayments at final maturity collateralized by U.S. Treasury zero-coupon bonds (or comparable collateral denominated
in other currencies) and/or interest coupon payments collateralized on a 14-month (for Venezuela) or 12-month (for Argentina) rolling-forward basis by securities held by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York as collateral agent.
Risks of Investing in Sovereign Debt/Brady Bonds
Investment in sovereign debt can involve a high degree of risk. The governmental entity that controls the repayment of sovereign debt may not
be able or willing to repay the principal and/or interest when due in accordance with the terms of the debt. A governmental entitys willingness or ability to repay principal and interest due in a timely manner may be affected by, among other
factors, its cash flow situation, the extent of its foreign reserves, the availability of sufficient foreign exchange on the date a payment is due, the relative size of the debt service burden to the economy as a whole, the governmental
entitys policy toward the International Monetary Fund, and the political constraints to which a governmental entity may be subject. Governmental entities may also depend on expected disbursements from foreign governments, multilateral agencies
and others to reduce principal and interest arrearages on their debt. The commitment on the part of these governments, agencies and others to make such disbursements may be conditioned on a governmental entitys implementation of economic
reforms and/or economic performance and the timely service of such debtors obligations. Failure to implement such reforms, achieve such levels of economic performance or repay principal or interest when due may result in the cancellation of
such third parties commitments to lend funds to the governmental entity, which may further impair such debtors ability or willingness to service its debts in a timely manner. Consequently,
57
governmental entities may default on their sovereign debt. Holders of sovereign debt (including the Underlying Fund) may be requested to participate in the rescheduling of such debt and to extend
further loans to governmental entities. There is no bankruptcy proceeding by which sovereign debt on which governmental entities have defaulted may be collected in whole or in part. Dividend and interest income from foreign securities may generally
be subject to withholding taxes by the country in which the issuer is located and may not be recoverable by an Underlying Fund or its investors.
An Underlying Funds investments in foreign currency denominated debt obligations and hedging activities will likely produce a difference
between its book income and its taxable income. This difference may cause a portion of an Underlying Funds income distributions to constitute returns of capital for tax purposes or require the Underlying Fund to make distributions exceeding
book income to qualify as a RIC for federal tax purposes.
Sovereign debt issued or guaranteed by emerging market governmental entities,
and corporate issuers in which an Underlying Fund may invest may be deemed the equivalent in terms of quality to high risk, low rated securities (
i.e
., high-yield bonds) and subject to many of the same risks as such securities. An Underlying
Fund may have difficulty disposing of certain of these debt obligations because there may be a thinly trading market for such securities. In the event a governmental issuer defaults on its obligations, an Underlying Fund may have limited legal
recourse against the issuer or guarantor, if any. Remedies must, in some cases, be pursued in the courts in the jurisdiction in which the defaulting party itself operates, and the ability of the holder of foreign government debt securities to obtain
recourse may be subject to the political climate in the relevant country.
The issuers of the government debt securities in which an
Underlying Fund may invest may experience substantial difficulties in servicing their external debt obligations, which may lead to defaults on certain obligations. In the event of default, holders of sovereign debt may be requested to participate in
the rescheduling of sovereign debt and to extend further loans to governmental entities. In addition, no assurance can be given that the holders of commercial bank debt will not contest payments to the holders of foreign government debt obligations
in the event of default under their commercial bank loan agreements. Further, in the event of a default by a governmental entity, an Underlying Fund may have few or no effective legal remedies for collecting on such debt.
Brady Bonds involve various risk factors including residual risk and the history of defaults with respect to commercial bank loans by public
and private entities of countries issuing Brady Bonds. There can be no assurance that Brady Bonds in which an Underlying Fund may invest will not be subject to restructuring arrangements or to requests for new credit, which may cause the Underlying
Fund to suffer a loss of interest or principal on any of its holdings.
Supranational Organizations
Securities of supranational agencies are not considered government securities and are not supported directly or indirectly by the U.S.
government. Examples of supranational agencies include, but are not limited to, the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development (commonly referred to as the World Bank), which was chartered to finance development projects in developing
member countries; the European Union, which is an organization of European countries engaged in cooperative economic activities; and the Asian Development Bank, which is an international development bank established to lend funds, promote investment
and provide technical assistance to member nations in the Asian and Pacific regions.
58
DERIVATIVES
A derivative is a financial instrument whose value is dependent upon the value of an underlying asset or assets. These underlying assets may
include commodities, stocks, bonds, interest rates, currency exchange rates, or related indices. Types of derivatives include forward currency contracts, futures, options, swaps and warrants. Derivative instruments may be used for a variety of
reasons including enhancing returns, hedging against certain market risks, or providing a substitute for purchasing or selling particular securities. Derivatives may provide a cheaper, quicker, or more specifically focused way for a portfolio or an
Underlying Fund to invest than traditional securities would.
Transactions in derivative instruments may include:
|
|
the purchase and writing of options on securities (including index options) and options on foreign currencies;
|
|
|
the purchase and sale of futures contracts based on financial, interest rate, and securities indices, equity securities, or debt instruments; and
|
|
|
entering into forward contracts, swaps, and swap related products, such as equity index, interest rate, or currency swaps, credit default swaps
(long and short), and related caps, collars, floors, and swaps.
|
Some derivatives may be used for hedging
which means that they may be used when an adviser or sub-adviser seeks to protect a portfolio or an Underlying Funds investments from a decline in value, which could result from changes in interest rates, market prices, currency fluctuations,
and other market factors. Derivatives may also be used when an adviser or sub-adviser seeks to increase liquidity, implement a cash management strategy, invest in a particular stock, bond, or segment of the market in a more efficient or less
expensive way; modify the characteristics of a portfolio or an Underlying Funds investments; and/or to enhance return. However derivatives are used, their successful use is not assured and will depend upon an advisers or
sub-advisers ability to predict and understand relevant market movements. In addition, in the event that non-exchange-traded derivatives are used; they could result in a loss if the counterparty to the transaction does not perform as promised.
Derivatives may be purchased on established exchanges or through privately negotiated transactions referred to as OTC derivatives.
Exchange-traded derivatives generally are guaranteed by the clearing agency, which is the issuer or counterparty to such derivatives. This guarantee usually is supported by a daily payment system (
i.e.
, margin requirements) operated by the
clearing agency to reduce overall credit risk. As a result, unless the clearing agency defaults, there is relatively little counterparty credit risk associated with derivatives purchased on an exchange. By contrast, no clearing agency guarantees OTC
derivatives. Therefore, each party to an OTC derivative bears the risk that the counterparty will default. Accordingly, a portfolio or an Underlying Fund will consider the creditworthiness of counterparties to OTC derivatives in the same manner, as
they would review the credit quality of a security to be purchased by the portfolio or Underlying Fund. OTC derivatives are less liquid than exchange-traded derivatives since the other party to the transaction may be the only investor with
sufficient understanding of the derivative to be interested in bidding for it.
Risks of Derivatives in General
Derivatives can be volatile and involve various types and degrees of risk, depending upon the characteristics of the particular derivative and
the portfolio as a whole. Derivatives permit a portfolio or an Underlying Fund to increase or decrease the level of risk, or change the character of the risk, to which its portfolio is exposed in much the same way as the portfolio or Underlying Fund
can by making investments in specific securities.
59
The success of transactions in derivative instruments depends on a portfolios or an
Underlying Funds advisers or sub-advisers judgment as to their potential risk and rewards. A portfolio or an Underlying Fund might not employ any of the strategies described below, and no assurance can be given that any strategy
used will succeed. Use of these instruments exposes a portfolio or an Underlying Fund to additional investment risks and transactions costs. If a portfolios or an Underlying Funds adviser or sub-adviser incorrectly forecasts interest
rates, market values or other economic factors in utilizing a derivatives strategy for the portfolio or Underlying Fund, the portfolio or Underlying Fund might have been in a better position if it had not entered into the transaction at all. Also,
suitable derivative transactions may not be available in all circumstances. The use of these strategies involves certain special risks, including a possible imperfect correlation, or even no correlation, between price movements of derivative
instruments and price movements of related investments. While some strategies involving derivative instruments can reduce the risk of loss, they can also reduce the opportunity for gain or even result in losses by offsetting favorable price
movements in related investments or otherwise, due to the possible inability of a portfolio or an Underlying Fund to purchase or sell a portfolio security at a time that otherwise would be favorable or the possible need to sell a portfolio security
at a disadvantageous time because the portfolio or Underlying Fund is required to maintain asset coverage or offsetting positions in connection with transactions in derivative instruments, and the possible inability of the portfolio or Underlying
Fund to close out or to liquidate its derivatives positions. In addition, a portfolios or an Underlying Funds use of such instruments may cause the portfolio or Underlying Fund to realize higher amounts of short-term capital gains
(generally taxed at ordinary income tax rates) than if it had not used such instruments. The loss from investing in derivative instruments is potentially unlimited.
Commodity Pool Operator (CPO) Exclusion
The Portfolios and the Underlying Funds have each claimed an exclusion from the definition of a Commodity Pool Operator (CPO)
under the Commodity Exchange Act and therefore are not subject to registration or regulation as a CPO. There can be no assurance that the use of derivative instruments will benefit the Portfolios.
In February 2012, the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC) adopted regulatory changes that may impact a portfolio or the
Underlying Funds by subjecting a portfolios or an Underlying Funds adviser or sub-adviser to registration with the CFTC as a CPO or commodity trading advisor (CTA) of the portfolio or Underlying Fund unless the portfolio or
Underlying Fund is able to comply with certain trading and marketing limitations on its investments in futures, many OTC derivatives, and certain other instruments. Compliance with these additional registration and regulatory requirements may
increase a portfolios or an Underlying Funds expenses. In August 2013, the CFTC adopted final regulations designed to harmonize obligations of CPOs under CFTC Part 4 Regulations. The final regulations potentially mitigate certain
disclosure and operational burdens if CPO registration were required for an adviser.
Forwards, Futures, and Options
A forward contract obligates its purchaser to buy a given amount of a specified asset at some stated time in the future at the forward price.
Similarly, the seller of the contract is obligated to deliver the asset at the forward price. Forward contracts are not traded on exchanges and are considered OTC contracts.
Futures contracts are created and traded on organized futures exchanges. Futures contracts are highly standardized in terms of the amount and
type of the underlying asset involved and the available dates in which it can be delivered. The exchanges themselves provide assurances that contracts will be honored through clearinghouses.
60
An option is a derivative security that gives the buyer (holder) the right, but not the
obligation, to buy or sell a specified quantity of a specified asset within a specified time period. An option contract differs from the futures contract in that the option contract gives the buyer the price, but not the obligation, to purchase or
sell a security at a later date at the specified price.
Risks Associated with Investing in Forwards, Futures, and Options
Imperfect Correlation of Hedging Instruments
A portfolios or an Underlying Funds abilities to effectively hedge all
or a portion of its portfolio through transactions in options, futures contracts, options on futures contracts, forward contracts, and options on foreign currencies depends on the degree to which price movements in the underlying index or instrument
correlate with price movements in the relevant portion of the portfolios or Underlying Funds securities. In the case of futures and options based on an index, a portfolio or an Underlying Fund will not duplicate the components of the
index, and in the case of futures and options on debt instruments, the portfolio securities that are being hedged may not be the same type of obligation underlying such contract. The use of forward contracts for cross-hedging purposes may involve
greater correlation risks. As a result, the correlation probably will not be exact. Consequently, a portfolio or an Underlying Fund bears the risk that the price of the portfolio securities being hedged will not move in the same amount or direction
as the underlying index or obligation.
For example, if a portfolio or an Underlying Fund purchases a put option on an index and the index
decreases less than the value of the hedged securities, the portfolio or Underlying Fund would experience a loss that is not completely offset by the put option. It is also possible that there may be a negative correlation between the index or
obligation underlying an option or futures contract in which a portfolio or an Underlying Fund has a position and the portfolio securities the portfolio or Underlying Fund is attempting to hedge, which could result in a loss on both the portfolio or
Underlying Fund and the hedging instrument. In addition, a portfolio or an Underlying Fund may enter into transactions in forward contracts or options on foreign currencies in order to hedge against exposure arising from the currencies underlying
such forwards. In such instances, a portfolio or an Underlying Fund will be subject to the additional risk of imperfect correlation between changes in the value of the currencies underlying such forwards or options and changes in the value of the
currencies being hedged.
It should be noted that stock index futures contracts or options based upon a narrower index of securities, such
as those of a particular industry group, may present greater risk than options or futures based on a broad market index. This is due to the fact that a narrower index is more susceptible to rapid and extreme fluctuations as a result of changes in
the value of a small number of securities. Nevertheless, where a portfolio or an Underlying Fund enters into transactions in options or futures on narrow based indices for hedging purposes, movements in the value of the index should, if the hedge is
successful, correlate closely with the portion of the portfolios or Underlying Funds portfolio or the intended acquisitions being hedged.
The trading of futures contracts, options, and forward contracts for hedging purposes entails the additional risk of imperfect correlation
between movements in the futures or option price and the price of the underlying index or obligation. The anticipated spread between the prices may be distorted due to the differences in the nature of the markets, such as differences in margin
requirements, the liquidity of such markets and the participation of speculators in the options, futures, and forward markets. In this regard, trading by speculators in options, futures, and forward contracts has, in the past, occasionally resulted
in market distortions, which may be difficult or impossible to predict, particularly near the expiration of contracts.
The trading of
options on futures contracts also entails the risk that changes in the value of the underlying futures contract will not be fully reflected in the value of the option. The risk of imperfect correlation, however, generally tends to diminish as the
maturity date of the futures contract or expiration date of the option approaches.
61
Further, with respect to options on securities, options on stock indices, options on currencies,
and options on futures contracts, a portfolio or an Underlying Fund is subject to the risk of market movements between the time that the option is exercised and the time of performance thereunder. This could increase the extent of any loss suffered
by a portfolio or an Underlying Fund in connection with such transactions.
In selling a covered call option on a security, index or
futures contract, a portfolio or an Underlying Fund also incurs the risk that changes in the value of the instruments used to cover the position will not correlate closely with changes in the value of the option or underlying index or instrument.
For example, where a portfolio or an Underlying Fund sells a call option on a stock index and segregates securities, such securities may not match the composition of the index and the portfolio or Underlying Fund may not be fully covered. As a
result, a portfolio or an Underlying Fund could be subject to risk of loss in the event of adverse market movements.
The selling of
options on securities, options on stock indices or options on futures contracts constitutes only a partial hedge against fluctuations in value of a portfolios or an Underlying Funds holdings. When a portfolio or an Underlying Fund sells
an option, it will receive premium income in return for the holders purchase of the right to acquire or dispose of the underlying obligation. In the event that the price of such obligation does not rise sufficiently above the exercise price of
the option, in the case of a call, or fall below the exercise price, in the case of a put, the option will not be exercised and a portfolio or an Underlying Fund will retain the amount of the premium, less related transaction costs, which will
constitute a partial hedge against any decline that may have occurred in the portfolios or Underlying Funds portfolio holdings or any increase in the cost of the instruments to be acquired.
When the price of the underlying obligation moves sufficiently in favor of the holder to warrant exercise of the option; however, and the
option is exercised, a portfolio or an Underlying Fund will incur a loss which may only be partially offset by the amount of the premium it received. Moreover, by selling an option, a portfolio or an Underlying Fund may be required to forgo the
benefits which might otherwise have been obtained from an increase in the value of portfolio securities or other assets or a decline in the value of securities or assets to be acquired.
In the event of the occurrence of any of the foregoing adverse market events, a portfolios or an Underlying Funds overall return
may be lower than if it had not engaged in the hedging transactions.
It should also be noted that a portfolio or an Underlying Fund may
enter into transactions in options (except for options on foreign currencies), futures contracts, options on futures contracts, and forward contracts not only for hedging purposes, but also for non-hedging purposes intended to increase portfolio
returns. Non-hedging transactions in such investments involve greater risks and may result in losses which may not be offset by increases in the value of portfolio securities or declines in the cost of securities to be acquired. A portfolio or an
Underlying Fund will only sell covered options, such that liquid securities with an aggregate value equal to an amount necessary to satisfy an option exercise will be segregated at all times, unless the option is covered in such other manner as may
be in accordance with the rules of the exchange on which the option is traded and applicable laws and regulations. Nevertheless, the method of covering an option employed by a portfolio or an Underlying Fund may not fully protect it against risk of
loss and, in any event, the portfolio or Underlying Fund could suffer losses on the option position, which might not be offset by corresponding portfolio gains.
62
A portfolio or an Underlying Fund may also enter into transactions in futures contracts, options
on futures contracts, and forward contracts for other than hedging purposes, which could expose the portfolio or Underlying Fund to significant risk of loss if foreign currency exchange rates do not move in the direction or to the extent
anticipated. In this regard, the foreign currency may be extremely volatile from time to time, as discussed in the Prospectuses and in this SAI and the use of such transactions for non-hedging purposes could therefore involve significant risk of
loss.
With respect to entering into straddles on securities, a portfolio or an Underlying Fund incurs the risk that the price of the
underlying security will not remain stable, that one of the options sold will be exercised, and that the resulting loss will not be offset by the amount of the premiums received. Such transactions, therefore, create an opportunity for increased
return by providing a portfolio or an Underlying Fund with two simultaneous premiums on the same security, but involve additional risk since the portfolio or Underlying Fund may have an option exercised against it regardless of whether the price of
the security increases or decreases.
Margin -
Because of low initial margin deposits made upon the opening of a futures or forward
position and the selling of an option, such transactions involve substantial leverage. As a result, relatively small movements in the price of the contract can result in substantial unrealized gains or losses. Where a portfolio or an Underlying Fund
enters into such transactions for hedging purposes, any losses incurred in connection therewith should, if the hedging strategy is successful, be offset in whole or in part by increases in the value of securities or other assets held by the
portfolio or Underlying Fund or decreases in the prices of securities or other assets the portfolio or Underlying Fund intends to acquire. Where a portfolio or an Underlying Fund enters into such transactions for other than hedging purposes, the
margin requirements associated with such transactions could expose the portfolio or Underlying Fund to greater risk.
Options on
Futures Contracts
-
The amount of risk a portfolio or an Underlying Fund assumes when it purchases an option on a futures contract is the premium paid for the option, plus related transaction costs. In order to profit from an option
purchased, it may be necessary to exercise the option and to liquidate the underlying futures contract subject to the risks of the availability of a liquid offset market described herein. The seller of an option on a futures contract is subject to
the risks of commodity futures trading, including the requirement of initial and variation margin payments, as well as the additional risk that movements in the price of the option may not correlate with movements in the price underlying security,
index, currency, or futures contracts.
Potential Lack of a Liquid Secondary Market
-
Prior to exercise or expiration, a
futures or option position can only be terminated by entering into a closing purchase or sale transaction. This requires a secondary market for such instruments on the exchange on which the initial transaction was entered into. While a portfolio or
an Underlying Fund will enter into options or futures positions only if there appears to be a liquid secondary market, there can be no assurance that such a market will exist for any particular contracts at any specific time. In that event, it may
not be possible to close out a position held by a portfolio or an Underlying Fund, and the portfolio or Underlying Fund could be required to purchase or sell the instrument underlying an option, make or receive a cash settlement, or meet ongoing
variation margin requirements. Under such circumstances, if a portfolio or an Underlying Fund has insufficient cash available to meet margin requirements, it will be necessary to liquidate portfolio securities or other assets at a time when it is
disadvantageous to do so. The inability to close out options and futures positions, could have an adverse impact on a portfolios or an Underlying Funds ability to effectively hedge its portfolio, and could result in trading losses.
The liquidity of a secondary market in the futures contract or option thereon may be adversely affected by daily price fluctuation limits
established by exchanges, which limit the amount of fluctuation in the price of a contract during a single trading day. Once the daily limit has been reached in the contract, no trades may be entered into at a price beyond the limit, thus preventing
the liquidation of open futures or option positions, and requiring traders to make additional margin deposits. Prices have in the past moved the daily limit on a number of consecutive trading days.
63
The trading of futures contracts and options is also subject to the risk of trading halts,
suspensions, exchange or clearinghouse equipment failures, government intervention, insolvency of a brokerage firm or clearinghouse, or other disruptions of normal trading activity, which could at times make it difficult or impossible to liquidate
existing positions or to recover excess variation margin payments.
Trading and Position Limits -
The exchanges on which futures
and options are traded may impose limitations governing the maximum number of positions on the same side of the market and involving the same underlying instrument which may be held by a single investor, whether acting alone or in concert with
others (regardless of whether such contracts are held on the same or different exchanges or held or written in one or more accounts or through one or more brokers). Further, the CFTC and the various boards of trade have established limits referred
to as speculative position limits on the maximum net long or net short position which any person may hold or control in a particular futures or option contract. An exchange may order the liquidation of positions found to be in violation
of these limits and it may impose other sanctions or restrictions.
Transactions Related to Foreign Currencies and Transactions Not
Conducted on U.S. Exchanges -
Transactions in forward contracts on foreign currencies, as well as futures and options on foreign currencies and transactions executed on foreign exchanges are subject to all of the correlation, liquidity, and
other risks outlined herein. In addition, such transactions are subject to the risk of governmental actions affecting trading in, or the prices of, currencies underlying such contracts, which could restrict or eliminate trading and could have a
substantial adverse effect on the value of positions held by a portfolio or an Underlying Fund. Further, the value of such positions could be adversely affected by a number of other complex political and economic factors applicable to the countries
issuing the underlying currencies.
Further, unlike trading in most other types of instruments, there is no systematic reporting of last
sale information with respect to the foreign currencies underlying contracts thereon. As a result, the available information on which trading systems will be based may not be as complete as the comparable data on which a portfolio or an Underlying
Fund makes investment and trading decisions in connection with other transactions. Moreover, because the foreign currency market is a global, 24-hour market, events could occur in that market which will not be reflected in the forward, futures, or
options markets until the following day, thereby making it more difficult for a portfolio or an Underlying Fund to respond to such events in a timely manner.
Settlements of exercises of OTC forward contracts or foreign currency options generally must occur within the country issuing the underlying
currency, which in turn requires traders to accept or make delivery of such currencies in conformity with any U.S. or foreign restrictions and regulations regarding the maintenance of foreign banking relationships, fees, taxes, or other charges.
Unlike many transactions entered into by a portfolio or an Underlying Fund in futures contracts and exchange-traded options, options on
foreign currencies, forward contracts, and OTC options on securities are not traded on markets regulated by the CFTC or the SEC (with the exception of certain foreign currency options). To the contrary, such instruments are traded through financial
institutions acting as market-makers, although foreign currency options are also traded on certain national securities exchanges, such as the Philadelphia Stock Exchange and the Chicago Board Options Exchange, subject to SEC regulation. In an over
the counter trading environment, many of the protections afforded to exchange participants will not be available. For example, there are no daily price fluctuation limits, and adverse market movements could therefore continue to an unlimited extent
over a period of time. Although the
64
purchaser of an option cannot lose more than the amount of the premium plus related transaction costs, this entire amount could be lost. Moreover, the option seller and a trader of forward
contracts could lose amounts substantially in excess of their initial investments, due to the margin and collateral requirements associated with such positions.
In addition, OTC transactions can only be entered into with a financial institution willing to take the opposite side, as principal, of a
portfolios or an Underlying Funds position unless the institution acts as broker and is able to find another counterparty willing to enter into the transaction with the portfolio or Underlying Fund. Where no such counterparty is
available, it will not be possible to enter into a desired transaction. There also may be no liquid secondary market in the trading of OTC contracts and a portfolio or an Underlying Fund could be required to retain options purchased or sold, or
forward contracts entered into until exercise, expiration, or maturity. This in turn could limit a portfolios or an Underlying Funds ability to profit from open positions or to reduce losses experienced, and could result in greater
losses.
Further, OTC transactions are not subject to the guarantee of an exchange clearinghouse, and a portfolio or an Underlying Fund
will therefore be subject to the risk of default by, or the bankruptcy of, the financial institution serving as its counterparty. One or more of such institutions also may decide to discontinue their role as market-makers in a particular currency or
security, thereby restricting a portfolios or an Underlying Funds ability to enter into desired hedging transactions. A portfolio or an Underlying Fund will enter into an OTC transaction only with parties whose creditworthiness has been
reviewed and found satisfactory by the adviser or sub-adviser.
Options on securities, options on stock indices, futures contracts,
options on futures contracts, and options on foreign currencies may be traded on exchanges located in foreign countries. Such transactions may not be conducted in the same manner as those entered into on U.S. exchanges and may be subject to
different margin, exercise, settlement, or expiration procedures. As a result, many of the risks of OTC trading may be present in connection with such transactions.
Options on foreign currencies traded on national securities exchanges are within the jurisdiction of the SEC, as are other securities traded
on such exchanges. As a result, many of the protections provided to traders on organized exchanges will be available with respect to such transactions. In particular, all foreign currency option positions entered into on a national securities
exchange are cleared and guaranteed by the Option Clearing Corporation (OCC), thereby reducing the risk of counterparty default. Further, a liquid secondary market in options traded on a national securities exchange may be more readily
available than in the OTC market, potentially permitting a portfolio or an Underlying Fund to liquidate open positions at a profit prior to exercise or expiration, or to limit losses in the event of adverse market movements.
The purchase and sale of exchange-traded foreign currency options is subject to the risks of the availability of a liquid secondary market
described above, as well as the risks regarding adverse market movements, margining of options written, the nature of the foreign currency market, possible intervention by governmental authorities and the effects of other political and economic
events. In addition, exchange-traded options on foreign currencies involve certain risks not presented by the OTC market. For example, exercise and settlement of such options must be made exclusively through the OCC, which has established banking
relationships in applicable foreign countries for this purpose. As a result, the OCC may, if it determines that foreign governmental restrictions or taxes would prevent the orderly settlement of foreign currency option exercises, or would result in
undue burdens on the OCC or its clearing member, impose special procedures on exercise and settlement, such as technical changes in the mechanics of delivery of currency, the fixing of dollar settlement prices, or prohibitions on exercise.
65
Policies on the Use of Futures and Options on Futures Contracts
A portfolio or an
Underlying Fund may engage in futures and related options transactions for
bona fide
hedging or to seek to increase total return as permitted by CFTC regulations, which permit principals of an investment company registered under the Act to
engage in such transactions without registering as commodity pool operators.
Forward and Futures Contracts
Forward Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts:
A
portfolio or an Underlying Fund that invests in foreign securities may buy and sell securities denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar and receive interest, dividends, and sale proceeds in currencies other than the U.S. dollar;
Therefore, a portfolio or an Underlying Fund may enter into foreign currency exchange transactions to convert to and from different foreign currencies and to convert foreign currencies to and from the U.S. dollar.
Forward contracts for foreign currency (forward foreign currency exchange contracts) obligate the seller to deliver, and the purchaser to take
a specific amount of a specified foreign currency at a future date at a price set at the time of the contract. These contracts are generally traded in the interbank market conducted directly between currency traders and their customers.
These contracts may be used for hedging to attempt to minimize the risk to a portfolio or an Underlying Fund from adverse changes in the
relationship between the U.S. dollar and foreign currencies.
A portfolio or an Underlying Fund may enter into a forward foreign currency
exchange contract in order to lock in the U.S. dollar price of a security denominated in a foreign currency, which it has purchased or sold but which has not yet settled (a transaction hedge); or to lock in the value of an existing
portfolio security (a position hedge); or to protect against a possible loss resulting from an adverse change in the relationship between the U.S. dollar and a foreign currency. Forward foreign currency exchange contracts include standardized
foreign currency futures contracts which are traded on exchanges and are subject to procedures and regulations applicable to futures. A portfolio or an Underlying Fund may also enter into a forward exchange contract to sell a foreign currency that
differs from the currency in which the underlying security is denominated. This is done in the expectation that there is a greater correlation between the foreign currency of the forward exchange contract and the foreign currency of the underlying
investment than between the U.S. dollar and the foreign currency of the underlying investment. This technique is referred to as cross hedging. The success of cross hedging is dependent on many factors, including the ability of the
adviser or sub-adviser to correctly identify and monitor the correlation between foreign currencies and the U.S. dollar. To the extent that the correlation is not identical, a portfolio or an Underlying Fund may experience losses or gains on both
the underlying security and the cross currency hedge.
Forward foreign currency exchange contracts may be used to protect against
uncertainty in the level of future exchange rates. The use of forward foreign currency exchange contracts does not eliminate fluctuations in the prices of the underlying securities a portfolio or an Underlying Fund owns or intends to acquire, but it
does fix a rate of exchange in advance. In addition, although forward exchange contracts limit the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged currencies, at the same time they limit any potential gain that might result should the value
of the currencies increase.
The precise matching of the forward foreign currency exchange contract amounts and the value of the
securities involved will not generally be possible because the future value of such securities in foreign currencies will change as a consequence of market movements in the value of these securities between the date the forward contract is entered
into and the date it is sold. Accordingly, it may be necessary for a
66
portfolio or an Underlying Fund to purchase additional foreign currency on the spot market (
i.e
., cash) (and bear the expense of such purchase), if the market value of the security is less
than the amount of foreign currency the fund is obligated to deliver and if a decision is made to sell the security and make delivery of the foreign currency. Conversely, it may be necessary to sell on the spot market some of the foreign currency
received upon the sale of the portfolio security if its market value exceeds the amount of foreign currency a portfolio or an Underlying Fund is obligated to deliver. The projection of short-term currency market movements is extremely difficult, and
the successful execution of a short-term hedging strategy is highly uncertain. Forward foreign currency exchange contracts involve the risk that anticipated currency movements will not be accurately predicted, causing a portfolio or an Underlying
Fund to sustain losses on these contracts and transaction costs.
At or before the maturity of a forward foreign currency exchange
contract requiring a portfolio or an Underlying Fund to sell a foreign currency exchange currency, the portfolio or Underlying Fund may either sell a portfolio security and use the sale proceeds to make delivery of the currency or retain the
security and offset its contractual obligation to deliver the currency by purchasing a second contract pursuant to which the portfolio or Underlying Fund will obtain, on the same maturity date, the same amount of the currency that it is obligated to
deliver. Similarly, a portfolio or an Underlying Fund may close out a forward contract requiring it to purchase a specified currency by entering into a second contract entitling it to sell the same amount of the same currency on the maturity date of
the first contract. A portfolio or an Underlying Fund would realize a gain or loss as a result of entering into such an offsetting forward contract under either circumstance to the extent the exchange rate(s) between the currencies involved moved
between the execution dates of the first contract and the offsetting contract.
Alternatively, when an adviser or sub-adviser believes
that the currency of a particular foreign country may suffer a substantial decline against the U.S. dollar, it may enter into a forward foreign currency exchange contract for a fixed amount of dollars to sell the amount of foreign currency
approximating the value of some or all of a portfolio or an Underlying Funds securities denominated in, or exposed, to such foreign currency.
A portfolio or an Underlying Fund will also enter into transactions in forward foreign currency exchange contracts for other than hedging
purposes, which present greater profit potential but also involve increased risk. For example, a portfolio or an Underlying Fund may purchase a given foreign currency through a forward foreign currency exchange contract if, in the judgment of the
adviser or sub-adviser, the value of such currency is expected to rise relative to the U.S. dollar. Conversely, a portfolio or an Underlying Fund may sell the currency through a forward foreign currency exchange contract if the adviser or
sub-adviser believes that its value will decline relative to the dollar.
A portfolio or an Underlying Fund will profit if the anticipated
movements in foreign currency exchange rates occur which will increase its gross income. Where exchange rates do not move in the direction or to the extent anticipated, however, a portfolio or an Underlying Fund may sustain losses which will reduce
its gross income. Such transactions, therefore, could be considered speculative and could involve significant risk of loss.
A portfolio
or an Underlying Fund will have established procedures consistent with statements by the SEC and its staff regarding the use of forward foreign currency exchange contracts by registered investment companies, which require the use of segregated
assets or cover in connection with the purchase and sale of such contracts. In those instances in which a portfolio or an Underlying Fund satisfies this requirement through segregation of assets, it will maintain, in a segregated account
(or earmark on its records) cash, cash equivalents or other liquid securities, which will be marked to market on a daily basis, in an amount equal to the value of its commitments under forward foreign currency exchange contracts. While these
contracts are not presently regulated by the CFTC, the CFTC may in the future assert authority to regulate forward foreign currency exchange contracts. In such event a portfolios or an Underlying Funds ability to utilize forward
contracts in the manner set forth above may be restricted.
67
A portfolio or an Underlying Fund may hold foreign currency received in connection with
investments in foreign securities when, in the judgment of the adviser or a sub-adviser, it would be beneficial to convert such currency into U.S. dollars at a later date, based on anticipated changes in the relevant exchange rate. A portfolio or an
Underlying Fund may also hold foreign currency in anticipation of purchasing foreign securities. Currency positions are not considered to be an investment in a foreign government for industry concentration purposes.
The cost of engaging in forward foreign currency exchange contracts varies with factors such as currencies involved, the length of the
contract period and the market conditions then prevailing. Because forward contracts are usually entered into on a principal basis, no fees or commissions are involved. Because such contracts are not traded on an exchange, the adviser or sub-adviser
must evaluate the credit and performance risk of each particular counterparty under a forward contract.
Although a portfolio or an
Underlying Fund values its assets daily in terms of U.S. dollars, it does not intend to convert their holdings of foreign currencies into U.S. dollars on a daily basis. A portfolio or an Underlying Fund may convert foreign currency from time to
time. Foreign exchange dealers do not charge a fee for conversion, but they do seek to realize a profit based on the difference between the prices at which they buy and sell various currencies. Thus, a dealer may offer to sell a foreign currency to
a portfolio or an Underlying Fund at one rate, while offering a lesser rate of exchange should the fund desire to resell that currency to the dealer.
If a hedging transaction in forward foreign currency exchange contracts is successful, the decline in the value of portfolio securities or
other assets or the increase in the cost of securities or other assets to be acquired may be offset, at least in part, by profits on the forward contract. Nevertheless, by entering into such forward contracts, a portfolio or an Underlying Fund may
be required to forgo all or a portion of the benefits which otherwise could have been obtained from favorable movements in exchange rates. A portfolio or an Underlying Fund will usually seek to close out positions in such contracts by entering into
offsetting transactions, which will serve to fix the portfolios or Underlying Funds profit or loss based upon the value of the contracts at the time the offsetting transaction is executed.
Futures Contracts and Options on Futures Contracts:
A portfolio or an Underlying Fund may enter into futures contracts, including futures contracts related to stock indices and interest rates
among others. In addition, a portfolio or an Underlying Fund may purchase and sell options to buy or sell futures contracts in which they may invest (options on futures contracts). Such investment strategies will be used for hedging
purposes and for non-hedging purposes, subject to applicable law.
A futures contract is an agreement between two parties providing for
the purchase and sale of a specified type and amount of a financial instruments or for the making and acceptance of a cash settlement, at a stated time in the future for a fixed price. By its terms, a futures contract provides for a specified
settlement date on which, in the case of stock index futures contracts, the difference between the price at which the contract was entered into and the contracts closing value is settled between the purchaser and seller in cash. Futures
contracts differ from options in that they are bilateral agreements, with both the purchaser and the seller equally obligated to complete the transaction. Futures contracts generally call for settlement only on a certain date and cannot be
exercised at any other time during their term. Futures contracts are traded on exchanges, so that, in most cases, either party can close out its position on the exchange for cash, without delivering the security or commodity.
68
Put and call options on futures contracts may be traded by a portfolio or an Underlying Fund in
order to protect against declines in the values of portfolio securities or against increases in the cost of securities to be acquired, to act as a substitute for an underlying investment, or to enhance yield.
An option on a futures contract provides the holder with the right to enter into a long position in the underlying futures
contract, in the case of a call option, or a short position in the underlying futures contract, in the case of a put option, at a fixed exercise price up to a stated expiration date or, in the case of certain options, on such date. Upon
exercise of the option by the holder, the contract market clearinghouse establishes a corresponding short position for the writer of the option, in the case of a call option, or a corresponding long position in the case of a put option. In the event
that an option is exercised, the parties will be subject to all the risks associated with the trading of futures contracts. In addition, the seller of an option on a futures contract, unlike the holder, is subject to initial and variation margin
requirements on the option position.
A portfolio or an Underlying Fund may use options on futures contracts in connection with hedging
strategies. Generally these strategies would be employed under the same market conditions in which a portfolio or an Underlying Fund would use put and call options on debt instruments, as described hereafter in Options on Securities and
Securities Indices.
(i)
|
if a portfolio or an Underlying Fund is attempting to purchase equity positions in issues which it had or was having difficulty purchasing at
prices considered by its adviser or a sub-adviser to be fair value based upon the price of the stock at the time it qualified for inclusion in the fund; or
|
(ii)
|
to close out stock index futures sales transactions.
|
Futures options possess many of the same characteristics as options on securities and indices (discussed below). A futures option gives the
holder the right, in return for the premium paid, to assume a long position (call) or short position (put) in a futures contract at a specified exercise price at any time during the period of the option. Upon exercise of a call option, the holder
acquires a long position in the futures contract and the writer is assigned the opposite short position. In the case of a put option, the opposite is true.
Futures contracts and options on futures contracts include such contracts or options with respect to, but not limited to, interest rates,
commodities, and security or commodity indices. To the extent that a portfolio or an Underlying Fund may invest in foreign currency-denominated securities, it may also invest in foreign currency futures contracts and options thereon.
The purchase or sale of a futures contract differs from the purchase or sale of a security or the purchase of an option in that no purchase
price is paid or received. Instead, an amount of cash or cash equivalents, which varies but may be as low as 5% or less of the value of the contract, must be deposited with the broker as initial margin. The initial margin required for a
futures contract is set by the exchange or board of trade on which the contract is traded and may be modified during the term of the contract. The initial margin is in the nature of a performance bond or good faith deposit on the futures contract
that is returned to a portfolio or an Underlying Fund upon termination of the contract, assuming all contractual obligations have been satisfied. A portfolio or an Underlying Fund expects to earn interest income on its initial margin deposits.
Subsequent payments to and from the broker, referred to as variation margin, are made on a daily basis as the value of the index
or instrument underlying the futures contract fluctuates, making positions in the futures contract more or less valuable (a process known as marking to the market).
69
Although interest rate futures contracts typically require actual future delivery of and payment
for the underlying instruments, those contracts are usually closed out before the delivery date. Stock index futures contracts do not contemplate actual future delivery and will be settled in cash at expiration or closed out prior to expiration.
Closing out an open futures contract sale or purchase is achieved by entering into an offsetting futures contract purchase or sale, respectively, for the same aggregate amount of the identical type of underlying instrument and the same delivery
date. There can be no assurance, however, that a portfolio or an Underlying Fund will be able to enter into an offsetting transaction with respect to a particular contract at a particular time. If a portfolio or an Underlying Fund is not able to
enter into an offsetting transaction, it will continue to be required to maintain the margin deposits on the contract.
Although some
futures contracts call for making or taking delivery of the underlying securities, generally these obligations are closed out prior to delivery by offsetting purchases or sales of matching futures contracts (same exchange, underlying security or
index, and delivery month). Closing out a futures contract sale is done by purchasing a futures contract for the same aggregate amount of the specific type of financial instrument with the same delivery date. If an offsetting purchase price is less
than the original sale price, a portfolio or an Underlying Fund realizes a capital gain, or if it is more, the portfolio or Underlying Fund realizes a capital loss. Conversely, if an offsetting sale price is more than the original purchase price, a
portfolio or an Underlying Fund realizes a capital gain, or if it is less, the portfolio or Underlying Fund realizes a capital loss. The transaction costs must also be included in these calculations.
Interest rate, commodity, foreign currency or index futures contract provides for the future sale by one party and purchase by another party
of a specified quantity of a financial instrument, commodity, foreign currency, or the cash value of an index at a specified price and time. A futures contract on an index is an agreement pursuant to which two parties agree to take or make delivery
of an amount of cash equal to the difference between the value of the index at the close of the last trading day of the contract and the price at which the index contract was originally written. Although the value of an index might be a function of
the value of certain specified securities, no physical delivery of these securities is made. A public market exists in futures contracts covering a number of indices as well as financial instruments and foreign currencies including: the S&P 500
®
Index; the S&P MidCap 400; the Nikkei 225; the NYSE composite; U.S. Treasury bonds; U.S. Treasury notes; GNMA Certificates; three-month U.S. Treasury bills; 90-day commercial paper; bank
certificates of deposit; Eurodollar certificates of deposit; the Australian dollar; and the Canadian and certain multinational currencies, such as the euro. It is expected that other futures contracts will be developed and traded in the future.
Limitations and Policies on the Use of Futures and Futures Options
A portfolio or an Underlying Fund may engage in futures and related options transaction for
bona fide
hedging or to seek to increase
total return as permitted by CFTC regulations, which permit principals of an investment company registered under the 1940 Act to engage in a
de minimis
amount of transactions in futures and related options transactions for
non-bona fide
hedging without registering as commodity pool operators.
The staff of the SEC has taken the position that OTC options and assets used
to cover sold OTC options are illiquid and, therefore, together with other illiquid securities held by a portfolio or an Underlying Fund, cannot exceed 15% of the portfolios or Underlying Funds assets (the SEC illiquidity
ceiling). Although a portfolios or an Underlying Funds adviser or sub-adviser may disagree with this position, the portfolios or Underlying Funds adviser or sub-adviser intends to limit the portfolios or
Underlying Funds selling of OTC options in accordance with the following procedure. Also, the contracts a portfolio
70
or an Underlying Fund has in place with such primary dealers provide that the portfolio or Underlying Fund has the absolute right to repurchase an option it sells at a maximum price to be
calculated by a pre-determined formula. A portfolio or an Underlying Fund will treat all or a portion of the formula as illiquid for purposes of the SEC illiquidity ceiling test. A portfolio or an Underlying Fund may also sell OTC options with
non-primary dealers, including foreign dealers (where applicable), and will treat the assets used to cover these options as illiquid for purposes of such SEC illiquidity ceiling test.
When purchasing a futures contract, a portfolio or an Underlying Fund must maintain with its custodian (and mark-to-market on a daily basis)
cash or liquid securities (including any margin) assets determined to be liquid by the portfolios or Underlying Funds adviser or sub-adviser in accordance with procedures established by the Board, that, when added to the amounts
deposited with a futures commission merchant as margin, are equal to the market value of the futures contract. Alternatively, a portfolio or an Underlying Fund may cover its position by purchasing a put option on the same futures
contract with a strike price as high as or higher than the price of the contract held by the portfolio or Underlying Fund.
When selling a
futures contract, a portfolio or an Underlying Fund will maintain with its custodian (and mark-to-market on a daily basis) assets determined to be liquid by the portfolios or Underlying Funds adviser or sub-adviser in accordance with
procedures established by the Board, that are equal to the market value of the instruments underlying the contract. Alternatively, a portfolio or an Underlying Fund may cover its position by owning the instruments underlying the contract
(or, in the case of an index futures contract, a portfolio with a volatility substantially similar to that of the index on which the futures contract is based), or by holding a call option permitting the portfolio or Underlying Fund to purchase the
same futures contract at a price no higher than the price of the contract written by the portfolio or Underlying Fund (or at a higher price if the difference is maintained in liquid assets with the portfolios or Underlying Funds
custodian).
When selling a call option on a futures contract, a portfolio or an Underlying Fund will maintain with its custodian (and
mark-to-market on a daily basis) assets determined to be liquid by the portfolios or Underlying Funds adviser or sub-adviser in accordance with procedures established by the Board, that equal the purchase price of the futures contract,
less any margin on deposit. Alternatively, a portfolio or an Underlying Fund may cover the position either by entering into a short position in the same futures contract, or by owning a separate put option permitting it to sell the same futures
contract so long as the strike price of the purchased put option is the same or higher than the strike price of the put option sold by the portfolio or Underlying Fund.
To the extent that securities with maturities greater than one year are used to segregate assets to cover a portfolios or an Underlying
Funds obligations under the futures contracts and related options, such use will not eliminate the risk of a form of leverage, which may tend to exaggerate the effect on NAV of any increase or decrease in the market value of the
portfolios or Underlying Funds investment portfolio, and may require liquidation of positions when it is not advantageous to do so. However, any potential risk of leverage resulting from the use of securities with maturities greater than
one year may be mitigated by the overall duration limit on a portfolios or an Underlying Funds portfolio securities. Thus, the use of a longer-term security may require a portfolio or an Underlying Fund to hold offsetting short-term
securities to balance the portfolios or Underlying Funds investment portfolio such that the portfolios or Underlying Funds duration does not exceed the maximum permitted for the portfolio or Underlying Fund in the
prospectuses.
71
Risks Associated with Futures Contracts and Options on Futures Contracts
There are several risks in connection with the use of futures contracts as a hedging device. While hedging can provide protection against an
adverse movement in market prices, it can also preclude a hedgers opportunity to benefit from a favorable market movement. In addition, investing in futures contracts and options on futures contracts will cause a portfolio or an Underlying
Fund to incur additional brokerage commissions and may cause an increase in the portfolios or Underlying Funds portfolio turnover rate. The successful use of futures contracts and related options also depends on the ability of the
adviser or sub-adviser to forecast correctly the direction and extent of market movements within a given time frame. To the extent market prices remain stable during the period a futures contract or option is held by a portfolio or an Underlying
Fund or such prices move in a direction opposite to that anticipated, the portfolio or Underlying Fund may realize a loss on the hedging transaction that is not offset by an increase in the value of its portfolio securities. As a result, the return
of a portfolio or an Underlying Fund for the period may be less than if it had not engaged in the hedging transaction.
In addition, there
are significant differences between the securities and futures markets that could result in an imperfect correlation between the markets, causing a given hedge not to achieve its objectives. The degree of imperfection of correlation depends on
circumstances such as variations in speculative market demand for futures and futures options on securities, including technical influences in futures trading and futures options, and differences between the financial instruments being hedged and
the instruments underlying the standard contracts available for trading in such respects as interest rate levels, maturities, and creditworthiness of issuers. If the price of the futures contract moves more or less than the price of the securities
being hedged, a portfolio or an Underlying Fund will experience a gain or loss that will not be completely offset by movements in the price of the securities. It is possible that, where a portfolio or an Underlying Fund has sold futures contracts to
hedge its investment portfolio against a decline in the market, the market may advance and the value of securities held in the portfolios or Underlying Funds investment portfolio may decline. If this occurred, a portfolio or an
Underlying Fund would lose money on the futures contract and would also experience a decline in value in its portfolio securities. Where futures are purchased to hedge against a possible increase in the prices of securities before a portfolio or an
Underlying Fund is able to invest its cash (or cash equivalents) in securities (or options) in an orderly fashion, it is possible that the market may decline; if the portfolio or Underlying Fund then determines not to invest in securities (or
options) at that time because of concern as to possible further market decline or for other reasons, the portfolio or Underlying Fund will realize a loss on the futures that would not be offset by a reduction in the price of the securities
purchased. A decision as to whether, when and how to hedge involves the exercise of skill and judgment, and even a well-conceived hedge may be unsuccessful to some degree because of market behavior or unexpected interest rate trends.
Future exchanges may limit the amount of fluctuation permitted in certain futures contract prices during a single trading day. The daily limit
establishes the maximum amount that the price of a futures contract may vary either up or down from the previous days settlement price at the end of the current trading session. Once the daily limit has been reached in a futures contract
subject to the limit, no more trades may be made on that day at a price beyond that limit. The daily limit governs only price movements during a particular trading day and therefore does not limit potential losses because the limit may work to
prevent the liquidation of unfavorable positions. For example, futures prices have occasionally moved to the daily limit for several consecutive trading days with little or no trading, thereby preventing prompt liquidation of positions and
subjecting some holder of futures contracts to substantial losses.
There can be no assurance that a liquid market will exist at a time
when a portfolio or an Underlying Fund seeks to close out a futures or a futures option position, and that the portfolio or Underlying Fund would remain obligated to meet margin requirements until the position is closed. In addition, many of the
contracts discussed above are relatively new instruments without a significant trading history. As a result, there can be no assurance that an active secondary market will develop or continue to exist.
72
The market prices of futures contracts may be affected if participants in the futures market
elect to close out their contracts through off-setting transactions rather than to meet margin deposit requirements. In such a case, distortions in the normal relationship between the cash and futures markets could result. Price distortions could
also result if investors in futures contracts opt to make or take delivery of the underlying securities rather than to engage in closing transactions due to the resultant reduction in the liquidity of the futures market. In addition, due to the fact
that, from the point of view of speculators, the deposit requirements in the futures markets are less onerous than margin requirements in the cash market, increased participation by speculators in the futures market could cause temporary price
distortions. Due to the possibility of price distortions in the futures market and because of the imperfect correlation between movements in the prices of securities and movements in the prices of futures contracts, a correct forecast of market
trends may still not result in a successful transaction.
Compared to the purchase or sale of futures contracts, the purchase of put or
call options on futures contracts involves less potential risk for an Underlying Fund because the maximum amount at risk is the premium paid for the options plus transaction costs. However, there may be circumstances when the purchase of an option
on a futures contract would result in a loss to an Underlying Fund while the purchase or sale of the futures contract would not have resulted in a loss, such as when there is no movement in the price of the underlying securities.
The requirements for qualification as a RIC also may limit the extent to which an Underlying Fund may enter into futures, futures options, or
forward contracts.
Foreign Currency Futures Contracts:
Foreign currency future contracts may be used for hedging purposes. A foreign currency futures contract provides for the future sale by one
party and purchase by another party of a specified quantity of a foreign currency at a specified price and time. A public market exists in futures contracts covering several foreign currencies, including the Australian dollar, the Canadian dollar,
the British pound, the Japanese yen, the Swiss franc, and certain multinational currencies such as the euro. Other foreign currency futures contracts are likely to be developed and traded in the future.
Gold Futures Contracts:
A gold futures
contract is a standardized contract which is traded on a regulated commodity futures exchange, and which provides for the future delivery of a specified amount of gold at a specified date, time and price. When a portfolio or an Underlying Fund
purchases a gold futures contract it becomes obligated to take delivery of and pay for the gold from the seller, and when the portfolio or Underlying Fund sells a gold futures contract, it becomes obligated to make delivery of precious metals to the
purchaser, in each case at a designated date and price. A portfolio or an Underlying Fund may be able to enter into gold futures contracts only for the purpose of hedging its holdings or intended holdings of gold stocks and gold bullion. A portfolio
or an Underlying Fund will not engage in these contracts for speculation or for achieving leverage. A portfolios or an Underlying Funds hedging activities may include purchases of futures contracts as an offset against the effect of
anticipated increases in the price of gold or sales of futures contracts as an offset against the effect of anticipated declines in the price of gold.
Interest Rate Futures Contracts:
An interest
rate futures contract is an obligation traded on an exchange or board of trade that requires the purchaser to accept delivery, and the seller to make delivery of, a specified quantity of the underlying financial instrument, such as U.S. Treasury
bills and bonds, in a stated delivery month, at a price fixed in the contract.
73
A portfolio or an Underlying Fund may purchase and sell interest rate futures as a hedge against
adverse changes in debt instruments and other interest rate sensitive securities. As a hedging strategy a portfolio or an Underlying Fund might employ, the portfolio or Underlying Fund would purchase an interest rate futures contract when it is not
fully invested in long-term debt instruments but wishes to defer their purchase for some time until it can orderly invest in such securities or because short-term yields are higher than long-term yields. Such a purchase would enable a portfolio or
an Underlying Fund to earn the income on a short-term security while at the same time minimizing the effect of all, or part, of an increase in the market price of the long-term debt security, that the portfolio or an Underlying Fund intends to
purchase in the future. A rise in the price of the long-term debt security prior to its purchase either would be offset by an increase in the value of the futures contract purchased by a portfolio or an Underlying Fund or avoided by taking delivery
of the debt instruments under the futures contract.
A portfolio or an Underlying Fund would sell an interest rate futures contract in
order to continue to receive the income from a long-term debt instrument, while endeavoring to avoid part or the entire decline in market value of that security that would accompany an increase in interest rates. If interest rates did rise, a
decline in the value of the debt instrument held by a portfolio or an Underlying Fund would be substantially offset by the ability of the portfolio or Underlying Fund to repurchase at a lower price the interest rate futures contract previously sold.
While a portfolio or an Underlying Fund could sell the long-term debt security and invest in a short-term security, ordinarily the portfolio or Underlying Fund would give up income on its investment, since long-term rates normally exceed short-term
rates.
Stock Index Futures Contracts:
A
portfolio or an Underlying Fund may enter into stock index futures contracts, including futures contracts related to stock indices and interest rates among others. Such investment strategies will be used for hedging purposes and for non-hedging
purposes, subject to applicable law. Purchases or sales of stock index futures contracts for hedging purposes may be used to attempt to protect a portfolios or an Underlying Funds current or intended stock investments from broad
fluctuations in stock prices, to act as a substitute for an underlying investment, or to enhance yield.
A stock index futures contract is
an agreement pursuant to which two parties agree to take or make delivery of an amount of cash equal to a specified dollar amount times the difference between the stock index value at the close of the last trading day of the contract and the price
at which the futures contract is originally struck.
A stock index assigns relative values to the common stocks included in an
index (for example, the S&P 500
®
Index or the New York Stock Exchange Composite Index), and the index fluctuates with changes in the market values of such stocks. A stock index futures
contract is a bilateral agreement to accept or make payment, depending on whether a contract is purchased or sold, of an amount of cash equal to a specified dollar amount multiplied by the difference between the stock index value at the close of the
last trading day of the contract and the price at which the futures contract is originally purchased or sold.
Purchases or sales of stock
index futures contracts are used to attempt to protect a portfolios or an Underlying Funds current or intended stock investments from broad fluctuations in stock prices. For example, a portfolio or an Underlying Fund may sell stock index
futures contracts in anticipation of, or during a market decline to attempt to offset the decrease in market value of the portfolios or Underlying Funds portfolio securities that might otherwise result if such decline occurs, because the
loss in value of portfolio securities may be offset, in whole or part, by gains on the futures position. When a portfolio or an Underlying Fund is not fully invested in the securities market and anticipates a significant market advance, it may
purchase stock index futures contracts in order to gain rapid market exposure that may, in part or entirely, offset increases in the cost of securities that the portfolio or Underlying Fund intends to
74
purchase. As such purchases are made, the corresponding position in stock index futures contracts will be closed out. In a substantial majority of these transactions, a portfolio or an Underlying
Fund will purchase such securities upon termination of the futures position, but under usual market conditions, a long futures position may be terminated without a related purchase of securities.
To the extent that changes in the value of a portfolio or an Underlying Fund corresponds to changes in a given stock index, the sale of
futures contracts on that index (short hedge) would substantially reduce the risk to the portfolio or an Underlying Fund of a market decline and, by so doing, provide an alternative to a liquidation of securities position, which may be
difficult to accomplish in a rapid and orderly fashion. Stock index futures contracts might also be sold:
(i)
|
when a sale of portfolio securities at that time would appear to be disadvantageous in the long term because such liquidation would:
|
|
(a)
|
forego possible price appreciation;
|
|
(b)
|
create a situation in which the securities would be difficult to repurchase; or
|
|
(c)
|
create substantial brokerage commissions.
|
(ii)
|
when a liquidation of a portfolio or an Underlying Fund has commenced or is contemplated, but there is, in the advisers or sub-advisers
determination, a substantial risk of a major price decline before liquidation can be completed; or
|
(iii)
|
to close out stock index futures purchase transactions.
|
Where a portfolio or an Underlying Fund anticipates a significant market or market sector advance, the purchase of a stock index futures
contract (long hedge) affords a hedge against not participating in such advance at a time when the portfolio or Underlying Fund is not fully invested. Such purchases would serve as a temporary substitute for the purchase of individual
stocks, which may then be purchased in an orderly fashion. As purchases of stock are made, an amount of index futures contracts that is comparable to the amount of stock purchased would be terminated by offsetting closing sales transactions. Stock
index futures might also be purchased if a portfolio or an Underlying Fund is attempting to:
(i)
|
purchase equity positions in issues which it had, or was having, difficulty purchasing at prices considered by its adviser or sub-adviser to be
fair value based upon the price of the stock at the time it qualified for inclusion in the portfolio or Underlying Fund
|
(ii)
|
to equitize cash pending investments in securities; or
|
(iii)
|
to close out stock index futures sales transactions.
|
Options
A portfolio or an Underlying
Fund may purchase and sell put and call options on fixed-income or other securities or indices in standardized contracts traded on foreign or domestic securities exchanges, boards of trade, or similar entities, or quoted on NASDAQ or on an OTC
market, and agreements, sometimes called cash puts, which may accompany the purchase of a new issue of bonds from a dealer.
An option on
a security (or index) is a contract that gives the holder of the option, in return for a premium, the right to buy from (in the case of a call) or sell to (in the case of a put) the writer of the option the security underlying the option (or the
cash value of the index) at a specified exercise price at any time during the term of the option. The writer of an option on a security has the obligation upon
75
exercise of the option to deliver the underlying security upon payment of the exercise price or to pay the exercise price upon delivery of the underlying security. Upon exercise, the writer of an
option on an index is obligated to pay the difference between the cash value of the index and the exercise price multiplied by the specified multiplier for the index option. (An index is designed to reflect features of a particular financial or
securities market, a specific group of financial instruments or securities, or certain economic indicators.)
A portfolio or an Underlying
Fund may purchase these securities for the purpose of increasing its return on such securities and/or to protect the value of its portfolio. A portfolio or an Underlying Fund may also write combinations of put and call options on the same security,
known as straddles. Such transactions can generate additional premium income but also present increased risk. A portfolio or an Underlying Fund may also purchase put or call options in anticipation of market fluctuations which may
adversely affect the value of its portfolio or the prices of securities that the portfolio or Underlying Fund wants to purchase at a later date. A portfolio or an Underlying Fund may sell call and put options only if it takes certain steps to cover
such options or segregates assets, in accordance with regulatory requirements, as described below.
A call option gives the holder (buyer)
the right to buy and to obligate the writer (seller) to sell a security or financial instrument at a stated price (strike price) at any time until a designated future date when the option expires (expiration date). A put option gives the holder
(buyer) the right to sell and to obligate the writer (seller) to purchase a security or financial instrument at a stated price at any time until the expiration date. A portfolio or an Underlying Fund may write or purchase put or call options listed
on national securities exchanges in standard contracts or may write or purchase put or call options with or directly from investment dealers meeting the creditworthiness criteria of the adviser or sub-adviser.
In the case of a call option on a security, the option is covered if a portfolio or an Underlying Fund owns the security
underlying the call or has an absolute and immediate right to acquire that security without additional cash consideration (or, if additional cash consideration is required, cash or other assets determined to be liquid by the portfolios or
Underlying Funds adviser or sub-adviser in accordance with procedures established by the Board, in such amount are segregated by its custodian) upon conversion or exchange of other securities held by the portfolio or Underlying Fund. For a
call option on an index, the option is covered if a portfolio or an Underlying Fund maintains with its custodian assets determined to be liquid by the adviser or sub-adviser in accordance with procedures established by the Board, in an amount equal
to the contract value of the index. A call option is also covered if a portfolio or an Underlying Fund holds a call on the same security or index as the call written where the exercise price of the call held is: (i) equal to or less than the
exercise price of the call written; or (ii) greater than the exercise price of the call written, provided the difference is maintained by the portfolio or Underlying Fund in segregated assets determined to be liquid by the adviser or
sub-adviser in accordance with procedures established by the Board. A put option on a security or an index is covered if a portfolio or an Underlying Fund segregates assets determined to be liquid the adviser or sub-adviser in accordance
with procedures established by the Board equal to the exercise price. A put option is also covered if a portfolio or an Underlying Fund holds a put on the same security or index as the put written where the exercise price of the put held is:
(i) equal to or greater than the exercise price of the put written; or (ii) less than the exercise price of the put written, provided the difference is maintained by the portfolio or Underlying Fund in segregated assets determined to be
liquid by the portfolios or Underlying Funds adviser or sub-adviser in accordance with procedures established by the Board.
Effecting a closing transaction in the case of a sold call option will permit a portfolio or an Underlying Fund to sell another call option on
the underlying security with either a different exercise price or expiration date or both, or in the case of a sold put option will permit the portfolio or Underlying Fund to sell another put option to the extent that the exercise price thereof is
secured by liquid securities in a
76
segregated account (or earmarked on its records). Such transactions permit a portfolio or an Underlying Fund to generate additional premium income, which will partially offset declines in the
value of portfolio securities or increases in the cost of securities to be acquired. Also, completing a closing transaction will permit the cash or proceeds from the concurrent sale of any subject to the option to be used for other investments of a
portfolio or an Underlying Fund, provided that another option on such security is not sold.
A portfolio or an Underlying Fund will
realize a profit from a closing transaction if the premium paid in connection with the closing of an option sold by the portfolio or Underlying Fund is less than the premium received from selling the option, or if the premium received in connection
with the closing of an option by the portfolio or Underlying Fund is more than the premium paid for the original purchase. Conversely, a portfolio or an Underlying Fund will suffer a loss if the premium paid or received in connection with a closing
transaction is more or less, respectively, than the premium received or paid in establishing the option position. Because increases in the market price of a call option will generally reflect increases in the market price of the underlying security,
any loss resulting from the repurchase of a call option previously sold by a portfolio or an Underlying Fund is likely to be offset in whole or in part by appreciation of the underlying security owned by the portfolio or Underlying Fund.
If an option written by a portfolio or an Underlying Fund expires unexercised, the portfolio or Underlying Fund realizes a capital gain equal
to the premium received at the time the option was written. If an option purchased by a portfolio or an Underlying Fund expires unexercised, the portfolio or Underlying Fund realizes a capital loss equal to the premium paid. Prior to the earlier of
exercise or expiration, an exchange traded option may be closed out by an offsetting purchase or sale of an option of the same series (type, exchange, underlying security or index, exercise price, and expiration). There can be no assurance, however,
that a closing purchase or sale transaction can be affected when a portfolio or an Underlying Fund desires.
A portfolio or an Underlying
Fund may sell options in connection with buy-and-write transactions; that is, the portfolio or Underlying Fund may purchase a security and then sell a call option against that security. The exercise price of the call a portfolio or an Underlying
Fund determines to sell will depend upon the expected price movement of the underlying security. The exercise price of a call option may be below (in-the-money), equal to (at-the-money), or above
(out-of-the-money) the current value of the underlying security at the time the option is sold. Buy-and-write transactions using in-the-money call options may be used when it is expected that the price of the underlying security will
decline moderately during the option period. Buy-and-write transactions using out-of-the-money call options may be used when it is expected that the premiums received from selling the call option plus the appreciation in the market price of the
underlying security, up to the exercise price, will be greater than the appreciation in the price of the underlying security alone. If the call options are exercised in such transactions, a portfolio or an Underlying Funds maximum gain will be
the premium received by it for selling the option, adjusted upwards or downwards by the difference between the portfolios or Underlying Funds purchase price of the security and the exercise price, less related transaction costs. If the
options are not exercised and the price of the underlying security declines, the amount of such decline will be offset in part, or entirely, by the premium received.
The selling of put options is similar in terms of risk/return characteristics to buy-and-write transactions. If the market price of the
underlying security rises or otherwise is above the exercise price, the put option will expire worthless and a portfolios or an Underlying Funds gain will be limited to the premium received. If the market price of the underlying security
declines or otherwise is below the exercise price, a portfolio or an Underlying Fund may elect to close the position or retain the option until it is exercised, at which time the portfolio or Underlying Fund will be required to take delivery of the
security at the exercise price; the portfolios or Underlying Funds return will be the premium received from the put
77
option minus the amount by which the market price of the security is below the exercise price, which could result in a loss. Out-of-the-money, at-the-money and in-the-money put options may be
used by a portfolio or an Underlying Fund in the same market environments that call options are used in equivalent buy-and-write transactions.
By selling a call option, a portfolio or an Underlying Fund limits its opportunity to profit from any increase in the market value of the
underlying security, above the exercise price of the option. By selling a put option, a portfolio or an Underlying Fund assumes the risk that it may be required to purchase the underlying security for an exercise price above its then current market
value, resulting in a capital loss unless the security subsequently appreciates in value. The selling of options on securities will not be undertaken by a portfolio or an Underlying Fund solely for hedging purposes, and could involve certain risks
which are not present in the case of hedging transactions. Moreover, even where options are sold for hedging purposes, such transactions constitute only a partial hedge against declines in the value of portfolio securities or against increases in
the value of securities to be acquired, up to the amount of the premium.
A portfolio or an Underlying Fund may purchase options for
hedging purposes or to increase its return. Put options may be purchased to hedge against a decline in the value of portfolio securities. If such decline occurs, the put options will permit a portfolio or an Underlying Fund to sell the securities at
the exercise price, or to close out the options at a profit. By using put options in this way, a portfolio or an Underlying Fund will reduce any profit it might otherwise have realized in the underlying security by the amount of the premium paid for
the put option and by transaction costs.
A portfolio or an Underlying Fund may purchase call options to hedge against an increase in the
price of securities that the portfolio or Underlying Fund anticipates purchasing in the future. If such increase occurs, the call option will permit a portfolio or an Underlying Fund to purchase the securities at the exercise price, or to close out
the options at a profit. The premium paid for the call option plus any transaction costs will reduce the benefit, if any, realized by a portfolio or an Underlying Fund upon exercise of the option, and, unless the price of the underlying security
rises sufficiently, the option may expire worthless to the portfolio or Underlying Fund.
In certain instances, a portfolio or an
Underlying Fund may enter into options on U.S. Treasury securities which provide for periodic adjustment of the strike price and may also provide for the periodic adjustment of the premium during the term of each such option. Like other types of
options, these transactions, which may be referred to as reset options or adjustable strike options, grant the purchaser the right to purchase (in the case of a call), or sell (in the case of a put), a
specified type and series of U.S. Treasury security at any time up to a stated expiration date (or, in certain instances, on such date). In contrast to other types of options, however, the price at which the underlying security may be purchased or
sold under a reset option is determined at various intervals during the term of the option, and such price fluctuates from interval to interval based on changes in the market value of the underlying security. As a result, the strike
price of a reset option, at the time of exercise, may be less advantageous to a portfolio or an Underlying Fund than if the strike price had been fixed at the initiation of the option. In addition, the premium paid for the purchase of
the option may be determined at the termination, rather than the initiation, of the option. If the premium is paid at termination, a portfolio or an Underlying Fund assumes the risk that: (i) the premium may be less than the premium which would
otherwise have been received at the initiation of the option because of such factors as the volatility in yield of the underlying U.S. Treasury security over the term of the option and adjustments made to the strike price of the option; and
(ii) the option purchaser may default on its obligation to pay the premium at the termination of the option.
78
A portfolio or an Underlying Fund will not write call options on when issued securities. A
portfolio or an Underlying Fund purchases call options primarily as a temporary substitute for taking positions in certain securities or in the securities that comprise a relevant index. A portfolio or an Underlying Fund may also purchase call
options on an index to protect against increases in the price of securities underlying that index that the portfolio or Underlying Fund intends to purchase pending its ability to invest in such securities in an orderly manner.
So long as the obligation of the writer of a call option continues, the writer may be assigned an exercise notice by the broker-dealer through
which such option was settled, requiring the writer to deliver the underlying security against payment of the exercise price. This obligation terminates upon the expiration of the call option, by the exercise of the call option, or by entering into
an offsetting transaction.
When writing a call option, in return for the premium, the writer gives up the opportunity to profit from the
price increase in the underlying security above the exercise price, but conversely retains the risk of loss should the price of the security decline. If a call option expires unexercised, the writer will realize a gain in the amount of the premium;
however, such a gain may be offset by a decline in the market value of the underlying security during the option period. If the call option is exercised, the writer would realize a gain or loss from the transaction depending on what it received from
the call and what it paid for the underlying security.
An option on an index (or a particular security) is a contract that gives the
purchaser of the option, in return for the premium paid, the right to receive from the writer of the option cash equal to the difference between the closing price of the index (or security) and the exercise price of the option, expressed in dollars,
times a specified multiple (the multiplier).
A portfolio or an Underlying Fund may write calls on and futures contracts provided that it
enters into an appropriate offsetting position or that it designates liquid assets or high-quality debt instruments in an amount sufficient to cover the underlying obligation in accordance with regulatory requirements. The risk involved in writing
call options on futures contracts or market indices is that a portfolio or an Underlying Fund would not benefit from any increase in value above the exercise price. Usually, this risk can be eliminated by entering into an offsetting transaction.
However, the cost to do an offsetting transaction and terminate a portfolios or an Underlying Funds obligation might be more or less than the premium received when it originally wrote the option. Further, a portfolio or an Underlying
Fund might occasionally not be able to close the option because of insufficient activity in the options market.
In the case of a put
option, as long as the obligation of the put writer continues, it may be assigned an exercise notice by the broker dealer through which such option was sold, requiring the writer to take delivery of the underlying security against payment of the
exercise price. A writer has no control over when it may be required to purchase the underlying security, since it may be assigned an exercise notice at any time prior to the expiration date. This obligation terminates earlier if the writer effects
a closing purchase transaction by purchasing a put of the same series as that previously sold.
If a put option is sold by a portfolio or
an Underlying Fund, the fund will designate liquid securities with a value equal to the exercise price, or else will hold an offsetting position in accordance with regulatory requirements. In writing puts, there is the risk that the writer may be
required to by the underlying security at a disadvantageous price. The premium the writer receives from writing a put option represents a profit, as long as the price of the underlying instrument remains above the exercise price. However, if the put
is exercised, the writer is obligated during the option period to buy the underlying instrument from the buyer of the put at exercise price, even though the value of the investment may have fallen below the exercise price. If the put lapse
unexercised, the writer realizes a gain in the amount of the premium. If the put is exercised, the writer may incur a loss, equal to the difference between the exercise price and the current market value of the underlying instrument.
79
The purchase of put options may be used to protect a portfolios or an Underlying
Funds holdings in an underlying security against a substantial decline in market value. Such protection, of course, only provided during the life of the put option when a portfolio or an Underlying Fund, as the holder of the put option, is
able to sell the underlying security at the put exercise price regardless of any decline in the underlying securitys market price. By using put options in this manner, a portfolio or an Underlying Fund will reduce any profit it might otherwise
have realized in its underlying security by the premium paid for the put option and by transaction costs. The purchase of put options also may be used by a portfolio or an Underlying Fund when it does not hold the underlying security.
The premium received from writing a call or put option, or paid for purchasing a call or put option will reflect, among other things, the
current market price of the underlying security, the relationship of the exercise price to such market price, the historical price volatility of the underlying security, the length of the option period, and the general interest rate environment. The
premium received by a portfolio or an Underlying Fund for writing call options will be recorded as a liability in the statement of assets and liabilities of the portfolio or Underlying Fund. This liability will be adjusted daily to the options
current market value. The liability will be extinguished upon expiration of the option, by the exercise of the option, or by entering into an offsetting transaction. Similarly, the premium paid by a portfolio or an Underlying Fund when purchasing a
put option will be recorded as an asset in the statement of assets and liabilities of the portfolio or Underlying Fund. This asset will be adjusted daily to the options current market value. The asset will be extinguished upon expiration of
the option, by selling an identical option in a closing transaction, or by exercising the option.
Closing transactions will be done in
order to realize a profit on an outstanding call or put option, to prevent an underlying security from being called or put, or to permit the exchange or tender of the underlying security. Furthermore, performing a closing transaction will permit a
portfolio or an Underlying Fund to write another call option, or purchase another call option, on the underlying security with either a different exercise price or expiration date or both. If a portfolio or an Underlying Fund desires to sell a
particular security from its portfolio on which it has written a call option, or purchased a put option, it will seek to effect a closing transaction prior to, or concurrently with, the date of the security. There is, of course, no assurance that a
portfolio or an Underlying Fund will be able to perform a closing transaction at a favorable price. If a portfolio or an Underlying Fund cannot either enter into such a transaction, it may be required to hold a security that it might otherwise have
sold, in which case it would continue to be at market risk on the security. A portfolio or an Underlying Fund will pay brokerage commissions in connection with the sale or purchase of options to close out previously established option positions.
These brokerage commissions are normally higher as a percentage of underlying asset values than those applicable to purchases and sales of portfolio securities.
The performance of indexed securities depends to a great extent on the performance of the security, currency, or other instrument to which
they are indexed, and may also be influenced by interest rate changes in the United States and abroad. At the same time, indexed securities are subject to the credit risks associated with the issuer of the security, and their values may decline
substantially if the issuers creditworthiness deteriorates. Recent issuers of indexed securities have included banks, corporations and certain U.S. government agencies.
80
Risks Associated with Options
There are several risks associated with transactions in options. For example, there are significant differences between the securities and
options markets that could result in an imperfect correlation between these markets, causing a given transaction not to achieve its objectives. A decision as to whether, when and how to use options involves the exercise of skill and judgment, and
even a well-conceived transaction may be unsuccessful to some degree because of market behavior or unexpected events.
Options may be more
volatile than the underlying instruments and, therefore, on a percentage basis, an investment in options may be subject to greater fluctuation than an investment in the underlying instruments themselves. There are also significant differences
between the securities and options markets that could result in an imperfect correlation between these markets, causing a given transaction not to achieve its objective. In addition, a liquid secondary market for particular options may be absent for
reasons which include the following: there may be insufficient trading interest in certain options; restrictions may be imposed by an exchange on opening transactions or closing transactions or both; trading halts, suspensions or other restrictions
may be imposed with respect to particular classes or series of option of underlying securities; unusual or unforeseen circumstances may interrupt normal operations on an exchange; the facilities of an exchange or clearing corporation may not at all
times be adequate to handle current trading volume; or one or more exchanges could, for economic or other reasons, decide or be compelled at some future date to discontinue the trading of options (or a particular class or series of options), in
which event the secondary market on that exchange (or in that class or series of options) would cease to exist, although outstanding options that had been issued by a clearing corporation as a result of trades on that exchange would continue to be
exercisable in accordance with their terms.
During the option period, the covered call writer has, in return for the premium on the
option, given up the opportunity to profit from a price increase in the underlying security above the exercise price, but, as long as its obligation as a writer continues, has retained the risk of loss should the price of the underlying security
decline. The writer of an option has no control over the time when it may be required to fulfill its obligation as a writer of the option. Once an option writer has received an exercise notice, it cannot effect a closing purchase transaction in
order to terminate its obligation under the option and must deliver the underlying security at the exercise price. If a put or call option purchased by a portfolio or an Underlying Fund is not sold when it has remaining value, and if the market
price of the underlying security remains equal to or greater than the exercise price (in the case of a put), or remains less than or equal to the exercise price (in the case of a call), the portfolio or Underlying Fund will lose its entire
investment in the option. Also, where a put or call option on a particular security is purchased to hedge against price movements in a related security, the price of the put or call option may move more or less than the price of the related
security.
In addition, foreign option exchanges do not afford to participants many of the protections available in U.S. option exchanges.
For example, there may be no daily price fluctuation limits in such exchanges or markets, and adverse market movements could therefore continue to an unlimited extent over a period of time. Although the purchaser of an option cannot lose more than
the amount of the premium plus related transaction costs, this entire amount could be lost. Moreover, a portfolio or an Underlying Fund as an option writer could lose amounts substantially in excess of its initial investment, due to the margin and
collateral requirements typically associated with such option writing. (See Exchange-Traded/OTC Options.)
There can be no
assurance that a liquid market will exist when a portfolio or an Underlying Fund seeks to close out an option position. If a portfolio or an Underlying Fund were unable to close out an option that it had purchased on a security, it would have to
exercise the option in order to realize any profit or the option may expire worthless. If a portfolio or an Underlying Fund were unable to close out a covered call option that it had written on a security, it would not be able to sell the underlying
security unless the option expired without exercise. As the writer of a covered call option, a portfolio or an Underlying Fund forgoes, during the options life, the opportunity to profit from increases in the market value of the security
covering the call option above the sum of the premium and the exercise price of the call.
81
If trading were suspended in an option purchased by a portfolio or an Underlying Fund, the
portfolio or Underlying Fund would not be able to close out the option. If restrictions on exercise were imposed, a portfolio or an Underlying Fund might be unable to exercise an option it has purchased. Except to the extent that a call option on an
index written by a portfolio or an Underlying Fund is covered by an option on the same index purchased by the portfolio or Underlying Fund, movements in the index may result in a loss to the portfolio or Underlying Fund; however, such losses may be
mitigated by changes in the value of the portfolios or Underlying Funds securities during the period the option was outstanding.
Options on securities, futures contracts, and options on currencies may be traded on foreign exchanges. Such transactions may not be regulated
as effectively as similar transactions in the United States; may not involve a clearing mechanism and related guarantees, and are subject to the risk of governmental actions affecting trading in, or the prices of, foreign securities. The value of
such positions also could be adversely affected by: (i) other complex foreign political, legal, and economic factors; (ii) lesser availability than in the United States of data on which to make trading decisions; (iii) delays in a
portfolios or an Underlying Funds ability to act upon economic events occurring in foreign markets during non-business hours in the United States; (iv) the imposition of different exercise and settlement terms and procedures and
margin requirements than in the United States; and (v) lesser trading volume.
The purchase of options involves certain risks. If a
put option purchased by a portfolio or an Underlying Fund is not sold when it has remaining value, and if the market price of the underlying security remains equal to or greater than the exercise price, the portfolio or Underlying Fund will lose its
entire investment in the option. Also, where a put option is purchased to hedge against price movements in a particular security, the price of the put option may move more or less than the price of the related security. There can be no assurance
that a liquid market will exist when a portfolio or an Underlying Fund seeks to close out an option position. Furthermore, if trading restrictions or suspensions are imposed on the options markets, a portfolio or an Underlying Fund may be unable to
close out a position. Positions in futures contracts and related options may be closed out only on an exchange that provides a secondary market for such contracts or options. A portfolio or an Underlying Fund will enter into an option or futures
position only if there appears to be a liquid secondary market. However, there can be no assurance that a liquid secondary market will exist for any particular option or futures contract at any specific time. Thus, it may not be possible to close
out a futures or related option position. In the case of a futures position, in the event of adverse price movements a portfolio or an Underlying Fund would continue to be required to make daily margin payments. In this situation, if a portfolio or
an Underlying Fund has insufficient cash to meet daily margin requirements it may have to sell portfolio securities at a time when it may be disadvantageous to do so. In addition, a portfolio or an Underlying Fund may be required to take or make
delivery of the securities underlying the futures contracts it holds. The inability to close out futures positions also could have an adverse impact on a portfolios or an Underlying Funds ability to hedge its portfolio effectively.
Covered Call Options:
In order to earn
additional income on its portfolio securities or to protect partially against declines in the value of such securities, a portfolio or an Underlying Fund may write covered call options. The exercise price of a call option may be below, equal to, or
above the current market value of the underlying security at the time the option is written. During the option period, a covered call option writer may be assigned an exercise notice by the broker-dealer through whom such call option was sold
requiring the writer to deliver the underlying security against payment of the exercise price. This obligation is terminated upon the expiration of the option period or at such earlier time in which the writer effects a closing purchase transaction.
Closing purchase transactions will ordinarily be executed to realize a profit on an outstanding
82
call option, to prevent an underlying security from being called, to permit the sale of the underlying security, or to enable a portfolio or an Underlying Fund to write another call option on the
underlying security with either a different exercise price or expiration date or both.
In order to earn additional income or to
facilitate its ability to purchase a security at a price lower than the current market price of such security, a portfolio or an Underlying Fund may write secured put options. During the option period, the writer of a put option may be assigned an
exercise notice by the broker-dealer through whom the option was sold requiring the writer to purchase the underlying security at the exercise price.
A portfolio or an Underlying Fund may write a call or put option only if the option is covered or secured by the
portfolio or Underlying Fund holding a position in the underlying securities. This means that so long as a portfolio or an Underlying Fund is obligated as the writer of a call option, it will own the underlying securities subject to the option or
hold a call with the same exercise price, the same exercise period, and on the same securities as the written call. Alternatively, a portfolio or an Underlying Fund may maintain, in a segregated account with the portfolios or Underlying
Funds custodian (or earmark on its records), cash and/or liquid securities with a value sufficient to meet its obligation as writer of the option. A put is secured if a portfolio or an Underlying Fund maintains cash and/or liquid securities
with a value equal to the exercise price in a segregated account, or holds a put on the same underlying security at an equal or greater exercise price. A portfolio or an Underlying Fund may also cover its obligation by holding a put where the
exercise price of the put is less than that of the written put provided the difference is segregated in the form of liquid securities. Prior to exercise or expiration, an option may be closed out by an offsetting purchase or sale of an option of the
same fund.
Exchange-Traded/OTC Options:
A
portfolio or Underlying Fund may purchase and sell options that are traded on U.S. and foreign exchanges and options traded OTC with broker-dealers who make markets in these options. The ability to terminate OTC options is more limited than with
exchange-traded options and may involve the risk that broker-dealers participating in such transactions will not fulfill their obligations. Transactions by a portfolio or Underlying Fund in options will be subject to limitations established by each
of the exchanges, boards of trade or other trading facilities on which such options are traded governing the maximum number of options in each class which may be written or purchased by a single investor or group of investors acting in concert
regardless of whether the options are written or purchased on the same or different exchanges, boards of trade or other trading facility or are held in one or more accounts or through one or more brokers. Thus, the number of options which a
portfolio or Underlying Fund may write or purchase may be affected by options written or purchased by other investment advisory clients. An exchange, board of trade or other trading facility may order the liquidation of positions found to be in
excess of these limits, and it may impose certain other sanctions. While a portfolio or an Underlying Fund seeks to enter into OTC options only with dealers who can enter into closing transactions with the portfolio or Underlying Fund, no assurance
exists that the portfolio or Underlying Fund will at any time be able to liquidate an OTC option at a favorable price at any time prior to expiration. If a portfolio or an Underlying Fund, as a covered OTC/call option writer, cannot effect a closing
purchase transaction, it will not be able to liquidate securities (or other assets) used as cover until the option expires or is exercised. In the event of insolvency of the other party, the portfolio or Underlying Fund may be unable to liquidate an
OTC option. With respect to options written by a portfolio or an Underlying Fund, the inability to enter into a closing transaction may result in material losses to the portfolio or Underlying Fund. For example, because a portfolio or an Underlying
Fund must maintain a secured position with respect to any call option on a security it writes, the portfolio or Underlying Fund may not sell the assets that it has segregated to secure the position while it is obligated under the option. This
requirement may impair a portfolios or an Underlying Funds ability to sell portfolio securities at a time when such sale might be advantageous. For thinly traded derivative instruments, the only source of price quotations may be the
selling dealer or counterparty.
83
Foreign Currency Options:
Options on foreign currencies may be purchased or sold for hedging purposes in a manner similar to that in which forward contracts will be
utilized. For example, a decline in the dollar value of a foreign currency in which portfolio securities are denominated will reduce the dollar value of such securities, even if their value in the foreign currency remains constant. In order to
protect against such diminution in the value of portfolio securities, a portfolio or an Underlying Fund may purchase put options on the foreign currency. If the value of the currency does decline, a portfolio or an Underlying Fund will have the
right to sell such currency for a fixed amount in dollars and will thereby offset, in whole or in part, the adverse effect on its portfolio which otherwise would have resulted.
Conversely, where a rise in the dollar value of a currency in which securities to be acquired are denominated is projected, thereby increasing
the cost of such securities, a portfolio or an Underlying Fund may purchase call options thereon. The purchase of such options could offset, at least partially, the effects of the adverse movements in exchange rates. As in the case of other types of
options, however, the benefit to a portfolio or an Underlying Fund deriving from purchases of foreign currency options will be reduced by the amount of the premium and related transaction costs. In addition, where currency exchange rates do not move
in the direction or to the extent anticipated, a portfolio or an Underlying Fund could sustain losses on transactions in foreign currency options which would require it to forgo a portion or all of the benefits of advantageous changes in such rates.
A portfolio or an Underlying Fund may sell options on foreign currencies for the same types of hedging purposes. For example, where a
portfolio or an Underlying Fund anticipates a decline in the dollar value of foreign-denominated securities due to adverse fluctuations in exchange rates it could, instead of purchasing a put option, sell a call option on the relevant currency. If
the expected decline occurs, the option will most likely not be exercised, and the diminution in value of portfolio securities will be offset by the amount of the premium received.
As in the case of other types of options, however, the selling of an option on foreign currency will constitute only a partial hedge, up to
the amount of the premium received, and a portfolio or an Underlying Fund could be required to purchase or sell foreign currencies at disadvantageous exchange rates, thereby incurring losses. The purchase of an option on foreign currency may
constitute an effective hedge against fluctuations in exchange rates although, in the event of rate movements adverse to a portfolios or an Underlying Funds position, it may forfeit the entire amount of the premium plus related
transaction costs. As in the case of forward contracts, certain options on foreign currencies are traded OTC and involve risks which may not be present in the case of exchange-traded instruments.
Similarly, instead of purchasing a call option to hedge against an anticipated increase in the dollar cost of securities to be acquired, a
portfolio or an Underlying Fund could sell a put option on the relevant currency which, if rates move in the manner projected, will expire unexercised and allow the portfolio or Underlying Fund to hedge such increased cost up to the amount of the
premium. Foreign currency options sold by a portfolio or an Underlying Fund will generally be covered in a manner similar to the covering of other types of options. As in the case of other types of options, however, the selling of a foreign currency
option will constitute only a partial hedge up to the amount of the premium, and only if rates move in the expected direction. If this does not occur, the option may be exercised and a portfolio or an Underlying Fund would be required to purchase or
sell the underlying currency at a loss which may not be offset by the amount of the premium. Through the selling of options on foreign currencies, a portfolio or an Underlying Fund also may be required to forgo all or a portion of the benefits,
which
84
might otherwise have been obtained from favorable movements in exchange rates. A portfolio or an Underlying Fund may also use foreign currency options to increase exposure to a foreign currency
or to shift exposure to foreign currency fluctuations from one country to another.
Put and Call Options
A call option gives the holder (buyer) the right to buy and to obligate the writer (seller) to sell a security or financial instrument at a
stated price (strike price) at any time until a designated future date when the option expires (expiration date). A put option gives the holder (buyer) the right to sell and to obligate the writer (seller) to purchase a security or financial
instrument at a stated price at any time until the expiration date. A portfolio or an Underlying Fund may write or purchase put or call options listed on national securities exchanges in standard contracts or may write or purchase put or call
options with or directly from investment dealers meeting the creditworthiness criteria of the adviser or sub-adviser.
A portfolio or an
Underlying Fund will not write call options on when-issued securities. A portfolio or an Underlying Fund may purchase call options primarily as a temporary substitute for taking positions in certain securities or in the securities that comprise a
relevant index. A portfolio or an Underlying Fund may also purchase call options on an index to protect against increases in the price of securities underlying that index that the portfolio or Underlying Fund intends to purchase pending its ability
to invest in such securities in an orderly manner.
So long as the obligation of the writer of a call option continues, the writer may be
assigned an exercise notice by the broker-dealer, through which such option was settled, requiring the writer to deliver the underlying security against payment of the exercise price. This obligation terminates upon the expiration of the call
option, by the exercise of the call option, or by entering into an offsetting transaction.
When writing a call option, in return for the
premium, the writer gives up the opportunity to profit from the price increase in the underlying security above the exercise price, but conversely retains the risk of loss should the price of the security decline. If a call option expires
unexercised, the writer will realize a gain in the amount of the premium; however, such a gain may be offset by a decline in the market value of the underlying security during the option period. If the call option is exercised, the writer would
realize a gain or loss from the transaction depending on what it received from the call and what it paid for the underlying security.
An
option on an index (or a particular security) is a contract that gives the purchaser of the option, in return for the premium paid, the right to receive from the writer of the option cash equal to the difference between the closing price of the
index (or security) and the exercise price of the option, expressed in dollars, times a specified multiple (the multiplier).
A portfolio
or an Underlying Fund may write calls on and futures contracts provided that it enters into an appropriate offsetting position or that it designates liquid assets or high-quality debt instruments in an amount sufficient to cover the underlying
obligation in accordance with regulatory requirements. The risk involved in writing call options on futures contracts or market indices is that a portfolio or an Underlying Fund would not benefit from any increase in value above the exercise price.
Usually, this risk can be eliminated by entering into an offsetting transaction. However, the cost to do an offsetting transaction and terminate a portfolios or an Underlying Funds obligation might be more or less than the premium
received when it originally wrote the option. Further, a portfolio or an Underlying Fund might occasionally not be able to close the option because of insufficient activity in the options market.
85
In the case of a put option, as long as the obligation of the put writer continues, it may be
assigned an exercise notice by the broker-dealer, through which such option was sold, requiring the writer to take delivery of the underlying security against payment of the exercise price. A writer has no control over when it may be required to
purchase the underlying security, since it may be assigned an exercise notice at any time prior to the expiration date. This obligation terminates earlier if the writer effects a closing purchase transaction by purchasing a put of the same series as
that previously sold.
If a put option is sold by a portfolio or an Underlying Fund, the portfolio or Underlying Fund will designate
liquid securities with a value equal to the exercise price, or else will hold an offsetting position in accordance with regulatory requirements. In writing puts, there is the risk that the writer may be required to by the underlying security at a
disadvantageous price. The premium the writer receives from writing a put option represents a profit, as long as the price of the underlying instrument remains above the exercise price. If the put is exercised, however, the writer is obligated
during the option period to buy the underlying instrument from the buyer of the put at exercise price, even though the value of the investment may have fallen below the exercise price. If the put lapse unexercised, the writer realizes a gain in the
amount of the premium. If the put is exercised, the writer may incur a loss, equal to the difference between the exercise price and the current market value of the underlying instrument.
The purchase of put options may be used to protect a portfolios or an Underlying Funds holdings in an underlying security against
a substantial decline in market value. Such protection, of course, only provided during the life of the put option when a portfolio or an Underlying Fund, as the holder of the put option, is able to sell the underlying security at the put exercise
price regardless of any decline in the underlying securitys market price. By using put options in this manner, a portfolio or an Underlying Fund will reduce any profit it might otherwise have realized in its underlying security by the premium
paid for the put option and by transaction costs. The purchase of put options also may be used by a portfolio or an Underlying Fund when it does not hold the underlying security.
The premium received from writing a call or put option, or paid for purchasing a call or put option will reflect, among other things, the
current market price of the underlying security, the relationship of the exercise price to such market price, the historical price volatility of the underlying security, the length of the option period, and the general interest rate environment. The
premium received by a portfolio or an Underlying Fund for writing call options will be recorded as a liability in the statement of assets and liabilities of the portfolio or Underlying Fund. This liability will be adjusted daily to the options
current market value. The liability will be extinguished upon expiration of the option, by the exercise of the option, or by entering into an offsetting transaction. Similarly, the premium paid by a portfolio or an Underlying Fund when purchasing a
put option will be recorded as an asset in the statement of assets and liabilities of the portfolio or Underlying Fund. This asset will be adjusted daily to the options current market value. The asset will be extinguished upon expiration of
the option, by selling an identical option in a closing transaction, or by exercising the option. The value of an option purchased or written is marked-to-market daily and is valued at the mean between the bid and ask price on the exchange on which
it is traded or, if not traded on an exchange, at the market value determined using an industry accepted model such as Black Scholes.
Closing transactions will be executed in order to realize a profit on an outstanding call or put option, to prevent an underlying security
from being called or put, or to permit the exchange or tender of the underlying security. Furthermore, executing a closing transaction will permit a portfolio or an Underlying Fund to write another call option, or purchase another call option, on
the underlying security with either a different exercise price or expiration date or both. If a portfolio or an Underlying Fund desires to sell a particular security from its portfolio on which it has written a call option, or purchased a put
option, it will seek to effect a closing transaction prior to, or concurrently with, the date of the security. There is, of course, no assurance that a portfolio or an Underlying Fund will be able to execute a closing transaction at a favorable
price. If a portfolio or an Underlying Fund cannot either enter into such a transaction, it may be required to hold a security that it might otherwise have sold, in which case it would continue to be at
86
market risk on the security. A portfolio or an Underlying Fund will pay brokerage commissions in connection with the sale or purchase of options to close out previously established option
positions. These brokerage commissions are normally higher as a percentage of underlying asset values than those applicable to purchases and sales of portfolio securities.
Stock Index Options:
A portfolio or an
Underlying Fund generally may purchase and sell options on stock indices. A portfolio or an Underlying Fund generally may sell options on stock indices for the purpose of increasing gross income and to protect the portfolio or Underlying Fund
against declines in the value of securities they own or increases in the value of securities to be acquired, although the portfolio or Underlying Fund may also purchase put or call options on stock indices in order, respectively, to hedge its
investments against a decline in value or to attempt to reduce the risk of missing a market or industry segment advance. A portfolios or an Underlying Funds possible loss in either case will be limited to the premium paid for the option,
plus related transaction costs.
In contrast to an option on a security, an option on a stock index provides the holder with the right but
not the obligation to make or receive a cash settlement upon exercise of the option, rather than the right to purchase or sell a security. The amount of this settlement is equal to: (i) the amount, if any, by which the fixed exercise price of
the option exceeds (in the case of a call) or is below (in the case of a put) the closing value of the underlying index on the date of exercise, multiplied by; (ii) a fixed index multiplier.
A portfolio or an Underlying Fund may sell call options on stock indices if it owns securities whose price changes, in the opinion of the
portfolios or Underlying Funds adviser or sub-adviser, are expected to be similar to those of the underlying index, or if it has an absolute and immediate right to acquire such securities without additional cash consideration (or for
additional cash consideration held in a segregated account by its custodian or earmarked on its records) upon conversion or exchange of other securities in its portfolio. When a portfolio or an Underlying Fund covers a call option on a stock index
it has sold by holding securities, such securities may not match the composition of the index and, in that event, the portfolio or Underlying Fund will not be fully covered and could be subject to risk of loss in the event of adverse changes in the
value of the index. A portfolio or an Underlying Fund may also sell call options on stock indices if it holds a call on the same index and in the same principal amount as the call sold when the exercise price of the call held: (i) is equal to
or less than the exercise price of the call sold; or (ii) is greater than the exercise price of the call sold if the difference is maintained by the portfolio or Underlying Fund in liquid securities in a segregated account with its custodian
(or earmarked on its records). A portfolio or an Underlying Fund may sell put options on stock indices if it maintains liquid securities with a value equal to the exercise price in a segregated account with its custodian (or earmarked on its
records), or by holding a put on the same stock index and in the same principal amount as the put sold when the exercise price of the put is equal to or greater than the exercise price of the put sold if the difference is maintained by the portfolio
or Underlying Fund in liquid securities in a segregated account with its custodian (or earmarked on its records). Put and call options on stock indices may also be covered in such other manner as may be in accordance with the rules of the exchange
on which, or the counterparty with which, the option is traded and applicable laws and regulations.
A portfolio or an Underlying Fund
will receive a premium from selling a put or call option, which increases the portfolios or Underlying Funds gross income in the event the option expires unexercised or is closed out at a profit. If the value of an index on which a
portfolio or an Underlying Fund has sold a call option falls or remains the same, the portfolio or Underlying Fund will realize a profit in the form of the premium received (less transaction costs) that could offset all or a portion of any decline
in the value of the securities it owns. If the value of the index rises, however, a portfolio or an Underlying Fund will
87
realize a loss in its call option position, which will reduce the benefit of any unrealized appreciation in the portfolios or Underlying Funds stock investments. By selling a put
option, a portfolio or an Underlying Fund assumes the risk of a decline in the index. To the extent that the price changes of securities owned by a portfolio or an Underlying Fund correlate with changes in the value of the index, selling covered put
options on indices will increase the portfolios or Underlying Funds losses in the event of a market decline, although such losses will be offset in part by the premium received for selling the option.
A portfolio or an Underlying Fund may also purchase put options on stock indices to hedge its investments against a decline in value. By
purchasing a put option on a stock index, a portfolio or an Underlying Fund will seek to offset a decline in the value of securities it owns through appreciation of the put option. If the value of a portfolios or an Underlying Funds
investments does not decline as anticipated, or if the value of the option does not increase, the portfolios or Underlying Funds loss will be limited to the premium paid for the option plus related transaction costs. The success of this
strategy will largely depend on the accuracy of the correlation between the changes in value of the index and the changes in value of portfolios or an Underlying Funds security holdings.
The purchase of call options on stock indices may be used by a portfolio or an Underlying Fund to attempt to reduce the risk of missing a
broad market advance, or an advance in an industry or market segment at a time when the portfolio or Underlying Fund holds un-invested cash or short-term debt instruments awaiting investment. When purchasing call options for this purpose, a
portfolio or an Underlying Fund will also bear the risk of losing all or a portion of the premium paid if the value of the index does not rise. The purchase of call options on stock indices when portfolio or an Underlying Fund is substantially fully
invested is a form of leverage, up to the amount of the premium and related transaction costs, and involves risks of loss and of increased volatility similar to those involved in purchasing calls on securities the portfolio or Underlying Fund owns.
The index underlying a stock index option may be a broad-based index, such as the S&P 500
®
Index or the New York Stock Exchange Composite Index, the changes in value of which ordinarily will reflect movements in the stock market in general. In contrast, certain options may be based on
narrower market indices, such as the S&P 100 Index, or on indices of securities of particular industry groups, such as those of oil and gas or technology companies. A stock index assigns relative values to the stocks included in the index and
the index fluctuates with changes in the market values of the stocks so included. The composition of the index is changed periodically.
Hybrid
Instruments
Hybrid instruments (a type of potentially high-risk derivative) combine the elements of futures contracts or options with
those of debt, preferred equity or a depository instrument (hereinafter Hybrid Instruments). Generally, a Hybrid Instrument will be a debt security, preferred stock, depository share, trust certificate, certificate of deposit or other
evidence of indebtedness on which a portion of or all interest payments, and/or the principal or stated amount payable at maturity, redemption or retirement, is determined by reference to prices, changes in prices, or differences between prices, of
securities, currencies, intangibles, goods, articles or commodities (collectively Underlying Assets) or by another objective index, economic factor or other measure, such as interest rates, currency exchange rates, commodity indices, and
securities indices (collectively Benchmarks). Thus, Hybrid Instruments may take a variety of forms, including, but not limited to, debt instruments with interest or principal payments or redemption terms determined by reference to the
value of a currency or commodity or securities index at a future point in time, preferred stock with dividend rates determined by reference to the value of a currency, or convertible securities with the conversion terms related to a particular
commodity.
88
Hybrid Instruments can be an efficient means of creating exposure to a particular market, or
segment of a market, with the objective of enhancing total return. For example, a portfolio or an Underlying Fund may wish to take advantage of expected declines in interest rates in several European countries, but avoid the transaction costs
associated with buying and currency-hedging the foreign bond positions. One solution would be to purchase a U.S. dollar-denominated Hybrid Instrument whose redemption price is linked to the average three-year interest rate in a designated group of
countries. The redemption price formula would provide for payoffs of greater than par if the average interest rate was lower than a specified level and payoffs of less than par if rates were above the specified level. Furthermore, a portfolio or an
Underlying Fund could limit the downside risk of the security by establishing a minimum redemption price so that the principal paid at maturity could not be below a predetermined minimum level if interest rates were to rise significantly. The
purpose of this arrangement, known as a structured security with an embedded put option, would be to give a portfolio or an Underlying Fund the desired European bond exposure while avoiding currency risk, limiting downside market risk, and lowering
transactions costs. Of course, there is no guarantee that the strategy would be successful and a portfolio or an Underlying Fund could lose money if, for example, interest rates do not move as anticipated or credit problems develop with the issuer
of the Hybrid Instrument.
Risks of Investing in Hybrid Instruments
The risks of investing in Hybrid Instruments reflect a combination of the risks of investing in securities, options, futures and currencies.
Thus, an investment in a Hybrid Instrument may entail significant risks that are not associated with a similar investment in a traditional debt instrument that has a fixed principal amount, is denominated in U.S. dollars or bears interest either at
a fixed rate or a floating rate determined by reference to a common, nationally published Benchmark. The risks of a particular Hybrid Instrument will, of course, depend upon the terms of the instrument, but may include, without limitation, the
possibility of significant changes in the Benchmarks or the prices of Underlying Assets to which the instrument is linked. Such risks generally depend upon factors which are unrelated to the operations or credit quality of the issuer of the Hybrid
Instrument and which may not be readily foreseen by the purchaser, such as economic and political events, the supply and demand for the Underlying Assets and interest rate movements. In recent years, various Benchmarks and prices for Underlying
Assets have been highly volatile, and such volatility may be expected in the future. Reference is also made to the discussion of futures, options, and forward contracts herein for a discussion of the risks associated with such investments.
Hybrid Instruments are potentially more volatile and carry greater market risks than traditional debt instruments. Depending on the structure
of the particular Hybrid Instrument, changes in a Benchmark may be magnified by the terms of the Hybrid Instrument and have an even more dramatic and substantial effect upon the value of the Hybrid Instrument. Also, the prices of the Hybrid
Instrument and the Benchmark or Underlying Asset may not move in the same direction or at the same time.
Hybrid Instruments may bear
interest or pay preferred dividends at below market (or even relatively nominal) rates. Alternatively, Hybrid Instruments may bear interest at above market rates but bear an increased risk of principal loss (or gain). The latter scenario may result
if leverage is used to structure the Hybrid Instrument. Leverage risk occurs when the Hybrid Instrument is structured so that a given change in a Benchmark or Underlying Asset is multiplied to produce a greater value change in the Hybrid
Instrument, thereby magnifying the risk of loss as well as the potential for gain.
Hybrid Instruments may also carry liquidity risk since
the instruments are often customized to meet the portfolio needs of a particular investor, and therefore, the number of investors that are willing and able to buy such instruments in the secondary market may be smaller than that for more
traditional debt instruments. In addition, because the purchase and sale of Hybrid Instruments could take place in an
89
OTC market without the guarantee of a central clearing organization or in a transaction between a portfolio or Underlying Fund and the issuer of the Hybrid Instrument, the creditworthiness of the
counterparty or issuer of the Hybrid Instrument would be an additional risk factor which the portfolio or Underlying Fund would have to consider and monitor. Hybrid Instruments also may not be subject to regulation of the CFTC, which generally
regulates the trading of commodity futures by U.S. persons, the SEC, which regulates the offer and sale of securities by and to U.S. persons, or any other governmental regulatory authority.
Straddles
A straddle is a combination
of call and put option written on the same underlying security used for hedging purposes to adjust the risk and return characteristics of a portfolios or an Underlying Funds overall position. A possible combined position would involve
writing a covered call option at one strike price and buying a call option at a lower price, in order to reduce the risk of the written covered call option in the event of a substantial price increase. Because combined options positions involve
multiple trades, they result in higher transaction costs and may be more difficult to open and close out.
By entering into a straddle, a
portfolio or an Underlying Fund undertakes a simultaneous obligation to sell and purchase the same security in the event that one of the options is exercised. If the price of the security subsequently rises sufficiently above the exercise price to
cover the amount of the premium and transaction costs, the call will likely be exercised and a portfolio or an Underlying Fund will be required to sell the underlying security at a below market price. This loss may be offset, however, in whole or in
part, by the premiums received on the writing of the call options. Conversely, if the price of the security declines by a sufficient amount, the put will likely be exercised. Straddles will likely be effective, therefore, only where the price of the
security remains stable and neither the call nor the put is exercised. In those instances where one of the options is exercised, the loss on the purchase or sale of the underlying security may exceed the amount of the premiums received.
A portfolio or an Underlying Fund may use the same liquid assets or high-quality debt instruments to cover both the call and put options when
the exercise price of the call and put are the same, or the exercise price of the call is higher than that of the put. In such cases, a portfolio or an Underlying Fund will segregate liquid assets or high quality debt instruments equivalent to the
amount, if any, by which the put is in the money.
Swap Transactions and Options on Swap Transactions
Swap transactions, include, but are not limited to, swap agreements on interest rates, security or commodity indices, specific securities and
commodities, credit default swaps, and event-linked swaps. Swap agreements include interest rate caps, under which, in return for a premium, one party agrees to make payments to the other to the extent that interest rates exceed a specified rate, or
cap; interest rate floors, under which, in return for a premium, one party agrees to make payments to the other to the extent that interest rates fall below a specified rate, or floor; and interest rate collars, under which a
party sells a cap and purchases a floor or vice versa in an attempt to protect itself against interest rate movements exceeding given minimum or maximum levels.
To the extent a portfolio or an Underlying Fund may invest in foreign currency-denominated securities, it may also invest in currency exchange
rate swap agreements. A portfolio or an Underlying Fund may also enter into options on swap agreements (swap options). A swap option gives a counterparty the right (but not the obligation), in return for payment of a premium, to enter
into a new swap agreement or to shorten, extend, cancel or otherwise modify an existing swap transaction, at some designated future time on specified terms. A portfolio or Underlying Fund may engage in swaps may write (sell) and purchase put and
call swap options.
90
A portfolio or an Underlying Fund may enter into swap transactions for any legal purpose
consistent with its investment objective and policies, such as for the purpose of attempting to obtain or preserve a particular return or spread at a lower cost than obtaining a return or spread through purchases and/or sales of instruments in other
markets, to protect against currency fluctuations, as a duration management technique, to protect against any increase in the price of securities the portfolio or Underlying Fund anticipates purchasing at a later date, or to gain exposure to certain
markets in the most economical way possible.
A portfolio or an Underlying Fund will enter into swap transactions with appropriate
counterparties pursuant to master netting agreements. A master netting agreement provides that all swaps done between a portfolio or an Underlying Fund and that counterparty under that master agreement shall be regarded as parts of an integral
agreement. If on any date amounts are payable in the same currency in respect to one or more swap transactions, the net amount payable on that date in that currency shall be paid. In addition, the master netting agreement may provide that if one
party defaults generally or on one swap, the counterparty may terminate the swaps with that party. Under such agreements, if there is a default resulting in a loss to one party, the measure of that partys damages is calculated by reference to
the average cost of a replacement swap with respect to each swap (
i.e.
, the mark-to-market value at the time of the termination of each swap. The gains and losses on all swaps are then netted and the result is the counterpartys gain or
loss on termination. The termination of all swaps and the netting of gains and losses on termination are generally to as aggregation.
In a standard swap transaction, two parties agree to exchange the returns (or differentials in rates of return or some other amount) earned or
realized on particular predetermined investments or instruments, which may be adjusted for an interest factor.
The gross returns to be
exchanged or swapped between the parties are generally calculated with respect to a notional amount,
i.e
., the return on or increase in value of a particular dollar amount invested at a particular interest rate, in a
particular foreign currency, or in a basket of securities or commodities representing a particular index.
Bilateral swap
agreements are two-party contracts entered into primarily by institutional investors. Cleared swaps are transacted through futures commission merchants that are members of central clearinghouses with the clearinghouse serving as central counterparty
similar to transactions in futures contracts. Portfolios or Underlying Funds post initial and variation margin to support their obligations under cleared swaps by making payments to their clearing member futures commission merchants.
Certain standardized swaps are subject to mandatory central clearing. Central clearing is expected to reduce counterparty credit risk and
increase liquidity, but central clearing does not make swap transactions risk free. Centralized clearing will be required for additional categories of swaps on a phased-in basis based on the CFTC approval of contracts for central clearing.
Forms of swap agreements include interest rate caps, under which, in return for a premium, one party agrees to make payments to the other to
the extent that interest rates exceed a specified rate, or cap; interest rate floors, under which, in return for a premium, one party agrees to make payments to the other to the extent that interest rates fall below a specified rate, or
floor; and interest rate collars, under which a party sells a cap and purchases a floor or vice versa in an attempt to protect itself against interest rate movements exceeding given minimum levels. Consistent with a portfolios or
an Underlying Funds investment objectives and general investment policies, the portfolio or Underlying Fund may invest in commodity swap agreements. For example, an investment in a commodity swap agreement may involve
91
the exchange of floating-rate interest payments for the total return on a commodity index. In a total return commodity swap, a portfolio or an Underlying Fund will receive the price appreciation
of a commodity index, a portion of the index, or a single commodity in exchange for paying an agreed-upon fee. If the commodity swap is for one period, a portfolio or an Underlying Fund may pay a fixed fee, established at the outset of the swap.
However, if the term of the commodity swap is more than one period, with interim swap payments, a portfolio or an Underlying Fund may pay an adjustable or floating fee. With a floating rate, the fee may be pegged to a base rate, such as
the LIBOR, and is adjusted each period. Therefore, if interest rates increase over the term of the swap contract, a portfolio or an Underlying Fund may be required to pay a higher fee at each swap reset date.
A portfolio or an Underlying Fund may enter into credit swap agreements. The buyer in a credit contract is obligated to pay the
seller a periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract provided that no event of default on an underlying reference obligation has occurred. If an event of default occurs, the seller must pay the buyer the full notional
value, or par value, of the reference obligation in exchange for the reference obligation. A portfolio or an Underlying Fund may be either the buyer or seller in a credit default swap transaction. If a portfolio or an Underlying Fund is
a buyer and no event of default occurs, the portfolio or Underlying Fund will lose its investment and recover nothing. However, if an event of default occurs, a portfolio or an Underlying Fund (if the buyer) will receive the full notional value of
the reference obligation that may have little or no value. As a seller, a portfolio or an Underlying Fund receives a fixed rate of income throughout the term of the contract, which typically is between six months and three years, provided that there
is no default event. In accordance with procedures established by the Board, if a portfolio or an Underlying Fund is the buyer in a credit default swap transaction no assets will be segregated but if the portfolio or Underlying Fund is the seller in
a credit default swap transaction assets will be segregated in an amount equal to the full notional value of the transaction. If an event of default occurs, the seller must pay the buyer the full notional value of the reference obligation.
A swap option is a contract that gives a counterparty the right (but not the obligation) in return for payment of a premium, to enter into a
new swap agreement or to shorten, extend, cancel or otherwise modify an existing swap agreement, at some designated future time on specified terms. A portfolio or an Underlying Fund may engage in swaps may write (sell) and purchase put and call swap
options.
Most swap agreements entered into by a portfolio or an Underlying Fund involve calculating the obligations of the parties to the
agreement on a net basis. Consequently, a portfolios or an Underlying Funds current obligations (or rights) under a swap agreement will generally be equal only to the net amount to be paid or received under the agreement
based on the relative values of the positions held by each party to the agreement (the net amount). A portfolios or an Underlying Funds current obligations under a swap agreement will be accrued daily (offset against any
amounts owed to the portfolio or Underlying Fund) and any accrued but unpaid net amounts owed to a swap counterparty will be covered by the segregation of assets determined to be liquid by the portfolios or Underlying Funds adviser or
sub-adviser in accordance with procedures established by the Board, to avoid any potential leveraging of the portfolios or Underlying Funds portfolio. Obligations under swap agreements so covered will not be construed to be senior
securities for purposes of a portfolios or an Underlying Funds investment restriction concerning senior securities.
Whether a portfolios or an Underlying Funds use of swap agreements or swap options will be successful in furthering its investment
objective of total return will depend on the portfolios or Underlying Funds adviser or sub-advisers ability to predict correctly whether certain types of investments are likely to produce greater returns than other investments.
Because they are two party contracts and because they generally have terms of greater than seven days, OTC swap agreements may be considered to be illiquid. Moreover, a portfolio or an Underlying Fund bears the risk of loss of the amount expected to
be received
92
under a swap agreement in the event of the default or bankruptcy of an OTC swap agreement counterparty. Certain restrictions imposed on the portfolios or Underlying Funds by the Code, the
CFTCs regulations and a portfolios or Underlying Funds regulatory status may limit the portfolios or Underlying Funds ability to use swap agreements. A portfolio or an Underlying Fund will enter into swap agreements
only with counterparties that meet certain standards of creditworthiness (generally, such counterparties would have to be eligible counterparties under the terms of the portfolios or Underlying Funds repurchase agreement guidelines).
Risks of Investing in Swap Transactions or Options on Swap Transactions
The use of swaps is a highly specialized activity that involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary
portfolio transactions. Whether a portfolios or an Underlying Funds use of swap agreements will be successful in furthering its investment objective will depend on its advisers or sub-advisers ability to predict correctly
whether certain types of investments are likely to produce greater returns than other investments. Because they are two party contracts and because they may have terms of greater than seven days, swap agreements may be considered to be illiquid.
Moreover, a portfolio or an Underlying Fund bears the risk of loss of the amount expected to be received under a swap agreement in the event of the default or bankruptcy of swap agreement counterparty. A portfolio or an Underlying Fund will enter
into swap agreements only with counterparties that meet certain standards of creditworthiness (generally, such counterparties would have to be eligible counterparties under the terms of the portfolios or Underlying Funds repurchase
agreement guidelines). Certain restrictions imposed on a fund by the Code, the CFTCs regulations and the portfolios regulatory status may limit the portfolios ability to use swap agreements.
It is possible that developments in the swaps market, including potential additional government regulation, could adversely affect a
portfolios or an Underlying Funds ability to terminate existing swap agreements or to realize amounts to be received under such agreements.
Depending on the terms of the particular option agreement, a portfolio or an Underlying Fund will generally incur a greater degree of risk
when it writes a swap option than it will incur when it purchases a swap option. When a portfolio or an Underlying Fund purchases a swap option, it risks losing only the amount of the premium it has paid should it decide to let the option expire
unexercised. However, when a portfolio or an Underlying Fund writes a swap option, upon exercise of the option the portfolio or Underlying Fund will become obligated according to the terms of the underlying agreement.
A portfolio or an Underlying Fund will not enter into any of these derivative transactions unless the unsecured senior debt or the claims
paying ability of the other party to the transaction is rated at least high quality at the time of purchase by at least one of the established rating agencies. The swap market has grown substantially in recent years, with a large number
of banks and investment banking firms acting both as principals and agents utilizing standard swap documentation, and the adviser or sub-adviser has determined that the swap market has become relatively liquid. Swap transactions do not involve the
delivery of securities or other underlying assets or principal, and the risk of loss with respect to such transactions is limited to the net amount of payments that a portfolio or an Underlying Fund is contractually obligated to make or receive.
Caps and floors are more recent innovations for which standardized documentation has not yet been developed; accordingly, they are less liquid than swaps. Caps and floors purchased by a portfolio or an Underlying Fund are considered to be illiquid
assets.
93
Depending on a portfolios or Underlying Funds size and other factors, the margin
required under the rules of the clearinghouse and by the clearing member for a cleared swap may be in excess of the collateral required to be posted by the portfolio or Underlying Fund to support its obligations under a similar uncleared swap.
However, regulators are expected to adopt rules imposing certain margin requirements, including minimums, on uncleared swaps in the near future, which could reduce this distinction. Regulators are also in the process of developing rules that would
require trading and execution of most liquid swaps on trading facilities. Moving trading to an exchange-type system may increase market transparency and liquidity but may require a portfolio or Underlying Fund to incur increased expenses to access
the same types of swaps. Rules adopted in 2012 also require centralized reporting of detailed information about many types of cleared and uncleared swaps. Reporting of swap data may result in greater market transparency, but may subject the
portfolio or Underlying Fund to additional administrative burdens and the safeguards established to protect trader anonymity may not function as expected.
Regulators may impose limits on an entitys or group of entities holdings in certain swaps.
Credit Default Swaps
A portfolio or an
Underlying Fund may enter into credit default swaps, both directly (unfunded credit default swaps) and indirectly in the form of a swap embedded within a structured note (funded credit default swaps), to protect against the
risk that a security will default. Unfunded and funded credit default swaps may be on a single security, or on a basket of securities.
A
portfolio or an Underlying Fund may enter into credit default swap contracts for investment purposes. As the seller in a credit default swap contract, a portfolio or an Underlying Fund would be required to pay the par (or other agreed-upon) value of
a referenced debt obligation to the counterparty in the event of a default by a third party, such as a U.S. or foreign corporate issuer, on the debt obligation. In return, a portfolio or an Underlying Fund would receive from the counterparty a
periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract provided that no event of default has occurred. If no default occurs, a portfolio or an Underlying Fund would keep the stream of payments and would have no payment obligations. As the seller,
a portfolio or an Underlying Fund would be subject to investment exposure on the notional amount of the swap.
A portfolio or an
Underlying Fund may also purchase credit default swap contracts in order to hedge against the risk of default of debt instruments held it its portfolio, in which case the portfolio or Underlying Fund would function as the counterparty referenced in
the preceding paragraph. This would involve the risk that the investment may expire worthless and would only generate income in the event of an actual default by the issuer of the underlying obligation (as opposed to a credit downgrade or other
indication of financial instability). It would also involve credit risk that the seller may fail to satisfy its payment obligations to a portfolio or an Underlying Fund in the event of a default.
A portfolio or an Underlying Fund expects to enter into these transactions primarily to preserve a return or spread on a particular investment
or portion of its portfolio, to protect against currency fluctuations, as a duration management technique or to protect against any increase in the price of securities the portfolio or Underlying Fund anticipates purchasing at a later date. A
portfolio or an Underlying Fund will not sell interest rate caps or floors where it does not own securities or other instruments providing the income stream it may be obligated to pay.
94
Cross-Currency Swaps
A cross-currency swap is a contract between two counterparties to exchange interest and principal payments in different currencies. A
cross-currency swap normally has an exchange of principal at maturity (the final exchange); an exchange of principal at the start of the swap (the initial exchange) is optional. An initial exchange of notional principal amounts at the spot exchange
rate serves the same function as a spot transaction in the foreign exchange market (for an immediate exchange of foreign exchange risk). An exchange at maturity of notional principal amounts at the spot exchange rate serves the same function as a
forward transaction in the foreign exchange market (for a future transfer of foreign exchange risk). The currency swap market convention is to use the spot rate rather than the forward rate for the exchange at maturity. The economic difference is
realized through the coupon exchanges over the life of the swap. In contrast to single currency interest rate swaps, cross-currency swaps involve both interest rate risk and foreign exchange risk.
Interest and Currency Swaps
Interest
rate and currency swap transactions and purchase or sell interest rate and currency caps and floors may be used, as well as entering into currency swap cap transactions. An interest rate or currency swap involves an agreement between a portfolio or
an Underlying Fund and another party to exchange payments calculated as if they were interest on a specified (notional) principal amount (
e.g
., an exchange of floating rate payments by one party for fixed rate payments by the
other). An interest rate cap or floor entitles the purchaser, in exchange for a premium, to receive payments of interest on a notional principal amount from the seller of the cap or floor, to the extent that a specified reference rate exceeds or
falls below a predetermined level. A portfolio or an Underlying Fund usually enters into such transactions on a net basis, with the portfolio or Underlying Fund receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two
payment streams. The net amount of the excess, if any, of a portfolios or an Underlying Funds obligations over its entitlements with respect to each swap is accrued on a daily basis, and an amount of cash or high-quality liquid
securities having an aggregate NAV at least equal to the accrued excess is maintained in a segregated account by the portfolios or Underlying Funds custodian. If a portfolio or an Underlying Fund enters into a swap on other than a net
basis, or sells caps or floors, the portfolio or Underlying Fund maintains a segregated account in the full amount accrued on a daily basis of the portfolios or Underlying Funds obligations with respect to the transaction. Such
segregated accounts are maintained in accordance with applicable regulations of the SEC.
Interest Rate Caps and Interest Rate Floors
An interest rate cap is a right to receive periodic cash payments over the life of the cap equal to the difference between any higher actual
level of interest rates in the future and a specified strike (or cap) level. The cap buyer purchases protection for a floating rate move above the strike. An interest rate floor is the right to receive periodic cash payments over the
life of the floor equal to the difference between any lower actual level of interest rates in the future and a specified strike (or floor) level. The floor buyer purchases protection for a floating rate move below the strike. The strikes
are typically based on the three-month LIBOR (although other indices are available) and are measured quarterly. Rights arising pursuant to both caps and floors are exercised automatically if the strike is in the money. Caps and floors eliminate the
risk that the buyer fails to exercise an in-the-money option.
Risks Associated with Interest Rate Caps and Floors
The risks associated with OTC interest rate and currency swaps and interest rate caps and floors are similar to those described above with
respect to OTC options. In connection with such transactions, a portfolio or an Underlying Fund relies on the other party to the transaction to perform its obligations pursuant to the underlying agreement. If there were a default by the other party
to the transaction, the portfolio or Underlying Fund would have contractual remedies pursuant to the agreement, but could incur delays in obtaining the expected benefit of the transaction or loss of such benefit. In the event of
95
insolvency of the other party, a portfolio or an Underlying Fund might be unable to obtain its expected benefit. In addition, while a portfolio or an Underlying Fund will seek to enter into such
transactions only with parties which are capable of entering into closing transactions with the portfolio or an Underlying Fund, there can be no assurance that the portfolio or Underlying Fund will be able to close out such a transaction with the
other party, or obtain an offsetting position with any other party, at any time prior to the end of the term of the underlying agreement. This may impair a portfolios or an Underlying Funds ability to enter into other transactions at a
time when doing so might be advantageous.
Swap Options
A swap option is a contract that gives a counterparty the right (but not the obligation) to enter into a new swap agreement or to shorten,
extend, cancel or otherwise change an existing swap agreement, at some designated future time on specified terms. It is different from a forward swap, which is a commitment to enter into a swap that starts at some future date with specified rates. A
swap option may be structured European-style (exercisable on the pre-specified date) or American-style (exercisable during a designated period). The right pursuant to a swap option must be exercised by the right holder. The buyer of the right to a
swap option is said to own a call.
A portfolio or an Underlying Fund expects to enter into these transactions primarily to preserve a
return or spread on a particular investment or portion of its portfolio, to protect against currency fluctuations, as a duration management technique or to protect against any increase in the price of securities the portfolio or Underlying Fund
anticipates purchasing at a later date. A portfolio or an Underlying Fund intends to use these transactions as hedges and not as speculative investments.
Whether a portfolios or an Underlying Funds use of swap options will be successful in furthering its investment objective will
depend on its advisers or sub-advisers ability to predict correctly whether certain types of investments are likely to produce greater returns than other investments. Depending on the terms of the particular option agreement, a portfolio
or an Underlying Fund will generally incur a greater degree of risk when it writes a swap option than it will incur when it purchases a swap option. When a portfolio or an Underlying Fund purchases a swap option, it risks losing only the amount of
the premium it has paid should it decide to let the option expire unexercised. However, when a portfolio or an Underlying Fund writes a swap option, upon exercise of the option the portfolio or Underlying Fund will become obligated according to the
terms of the underlying agreement.
Total Return Swaps
A total return swap is a contract in which one party agrees to make periodic payments to another party based on the change in market value of
the assets underlying the contract, which may include a specified security, basket of securities or securities indices during the specified period, in return for periodic payments based on a fixed or variable interest rate or the total return from
other underlying assets. Total return swap agreements may be used to obtain exposure to a security or market without owning or taking physical custody of such security or investing directly in such market. Total return swap agreements may
effectively add leverage to the a portfolios or an Underlying Funds portfolio because, in addition to its total net assets, the portfolio or Underlying Fund would be subject to investment exposure on the notional amount of the swap.
Total return swap agreements are subject to the risk that a counterparty will default on its payment obligations to a portfolio or an Underlying Fund thereunder, and conversely, that the portfolio or Underlying Fund will not be able to meet its
obligation to the counterparty.
96
Synthetic Convertible Securities
Synthetic convertible securities are derivative positions composed of two or more different securities whose investment characteristics, taken
together, resemble those of convertible securities. For example, a portfolio or an Underlying Fund may purchase a non-convertible debt instrument and a warrant or option, which enables the portfolio or Underlying Fund to have a convertible-like
position with respect to a company, group of companies or stock index. Synthetic convertible securities are typically offered by financial institutions and investment banks in private placement transactions. Upon conversion, a portfolio or an
Underlying Fund generally receives an amount in cash equal to the difference between the conversion price and the then current value of the underlying security. Unlike a true convertible security, a synthetic convertible comprises two or more
separate securities, each with its own market value. Therefore, the market value of a synthetic convertible is the sum of the values of its fixed-income component and its convertible component. For this reason, the values of a synthetic convertible
and a true convertible security may respond differently to market fluctuations.
Warrants
Warrants are, in effect, longer-term call options. They give the holder a right to purchase at any time during a specified period a
predetermined number of shares of common stock at a fixed price. The purchaser of a warrant expects that the market price of the security will exceed the purchase price of the warrant plus the exercise price of the warrant, thus giving him a profit.
Of course, since the market price may never exceed the exercise price before the expiration date of the warrant, the purchaser of the warrant risks the loss of the entire purchase price of the warrant. Warrants generally trade in the open market and
may be sold rather than exercised. Warrants are sometimes sold in unit form with other qualification as a regulated investment company. The result of a hedging program cannot be foreseen and may cause a Portfolio to suffer losses that it would not
otherwise sustain. Unlike convertible debt securities or preferred stock, warrants do not pay a fixed dividend.
Investments in warrants
involve certain risks, including the possible lack of a liquid market for resale of the warrants, potential price fluctuations as a result of speculation or other factors, and failure of the price of the underlying security to reach or have
reasonable prospects of reaching a level at which the warrant can be prudently exercised (in which event the warrant may expire without being exercised, resulting in a loss of a portfolios or an Underlying Funds entire investment
therein). Such investments can provide a greater potential for profit or loss than an equivalent investment in the underlying security. Prices of warrants do not necessarily move in tandem with the prices of the underlying securities and are
speculative investments. They pay no dividends and confer no rights other than a purchase option. If a warrant is not exercised by the date of its expiration, a portfolio or an Underlying Fund will lose its entire investment in such warrant.
Risks Associated with Warrants
Warrants
are pure speculation in that they have no voting rights, pay no dividends and have no rights with respect to the assets of the corporation issuing them. They do not represent ownership of the securities, but only the right to buy them. Warrants
differ from call options in that warrants are issued by the issuer of the security which may be purchased on their exercise, whereas call options may be written or issued by anyone.
Foreign Currency Warrants
Foreign
currency warrants such as Currency Exchange Warrants
SM
(CEWs
SM
) are warrants that entitle the holder to receive from their issuer
an amount of cash (generally, for warrants issued in the United States, in U.S. dollars) that is calculated pursuant to a predetermined formula and based on the exchange rate between a specified foreign currency and the U.S. dollar as of the
exercise date of the warrant. Foreign currency warrants generally are exercisable upon their issuance and expire as of a specified date
97
and time. Foreign currency warrants have been issued in connection with U.S. dollar-denominated debt offerings by major corporate issuers in an attempt to reduce the foreign currency exchange
risk which, from the point of view of prospective purchasers of the securities, is inherent in the international fixed-income marketplace. Foreign currency warrants may attempt to reduce the foreign exchange risk assumed by purchasers of a security
by, for example, providing for a supplemental payment in the event that the U.S. dollar depreciates against the value of a major foreign currency such as the Japanese yen or the euro. The formula used to determine the amount payable upon exercise of
a foreign currency warrant may make the warrant worthless unless the applicable foreign currency exchange rate moves in a particular direction (
e.g.
, unless the U.S. dollar appreciates or depreciates against the particular foreign currency to
which the warrant is linked or indexed).
Foreign currency warrants are severable from the debt obligations with which they may be
offered, and may be listed on exchanges. Foreign currency warrants may be exercisable only in certain minimum amounts, and an investor wishing to exercise warrants who possesses less than the minimum number required for exercise may be required
either to sell the warrants or to purchase additional warrants, thereby incurring additional transaction costs. In the case of any exercise of warrants, there may be a time delay between the time a holder of warrants gives instructions to exercise
and the time the exchange rate relating to exercise is determined, during which time the exchange rate could change significantly, thereby affecting both the market and cash settlement values of the warrants being exercised. The expiration date of
the warrants may be accelerated if the warrants should be de-listed from an exchange or if their trading should be suspended permanently, which would result in the loss of any remaining time value of the warrants (
i.e.
, the
difference between the current market value and the exercise value of the warrants), and, in the case the warrants were out-of-the-money, in a total loss of the purchase price of the warrants. Warrants are generally unsecured obligations
of their issuers and are not standardized foreign currency options issued by the OCC. Unlike foreign currency options issued by OCC, the terms of foreign exchange warrants generally will not be amended in the event of governmental or regulatory
actions affecting exchange rates or in the event of the imposition of other regulatory controls affecting the international currency markets. The initial public offering price of foreign currency warrants is generally considerably in excess of the
price that a commercial user of foreign currencies might pay in the interbank market for a comparable option involving significantly larger amounts of foreign currencies. Foreign currency warrants are subject to significant foreign exchange risk,
including risks arising from complex political or economic factors.
Index Warrants
Put and call index warrants are instruments whose values vary depending on the change in the value of one or more specified securities indices
(Index Warrants). Index Warrants are generally issued by banks or other financial institutions and give the holder the right, at any time during the term of the warrant, to receive upon exercise of the warrant a cash payment from the
issuer, based on the value of the underlying index at the time of exercise. In general, if the value of the underlying index rises above the exercise price of the Index Warrant, the holder of a call warrant will be entitled to receive a cash payment
from the issuer upon exercise, based on the difference between the value of the index and the exercise price of the warrant; if the value of the underlying index falls, the holder of a put warrant will be entitled to receive a cash payment from the
issuer upon exercise, based on the difference between the exercise price of the warrant and the value of the index. The holder of a warrant would not be entitled to any payments from the issuer at any time when, in the case of a call warrant, the
exercise price is greater than the value of the underlying index, or, in the case of a put warrant, the exercise price is less than the value of the underlying index. If a portfolio or an Underlying Fund were not to exercise an Index Warrant prior
to its expiration, then the portfolio or Underlying Fund would lose the amount of the purchase price paid by it for the warrant. A portfolio or an Underlying Fund will normally use Index Warrants in a manner similar to their use of options on
securities indices.
98
Risks Associated with Index Warrants
The risks of using Index Warrants are generally similar to those relating to its use of index options. Unlike most index options, however,
Index Warrants are issued in limited amounts and are not obligations of a regulated clearing agency, but are backed only by the credit of the bank or other institution that issues the warrant. Also, Index Warrants generally have longer terms than
index options. Index Warrants are not likely to be as liquid as certain index options backed by a recognized clearing agency. In addition, the terms of Index Warrants may limit a portfolios or an Underlying Funds ability to exercise the
warrants at such time, or in such quantities, as the portfolio or Underlying Fund would otherwise wish to do.
INVESTMENT TECHNIQUES
Borrowing
An Underlying Fund may borrow
from banks. Borrowing may be done for any purpose permitted by the 1940 Act or as permitted by an Underlying Funds investment policies and restrictions. If an Underlying Fund borrows money, its share price may be subject to greater fluctuation
until the borrowing is paid off. If an Underlying Fund makes additional investments while borrowings are outstanding, this may be considered a form of leverage. Under the 1940 Act, each Underlying Fund is required to maintain continuous asset
coverage of 300% with respect to such borrowings and to sell (within three days) sufficient portfolio holdings to restore such coverage if it should decline to less than 300% due to market fluctuations or otherwise, even if such liquidations of the
Underlying Funds holdings may be disadvantageous from an investment standpoint.
Leveraging by means of borrowing may exaggerate the
effect of any increase or decrease in the value of the portfolio securities or an Underlying Funds NAV, and money borrowed will be subject to interest and other costs (which may include commitment fees and/or the cost of maintaining minimum
average balances) which may or may not exceed the income received from the securities purchased with borrowed funds. In the event an Underlying Fund borrows, the Underlying Fund may also be required to maintain minimum average balances in connection
with such borrowing or to pay a commitment or other fee to maintain a line of credit; either of these requirements would increase the cost of borrowing over the stated interest rate.
Reverse repurchase agreements are considered to be a form of borrowing. Securities purchased on a when-issued or delayed delivery basis will
not be subject to an Underlying Funds borrowing limitations to the extent that the Underlying Fund establishes and maintains liquid assets in a segregated account with the Companys custodian (or earmark liquid assets on its records)
equal to an Underlying Funds obligations under the when-issued or delayed delivery arrangement.
Concentration
Certain Underlying Funds concentrate (for purposes of the 1940 Act) their assets in securities related to a particular sector or
industry, which means that at least 25% of their assets will be invested in these assets at all times. As a result, the Underlying Fund may be subject to greater market fluctuation than a fund which has securities representing a broader range of
investment alternatives.
99
Currency Management
An Underlying Funds flexibility to participate in higher yielding debt markets outside of the United States may allow the Underlying
Fund to achieve higher yields than those generally obtained by domestic money market funds and short-term bond investments. However, when an Underlying Fund invests significantly in securities denominated in foreign currencies, movements in foreign
currency exchange rates versus the U.S. dollar are likely to impact the Underlying Funds share price stability relative to domestic short-term income funds. Fluctuations in foreign currencies can have a positive or negative impact on returns.
Normally, to the extent that an Underlying Fund is invested in foreign securities, a weakening in the U.S. dollar relative to the foreign currencies underlying the Underlying Funds investments should help increase the NAV of the Underlying
Fund. Conversely, a strengthening in the U.S. dollar versus the foreign currencies in which an Underlying Funds securities are denominated will generally lower the NAV of the Underlying Fund. An Underlying Funds sub-adviser attempts to
minimize exchange rate risk through active portfolio management, including hedging currency exposure through the use of futures, options, and forward currency transactions and attempting to identify bond markets with strong or stable currencies.
There can be no assurance that such hedging will be successful and such transactions, if unsuccessful, could result in additional losses or expenses to an Underlying Fund.
Portfolio Hedging
Hedging against
changes in financial markets, currency rates and interest rates may be utilized. One form of hedging is with derivatives. Derivatives (as described above) are instruments whose value is linked to, or derived from, another instrument,
like an index or a commodity. Hedging transactions involve certain risks. There can be no assurances that an Underlying Fund will be employing a hedging transaction at any given time, or that any hedging transaction actually used will be successful.
Although the Underlying Funds may benefit from hedging, unanticipated changes in interest rates or securities prices may result in greater losses for the Underlying Funds than if they did not hedge. If the Underlying Funds do not correctly predict a
hedge, it may lose money. In addition, the Underlying Funds pay commissions and other costs in connection with hedging transactions.
Risks Associated
With Hedging Transactions
Hedging transactions have special risks associated with them, including possible default by the
counterparty to the transaction, illiquidity and, to the extent an Underlying Funds advisers or sub-advisers view as to certain market movements is incorrect, the risk that the use of a hedging transaction could result in losses
greater than if it had not been used. Use of call options could result in losses to an Underlying Fund, force the sale or purchase of portfolio securities at inopportune times or for prices lower than current market values, or cause the Underlying
Fund to hold a security it might otherwise sell.
Currency hedging involves some of the same risks and considerations as other
transactions with similar instruments. Currency transactions can result in losses to an Underlying Fund if the currency being hedged fluctuates in value to a degree or in a direction that is not anticipated. Further, the risk exists that the
perceived linkage between various currencies may not be present or may not be present during the particular time that an Underlying Fund is engaging in portfolio hedging. Currency transactions are also subject to risks different from those of other
portfolio transactions. Because currency control is of great importance to the issuing governments and influences economic planning and policy, purchases and sales of currency and related instruments can be adversely affected by government exchange
controls, limitations or restrictions on repatriation of currency, and manipulations or exchange restrictions imposed by governments. These forms of governmental actions can result in losses to an Underlying Fund if it is unable to deliver or
receive currency or monies in settlement of obligations and could also cause hedges it has entered into to be rendered useless, resulting in full currency exposure as well as incurring transaction costs. In addition, the Underlying Funds pay
commissions and other costs in connection with such investments.
100
Losses resulting from the use of hedging transactions will reduce the Underlying Funds NAV,
and possibly income, and the losses can be greater than if hedging transactions had not been used.
Risks of Hedging Transactions outside the United
States
When conducted outside the United States, hedging transactions may not be regulated as rigorously as in the United States, may
not involve a clearing mechanism and related guarantees, and will be subject to the risk of government actions affecting trading in, or the price of, foreign securities, currencies and other instruments. The value of positions taken as part of
non-U.S. hedging transactions also could be adversely affected by: (i) other complex foreign political, legal, and economic factors; (ii) lesser availability of data on which to make trading decisions than in the United States;
(iii) delays in the Underlying Funds ability to act upon economic events occurring in foreign markets during non-business hours in the United States; (iv) the imposition of different exercise and settlement terms and procedures and
margin requirements than in the United States; and (v) lower trading volume and liquidity.
An Underlying Funds options,
futures, and swap transactions will generally be entered into for hedging purposes to protect against possible changes in the market values of securities held in or to be purchased for the Underlying Funds portfolio resulting from
securities markets, currency, or interest rate fluctuations, to protect the Underlying Funds unrealized gains in the values of its portfolio securities, to facilitate the sale of such securities for investment purposes, to manage the effective
maturity or duration of the Underlying Funds portfolio, or to establish a position in the derivatives markets as a temporary substitute for purchase or sale of particular securities.
One form of hedging that may be utilized by certain of the Underlying Funds is to make contracts to purchase securities for a fixed price at a
future date beyond customary settlement time (forward commitments) because new issues of securities typically offered to investors, such as the Underlying Funds, on that basis. Forward commitments involve a risk of loss if the value of
the security to be purchased declines prior to the settlement date. This risk is in addition to the risk of decline in the value of the Underlying Funds other assets. Although the Underlying Funds will enter into such contracts with the
intention of acquiring securities, the Portfolios or the Underlying Funds may dispose of a commitment prior to the settlement if the investment adviser deems it appropriate to do so. The Underlying Funds may realize short-term profits or losses upon
the sale of forward commitments.
Each Underlying Funds (except ING Index Plus International Equity Fund) net loss exposure
resulting from transactions entered into for each purposes will not exceed 5% of the Underlying Funds net assets at any one time and, to the extent necessary, the Underlying Fund will close out transactions in order to comply with this
limitation. Such transactions are subject to the limitations described above under Options, Futures Contracts, and Interest Rate and Currency Swaps.
Repurchase Agreements
Each Underlying
Fund may enter into repurchase agreements with sellers that are member firms (or subsidiaries thereof) of the NYSE, members of the Federal Reserve System, recognized primary U.S. government securities dealers or institutions which an Underlying
Funds sub-adviser has determined to be of comparable creditworthiness. Such agreements may be considered to be loans by the Underlying Funds for purposes of the 1940 Act.
101
Each repurchase agreement must be collateralized fully, in accordance with the provisions of Rule
5b-3 under the 1940 Act, at all times. The securities that an Underlying Fund purchases and holds through its agent are U.S. government securities, the values, including accrued interest, of which are equal to or greater than the repurchase price
agreed to be paid by the seller. The term of such an agreement is generally quite short, possibly overnight or for a few days, although it may extend over a number of months (up to one year) from the date of delivery. The repurchase price may be
higher than the purchase price, the difference being income to an Underlying Fund, or the purchase and repurchase prices may be same, with interest at a standard rate due to the Underlying Fund together with the repurchase price on repurchase. In
either case, the income to an Underlying Fund is unrelated to the interest rate on the U.S. government securities.
The securities
underlying a repurchase agreement will be marked to market every business day so that the value of the collateral is at least equal to the value of the loan, including the accrued interest thereon, and an Underlying Funds adviser or
sub-adviser will monitor the value of the collateral. Securities subject to repurchase agreements will be held by an Underlying Funds custodian or in the Federal Reserve/Treasury Book-Entry System or an equivalent foreign system. If the seller
defaults on its repurchase obligation, an Underlying Fund holding the repurchase agreement will suffer a loss to an extent that the proceeds from a sale of the underlying securities is less than the repurchase price under the agreement. Bankruptcy
or insolvency of such a defaulting seller may cause an Underlying Funds rights with respect to such securities to be delayed or limited. To mitigate this risk, each Underlying Fund may only enter into repurchase agreements that qualify for an
exclusion from any automatic stay of creditors rights against the counterparty under applicable insolvency law in the event of the counterpartys insolvency.
The repurchase agreement provides that in the event the seller fails to pay the price agreed upon on the agreed upon delivery date or upon
demand, as the case may be, an Underlying Fund will have the right to liquidate the securities. If, at the time an Underlying Fund is contractually entitled to exercise its right to liquidate the securities, the seller is subject to a proceeding
under the bankruptcy laws or its assets are otherwise subject to a stay order. The Underlying Funds exercise of its right to liquidate the securities may be delayed and result in certain losses and costs to the Underlying Fund. The Company has
adopted and follows procedures which are intended to minimize the risks of repurchase agreements. For example, an Underlying Fund only enters into repurchase agreements after its sub-adviser has determined that the seller is creditworthy, and the
sub-adviser monitors the sellers creditworthiness on an ongoing basis. Moreover, under such agreements, the value, including accrued interest, of the securities (which are marked to market every business day) is required to be greater than the
repurchase price, and the Underlying Fund has the right to make margin calls at any time if the value of the securities falls below the agreed upon margin.
An Underlying Fund may not enter into a repurchase agreement having more than seven days remaining to maturity if, as a result, such
agreements together with any other securities that are not readily marketable, would exceed that Underlying Funds limitation on investing in illiquid securities. If the seller should become bankrupt or default on its obligations to repurchase
the securities, an Underlying Fund may experience delay or difficulties in exercising its rights to the securities held as collateral and might incur a loss if the value of the securities should decline. An Underlying Fund may also incur disposition
costs in connection with liquidating the securities.
Restricted Securities, Illiquid Securities, and Liquidity Requirements
Generally, a security is considered illiquid if it cannot be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business within seven calendar days
at approximately the value ascribed to it by an Underlying Fund. An Underlying Fund may invest in restricted securities governed by Rule 144A and other restricted securities. In adopting Rule 144A, the SEC specifically stated that restricted
securities traded under Rule 144A may be treated as liquid for purposes of investment limitations if the Board (or the Portfolios
102
adviser acting subject to the Boards supervision) determines that the securities are in fact liquid. The Board has delegated its responsibility to fund management to determine the liquidity
of each restricted security purchased pursuant to the Rule, subject to the Boards oversight and review. Examples of factors that will be taken into account in evaluating the liquidity of a Rule 144A security, both with respect to the initial
purchase and on an ongoing basis, will include, among others: (i) the frequency of trades and quotes for the security; (ii) the number of dealers willing to purchase or sell the security and the number of other potential purchasers;
(iii) dealer undertakings to make a market in the security; and (iv) the nature of the security and the nature of the marketplace trades (
e.g
., the time needed to dispose of the security, the method of soliciting offers, and the
mechanics of transfer).
A securitys illiquidity might prevent the sale of such a security at a time when the adviser or a
sub-adviser might wish to sell, and these securities could have the effect of decreasing the overall level of an Underlying Funds liquidity. Further, the lack of an established secondary market it may make it more difficult to value illiquid
securities, requiring an Underlying Fund to rely on judgments that may be somewhat subjective in determining value, which could vary from the amount that the Underlying Fund could realize upon disposition. If institutional trading in restricted
securities were to decline to limited levels, the liquidity of an Underlying could be adversely affected.
Because of the nature of these
securities, a considerable period of time may elapse between an Underlying Funds decision to dispose of these securities and the time when the Underlying Fund is able to dispose of them, during which time the value of the securities could
decline. Securities that are not readily marketable will be valued in good faith pursuant to procedures adopted by an Underlying Funds board of directors/trustees.
The expenses of registering restricted securities (excluding securities that may be resold by pursuant to Rule 144A under the 1933 Act) may be
negotiated at the time such securities are purchased by an Underlying Fund. When registration is required before the securities may be resold, a considerable period may elapse between the decision to sell the securities and the time when an
Underlying Fund would be permitted to sell them. Thus, an Underlying Fund may not be able to obtain as favorable a price as that prevailing at the time of the decision to sell. An Underlying Fund may also acquire securities through private
placements. Such securities may have contractual restrictions on their resale, which might prevent their resale by an Underlying Fund at a time when such resale would be desirable. Securities that are not readily marketable will be valued by an
Underlying Fund in good faith pursuant to procedures adopted by the Underlying Funds board of directors/trustees.
Restricted
securities, including private placements, are subject to legal or contractual restrictions on resale. They can be eligible for purchase without SEC registration by certain institutional investors known as qualified institutional buyers,
and under an Underlying Funds procedures, restricted securities could be treated as liquid. However, some restricted securities may be illiquid and restricted securities that are treated as liquid could be less liquid than registered
securities traded on established secondary markets.
An Underlying Fund may not invest more than 15% of its net assets in illiquid
securities, measured at the time of investment.
The Underlying Funds treat any securities subject to restrictions on repatriation for
more than seven days, and securities issued in connection with foreign debt conversion programs that are restricted as to remittance of invested capital or profit, as illiquid. Illiquid securities do not include securities that are restricted from
trading on formal markets for some period of time but for which an active informal market exists, or securities that meet the requirements of Rule 144A under the 1933 Act and that, subject to the review by the Board and guidelines adopted by the
Board, the adviser, or sub-adviser has determined to be liquid.
103
Reverse Repurchase Agreements and Dollar-Roll Transactions
An Underlying Fund may borrow money by entering into transactions called reverse repurchase agreements. Under these arrangements, an
Underlying Fund will sell portfolio securities to dealers in U.S. government securities or members of the Federal Reserve System, with an agreement to repurchase the security on an agreed date, price, and interest payment. An Underlying Fund will
employ reverse repurchase agreements when necessary to meet unanticipated net redemptions so as to avoid liquidating other portfolio investments during unfavorable market conditions. Reverse repurchase agreements are considered to be borrowings
under the 1940 Act. At the time an Underlying Fund enters into a reverse repurchase agreement, an Underlying Fund will place in a segregated custodial account cash and/or liquid assets having a dollar value equal to the repurchase price. Reverse
repurchase agreements are considered to be borrowings under the 1940 Act. Reverse repurchase agreements, together with other permitted borrowings, may constitute up to 33 1/3% of an Underlying Funds total assets. Under the 1940 Act, the
Underlying Funds are required to maintain continuous asset coverage of 300% with respect to borrowings and to sell (within three days) sufficient portfolio holdings to restore such coverage if it should decline to less than 300% due to market
fluctuations or otherwise, even if such liquidations of an Underlying Funds holdings may be disadvantageous from an investment standpoint. To the extent an Underlying Fund covers its commitment under a reverse repurchase agreement (or
economically similar transaction) by the segregation of assets determined to be liquid, equal in value to the amount of the Underlying Funds commitment to repurchase, such an agreement will not be considered a senior security by
the Underlying Fund and therefore will not be subject to the 300% asset coverage requirement otherwise applicable to borrowings by the Underlying Fund. Reverse repurchase agreements involve the possible risk that the value of portfolio securities an
Underlying Fund relinquishes may decline below the price the Underlying Fund must pay when the transaction closes. Leveraging by means of borrowing may exaggerate the effect of any increase or decrease in the value of portfolio securities or an
Underlying Funds NAV, and money borrowed will be subject to interest and other costs (which may include commitment fees and/or the cost of maintaining minimum average balances) which may or may not exceed the income received from the
securities purchased with borrowed funds.
An Underlying Fund may engage in mortgage dollar-roll transactions with respect to mortgage
securities issued by GNMA, FNMA, and FHLMC in order to enhance portfolio returns and manage prepayment risks. A dollar-roll transaction is similar to a reverse repurchase agreement in certain respects. In a dollar-roll transaction, an Underlying
Fund sells a mortgage-backed security held in the portfolio to a financial institution such as a bank or broker-dealer, and simultaneously agrees to repurchase a substantially similar security (same type, coupon, and maturity) from the institution
at a later date at an agreed upon price. The mortgage securities that are repurchased will bear the same interest rate as those sold, but generally will be collateralized by different pools of mortgages with different prepayment histories. During
the period between the sale and repurchase, an Underlying Fund will not be entitled to receive interest and principal payments on the securities sold. Proceeds of the sale will be invested in short-term instruments, and the income from these
investments, together with any additional fee income received on the sale, could generate income for an Underlying Fund exceeding the yield on the sold security. When an Underlying Fund enters into a dollar-roll transaction, cash and/or liquid
assets of the Underlying Fund, in a dollar amount sufficient to make payment for the obligations to be repurchased, are segregated with its custodian at the trade date. These securities are marked daily and are maintained until the transaction is
settled. Because dollar-roll transactions may be for terms ranging between one and six months, dollar-roll transactions may be deemed illiquid and subject to a Funds overall limitations on investments in illiquid securities.
104
A dollar-roll can be viewed, like a reverse repurchase agreement, as a collateralized borrowing
in which an Underlying Fund pledges a mortgage-backed security to a dealer to obtain cash. Unlike in the case of reverse repurchase agreements, the dealer with which an Underlying Fund enters into a dollar-roll transaction is not obligated to return
the same securities as those originally sold by the Underlying Fund, but only securities which are substantially identical. To be considered substantially identical, the securities returned to an Underlying Fund generally must:
(i) be collateralized by the same types of underlying mortgages; (ii) be issued by the same agency and be part of the same program; (iii) have a similar original stated maturity; (iv) have identical net coupon rates;
(v) have similar market yields (and therefore price); and (vi) satisfy good delivery requirements, meaning that the aggregate principal amounts of the securities delivered and received back must be within 2.5% of the initial
amount delivered.
An Underlying Funds obligations under a dollar-roll agreement must be covered by segregated liquid assets equal
in value to the securities subject to repurchase by the Underlying Fund. As with reverse repurchase agreements, to the extent that positions in dollar-roll agreements are not covered by segregated liquid assets at least equal to the amount of any
forward purchase commitment, such transactions would be subject to the Underlying Funds restrictions on borrowings. Furthermore, because dollar-roll transactions may be for terms ranging between one and six months, dollar-roll transactions may
be deemed illiquid and subject to an Underlying Funds overall limitations on investments in illiquid securities.
Risks of Repurchase
Agreements
Reverse repurchase agreements involve the possible risk that the value of portfolio securities an Underlying Fund
relinquishes may decline below the price the Underlying Fund must pay when the transaction closes. Borrowings may magnify the potential for gain or loss on amounts invested resulting in an increase in the speculative character of an Underlying
Funds outstanding shares. Reverse repurchase agreements are considered to be borrowings under the 1940 Act. To the extent an Underlying Fund covers its commitment under a reverse repurchase agreement (or economically similar transaction) by
the segregation of assets determined to be liquid, equal in value to the amount of the Underlying Funds commitment to repurchase, such an agreement will not be considered a senior security by the Underlying Fund and therefore will
not be subject to the 300% asset coverage requirement otherwise applicable to borrowings by the Underlying Fund.
Whether a reverse
purchase agreement or dollar-roll transaction produces a gain for an Underlying Fund depends upon the costs of the agreements (
e.g
., a function of the difference between the amount received upon the sale of its securities and the
amount to be spent upon the purchase of the same or substantially the same security) and the income and gains of the securities purchased with the proceeds received from the sale of the mortgage security. If the income and gains on the
securities purchased with the proceeds of the agreements exceed the costs of the agreements, then an Underlying Funds NAV will increase faster than otherwise would be the case; conversely, if the income and gains on such securities purchased
fail to exceed the costs of the structure, NAV will decline faster than otherwise would be the case. Reverse repurchase agreements and dollar-roll transactions, as leveraging techniques, may increase an Underlying Funds yield in the manner
described above; however, such transactions also increase the Underlying Funds risk of loss and may result in the shareholders loss of principal.
Securities Lending
An Underlying Fund
may lend its portfolio securities to broker-dealers, banks, or other recognized domestic institutional borrowers of securities provided that the value of the loaned securities does not exceed the percentage of the Underlying Funds total assets
set forth in the Underlying Funds prospectuses. No lending may be made with any companies affiliated with the adviser.
105
These loans earn income for an Underlying Fund and are collateralized by cash, securities, or
letters of credit. An Underlying Fund might experience a loss if the financial institution defaults on the loan. An Underlying Fund seeks to mitigate this risk through contracted indemnification upon default.
Any portfolio securities purchased with cash collateral would also be subject to possible depreciation. An Underlying Fund that loans
portfolio securities would continue to accrue interest on the securities loaned and would also earn income on the loans. An Underlying Fund will not have the right to vote any securities having voting rights during the existence of the loan, but an
Underlying Fund may call the loan in anticipation of an important vote to be taken by the holders of the securities or the giving or withholding of their consent on a material matter affecting the investment. Any cash collateral received by the
Underlying Fund would be invested in high quality, short-term money market instruments. The Underlying Funds currently intend to limit the lending of their portfolio securities so that, at any given time, securities loaned by an Underlying Fund
represent not more than one-third of the value of its total assets.
The borrower, at all times during the loan, must maintain with the
Underlying Funds cash or cash equivalent collateral or provide to the Underlying Funds an irrevocable letter of credit equal in value to at least 102% of the value of loaned domestic securities and 105% of the value of loaned foreign securities on a
daily basis. Although voting rights of the loaned securities may pass to the borrower, if a material event affecting the investment in the loaned securities is to occur, the Underlying Funds must terminate the loan and vote the securities.
Alternatively, the Underlying Funds may enter into an arrangement that ensures that it can vote the proxy even while, the borrower continues to hold the securities.
During the time portfolio securities are on loan, the borrower pays the Underlying Funds any interest paid on such securities. The Underlying
Funds may invest the cash collateral and earn additional income or it may receive an agreed-upon amount of interest income from the borrower who has delivered equivalent collateral or a letter of credit. Loans are subject to termination at the
option of the Underlying Funds or the borrower at any time. The Underlying Funds may pay reasonable administrative and custodial fees in connection with a loan and may pay a negotiated portion of the income earned on the cash to the borrower or
placing broker. As with other extensions of credit, there are risks of delay in recovery or even loss of rights in the collateral should the borrower fail financially.
There is the risk that when lending portfolio securities, the securities may not be available to an Underlying Fund on a timely basis and the
Underlying Fund may, therefore, lose the opportunity to sell the securities at a desirable price. Engaging in securities lending could have a leveraging effect which may intensify the market risk, credit risk and other risks associated with
investments in an Underlying Fund. When an Underlying Fund lends its securities, it is responsible for investing the cash collateral it receives from the borrower of the securities. An Underlying Fund could incur losses in connection with the
investment of such collateral. An Underlying Fund might experience a loss if the financial institution defaults on the loan. An Underlying Fund seeks to mitigate this risk through contracted indemnification upon default.
Segregated Accounts
When an Underlying
Fund enters into certain transactions that involve obligations to make future payments to third parties, including the purchase of securities on a when-issued or delayed delivery basis, or reverse repurchase agreements, it will maintain with an
approved custodian in a segregated account (or earmark on its records) cash or liquid securities, marked to market daily, in an amount at least equal to the Underlying Funds obligation or commitment under such transactions. Segregated accounts
also may be required in connection with certain transactions involving derivative instruments such as options or futures.
106
Short Sales
An Underlying Fund may make short sales of securities as part of its overall portfolio management strategies involving the use of derivative
instruments and to offset potential declines in long positions in similar securities.
A short sale is a transaction in which an
Underlying Fund sells a security it does not own in anticipation that the market value will decline. To complete the sale, an Underlying Fund must borrow the security sold short and deliver it to the broker-dealer through which it made the short
sale as collateral for its obligations to deliver the security upon conclusion of the sale. An Underlying Fund must replace the security borrowed by purchasing it at the market price at the time of replacement. An Underlying Fund is said to have a
short position in the securities sold until it delivers them to the broker. The period during which an Underlying Fund has a short position can range from one day to more than a year. Until an Underlying Fund replaces the security, the
proceeds of the short sale are retained by the broker, and the Underlying Fund must pay to the broker a negotiated portion of any dividends or interest, which accrues during the period of the loan. If the price of the security sold short increases
between the time of the short sale and the time an Underlying Fund replaces the borrowed security, the Underlying Fund will incur a loss; conversely, if the price declines, the Underlying Fund will realize a capital gain. Any gain will be decreased,
and any loss increased, by the transaction costs described above. The successful use of short selling may be adversely affected by imperfect correlation between movements in the price of the security sold short and the securities being hedged.
To the extent that an Underlying Fund engages in short sales, it will provide collateral to the broker-dealer and (except in the case of short
sales against the box) will maintain additional asset coverage in the form of segregated assets determined to be liquid in accordance with procedures established by the Board. This percentage any be varied by action of the Board. To meet
current margin requirements, an Underlying Fund must deposit with the broker additional cash or securities so that it maintains with the broker a total deposit equal to 150% of the current market value of the securities sold short (100% of the
current market value if a security is held in the account that is convertible or exchangeable into the security sold short within 90 days without restriction other than the payment of money.
To meet current margin requirements, an Underlying Fund must deposit with the broker additional cash or securities so that it maintains with
the broker a total deposit equal to 150% of the current market value of the securities sold short (100% of the current market value if a security is held in the account that is convertible or exchangeable into the security sold short within 90 days
without restriction other than the payment of money).
Short sales by an Underlying Fund create opportunities to increase the Underlying
Funds return but, at the same time, involve specific risk considerations and may be considered a speculative technique. Since an Underlying Fund in effect profits from a decline in the price of the securities sold short without the need to
invest the full purchase price of the securities on the date of the short sale, the Underlying Funds NAV per share tends to increase more when the securities it has sold short decrease in value, and to decrease more when the securities it has
sold short increase in value, than would otherwise be the case if it had not engaged in such short sales. The amount of any gain will be decreased, and the amount of any loss increased, by the amount of any premium, dividends or interest an
Underlying Fund may be required to pay in connection with the short sale. Short sales theoretically involve unlimited loss potential, as the market price of securities sold short may continually increase, although an Underlying Fund may mitigate
such losses by replacing the securities sold short before the market price has increased significantly. Under adverse market conditions an Underlying Fund might have difficulty purchasing securities to meet its short sale delivery obligations, and
might have to sell portfolio securities to raise the capital necessary to meet its short sale obligations at a time when fundamental investment considerations would not favor such sales.
107
In the view of the SEC, a short sale involves the creation of a senior security as
such term is defined in the 1940 Act, unless the sale is against the box and the securities sold short are placed in a segregated account (not with the broker), or unless an Underlying Funds obligation to deliver the securities
sold short is covered by placing in a segregated account (not with the broker) cash, U.S. government securities or other liquid debt or equity securities in an amount equal to the difference between the market value of the securities
sold short at the time of the short sale and any such collateral required to be deposited with a broker in connection with the sale (not including the proceeds from the short sale), which difference is adjusted daily for changes in the value of the
securities sold short. The total value of the cash, U.S. government securities or other liquid debt or equity securities deposited with the broker and otherwise segregated may not at any time be less than the market value of the securities sold
short at the time of the short sale. Each Underlying Fund will comply with these requirements. In addition, as a matter of policy, the Underlying Funds Board has determined that no Underlying Fund will make short sales of securities or
maintain a short position if to do so could create liabilities or require collateral deposits and segregation of assets aggregating more than 25% of the Underlying Funds total assets, taken at market value.
An Underlying Fund may engage in short selling to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act and rules and interpretations thereunder. The extent to
which an Underlying Fund may enter into short sales transactions may be limited by the Code requirements for qualification of the Underlying Fund as a RIC. (See Tax Considerations.)
Short Sales against the Box
A short
sale against the box is a short sale where, at the time of the short sale, an Underlying Fund owns or has the immediate and unconditional right, at no added cost, to obtain the identical security. Short Sales against the box are not
subject to the percentage limitations on short sales described in an Underlying Funds prospectuses.
If an Underlying Fund makes a
short sale against the box, the Underlying Fund would not immediately deliver the securities sold and would not receive the proceeds from the sale. The seller is said to have a short position in the securities sold until it delivers the
securities sold, at which time it receives the proceeds of the sale. To secure its obligation to deliver securities sold short, an Underlying Fund will deposit in escrow in a separate account with the Underlying Funds custodian an equal amount
of the securities sold short or securities convertible into or exchangeable for such securities. An Underlying Fund can close out its short position by purchasing and delivering an equal amount of the securities sold short, rather than by delivering
securities already held by the Underlying Fund, because the Underlying Fund might want to continue to receive interest and dividend payments on securities in its portfolio that are convertible into the securities sold short.
An Underlying Funds decision to make a short sale against the box may be a technique to hedge against market risks when the
adviser or sub-adviser believes that the price of a security may decline, causing a decline in the value of a security owned by the Underlying Fund or a security convertible into or exchangeable for such security. In such case, any future losses in
an Underlying Funds long position would be reduced by a gain in the short position. The extent to which such gains or losses in the long position are reduced will depend upon the amount of securities sold short relative to the amount of the
securities an Underlying Fund owns, either directly or indirectly, and, in the case where the Underlying Fund owns convertible securities, changes in the investment values or conversion premiums of such securities.
108
Strategic Transactions
An Underlying Fund may, but is not required to, utilize various investment strategies as described in this SAI to hedge various market risks,
to manage the effective maturity or duration of debt instruments or to seek potentially higher returns. Utilizing these investment strategies, an Underlying Fund may purchase and sell, to the extent not otherwise limited or restricted for such
Underlying Funds, exchange-listed and OTC put and call on securities, equity and fixed-income indices and other financial instruments, purchase and sell financial futures contracts and options thereon, enter into various Interest Rate Transactions
such as swaps, caps, floors, or collars, and enter into various currency transactions such as currency forward contracts, currency futures contracts, currency swaps or options on currencies or currency futures (collectively, all the above are called
Strategic Transactions).
Strategic Transactions may be used to attempt to protect against possible changes in the market
value of securities held in or to be purchased for an Underlying Fund resulting from securities markets or currency exchange rate fluctuations, to protect the Underlying Funds unrealized gains in the value of its portfolio securities, to
facilitate the sale of such securities for investment purposes, to manage the effective maturity or duration of the portfolio, or to establish a position in the derivatives markets as a temporary substitute for purchasing or selling particular
securities. Some Strategic Transactions may also be used to seek potentially higher returns, although all investments will be made in accordance with any limitations imposed by the CFTC. Any or all of these investment techniques may be used at any
time, as use of any Strategic Transaction is a function of numerous variables including market conditions. The ability of an Underlying Fund to utilize these Strategic Transactions successfully will depend on the Underlying Funds
advisers or sub-advisers ability to predict, which cannot be assured, pertinent market movements. An Underlying Fund will comply with applicable regulatory requirements when utilizing Strategic Transactions. Strategic Transactions
involving financial futures and options thereon will be purchased, sold or entered into only for
bona fide
hedging, risk management, or portfolio management purposes.
To Be Announced (TBA) Sale Commitments
TBA sale commitments involve commitments where the unit price and the estimated principal amount are established upon entering into the
contract, with the actual principal amount being within a specified range of the estimate. An Underlying Fund will enter into TBA sale commitments to hedge its portfolio positions or to sell mortgage-backed securities it owns under delayed delivery
arrangements. Proceeds of TBA sale commitments are not received until the contractual settlement date. During the time a TBA sale commitment is outstanding, an Underlying Fund will maintain, in a segregated account, cash or marketable securities in
an amount sufficient to meet the purchase price. Unsettled TBA sale commitments are valued at current market value. If the TBA sale commitment is closed through the acquisition of an offsetting purchase commitment, an Underlying Fund realizes a gain
or loss of the commitment without regard to any unrealized gain or loss on the underlying security. If an Underlying Fund delivers securities under the commitment, the Underlying Fund realizes a gain or loss from the sale of the securities, based
upon the unit price established at the date the commitment was entered into.
When-Issued Securities, Delayed-Delivery Securities, and Forward
Commitment Transactions
In order to secure prices or yields deemed advantageous at the time the Underlying Funds may purchase or sell
securities on a when-issued or a delayed-delivery basis generally 15 to 45 days after the commitment is made. The Underlying Funds may also enter into forward commitments. The Underlying Funds will enter into a when-issued transaction for the
purpose of acquiring portfolio securities and not for the purpose of leverage. In such transactions, delivery of the securities occurs beyond the normal
109
settlement periods, but no payment or delivery is made by, and no interest accrues to, an Underlying Fund prior to the actual delivery or payment by the other party to the transaction. Due to
fluctuations in the value of the securities purchased on a when-issued or a delayed-delivery basis, the yields obtained on such securities may be higher or lower than the yields available in the market on the dates when the investments are actually
delivered to the buyers. Similarly, the sale of securities for delayed delivery can involve the risk that the prices available in the market when delivery is made may actually be higher than those obtained in the transaction itself.
When an Underlying Fund commits to purchase a security on a when-issued or on a forward delivery basis, it will set up procedures consistent
with the applicable interpretations of the SEC concerning such purchases. Since that policy currently recommends that an amount of an Underlying Funds assets equal to the amount of the purchase be held aside or segregated to be used to pay for
the commitment, the Underlying Fund will always have cash, short-term money market instruments or other liquid securities sufficient to fulfill any commitments or to limit any potential risk.
An Underlying Fund will establish a segregates account with the custodian consisting of cash, liquid assets, and/or higher quality debt
instruments in an amount equal to the amount of its when-issued and delayed-delivery commitments which will be marked to market daily. An Underlying Fund will only make commitments to purchase such securities with the intention of
actually acquiring the securities, but the Underlying Fund may sell these securities before the settlement date if deemed an advisable investment strategy. In these cases, an Underlying Fund may realize a capital gain or loss. When an Underlying
Fund engages in when-issued, forward commitment, and delayed delivery transactions, it relies on the other party to consummate the trade. Failure to do so may result in an Underlying Funds incurring a loss or missing an opportunity to obtain a
price credited to be advantageous. Certain Underlying Funds may not purchase when-issued securities or enter into firm commitments if, as a result, more than 15% of the Underlying Funds net assets would be segregated to cover such securities.
When the time comes to pay for the securities acquired on a delayed-delivery basis, an Underlying Fund will meet its obligations from the
available cash flow, sale of the securities held in the segregated account, sale of other securities or, although it would not normally expect to do so, from sale of the when-issued securities themselves (which may have a market value greater or
less than the Underlying Funds payment obligation). Depending on market conditions, the Underlying Funds could experience fluctuations in share price as a result of delayed-delivery or when-issued purchases.
Although such purchases will not be made for speculative purposes and SEC policies will be adhered to, purchases of securities on such bases
may involve more risk than other types of purchases. For example, an Underlying Fund may have to sell assets which have been set aside in order to meet redemptions. Also, if an Underlying Fund determines it is necessary to sell the when-issued or
delayed delivery securities before delivery, it may incur a loss because of market fluctuations since the time the commitment to purchase such securities was made. When an Underlying Fund engages in when-issued, forward commitment, and delayed
delivery transactions, it relies on the other party to consummate the trade. Failure to do so may result in an Underlying Fund incurring a loss or missing an opportunity to obtain a price believed to be advantageous.
TEMPORARY DEFENSIVE AND OTHER SHORT-TERM POSITIONS
A Portfolio or an Underlying Fund may invest in certain short-term, high-quality debt instruments and in U.S. government securities for the
following purposes: (i) to meet anticipated day-to-day operating expenses; (ii) pending the advisers or sub-advisers ability to invest cash inflows; (iii) to permit the Underlying Fund to meet redemption requests; and
(iv) for temporary defensive purposes. An Underlying Fund for which the investment objective is capital appreciation may also invest in such securities if the Underlying Funds assets are insufficient for effective investment in equities.
110
Although it is expected that each Underlying Fund will normally be invested consistent with its
investment objectives and policies, the short-term instruments in which an Underlying Fund may invest include: (i) short-term obligations of the U.S. government and its agencies, instrumentalities, authorities, or political subdivisions;
(ii) other short-term debt instruments; (iii) commercial paper, including master notes; (iv) bank obligations, including certificates of deposit, time deposits, and bankers acceptances; and (v) repurchase agreements. When
investing for the purposes indicated above, the Underlying Funds will normally invest in short-term instruments that do not have a maturity of greater than one year. To the extent an Underlying Fund is engaged in temporary defensive investments, it
will not be pursuing its investment objective.
FUNDAMENTAL AND NON-FUNDAMENTAL INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS
All percentage limitations set forth below apply immediately after a purchase or initial investment, and any subsequent change in any
applicable percentage resulting from market fluctuations will not require elimination of any security from a Portfolio.
The investment
objective and all other policies of the Portfolios are not fundamental and may be changed by a vote of the Board without shareholder approval.
Fundamental Investment Restrictions
The
Portfolios have adopted the following investment restrictions as fundamental policies, which means they cannot be changed without the approval of the holders of a majority of a Portfolios outstanding voting securities. The term
majority is defined in the 1940 Act as the lesser of: (i) 67% or more of a Portfolios shares present at a shareholders meeting of which the holders of more than 50% of the Portfolios outstanding shares of the
Portfolio are present in person or by proxy; or (ii) more than 50% of a Portfolios outstanding voting securities are present in person or represented by proxy.
As a matter of fundamental policy, a Portfolio may not:
1.
|
purchase securities of any issuer if, as a result, with respect to 75% of the Portfolios total assets, more than 5% of the value of its total
assets would be invested in the securities of any one issuer or the Portfolios ownership would be more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of any issuer, provided that this restriction does not limit the Portfolios investments
in securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies, and instrumentalities, or investments in securities of other registered management investment companies;
|
2.
|
purchase any securities which would cause 25% or more of the value of its total assets at the time of purchase to be invested in securities of one
or more issuers conducting their principal business activities in the same industry, provided that: (i) there is no limitation with respect to obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, any state or territory of the United States,
or tax exempt securities issued by any of their agencies, instrumentalities, or political subdivisions; and (ii) notwithstanding this limitation or any other fundamental investment limitation, assets may be invested in the securities of one or
more registered management investment companies to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, the rules and regulations thereunder and any exemptive relief obtained by the Portfolio;
|
3.
|
make loans, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, including the rules, regulations, interpretations thereunder, and any exemptive
relief obtained by the Portfolio;
|
111
4.
|
issue senior securities except to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, the rules and regulations thereunder and any exemptive relief obtained by
the Portfolio;
|
5.
|
purchase or sell real estate, except that the Portfolio may: (i) acquire or lease office space for its own use; (ii) invest in securities
of issuers that invest in real estate or interests therein; (iii) invest in mortgage-related securities and other securities that are secured by real estate or interests therein; or (iv) hold and sell real estate acquired by the Portfolio
as a result of the ownership of securities;
|
6.
|
purchase or sell physical commodities, unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments (but this shall not prevent the
Portfolio from purchasing or selling options and futures contracts or from investing in securities or other instruments backed by physical commodities). This limitation does not apply to foreign currency transactions, including, without limitation,
forward currency contracts;
|
7.
|
borrow money, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, including the rules, regulations, interpretations thereunder, and any exemptive
relief obtained by the Portfolio; and
|
8.
|
underwrite any issue of securities within the meaning of the under the 1933 Act except when it might technically be deemed to be an underwriter
either: (i) in connection with the disposition of a portfolio security; or (ii) in connection with the purchase of securities directly from the issuer thereof in accordance with its investment objective. This restriction shall not limit
the Portfolios ability to invest in securities issued by other registered management investment companies.
|
In
implementing its fundamental objectives and policies, each Portfolio will look through to the investments of the Underlying Funds.
With
respect to fundamental policy number (2), industry classifications are determined in accordance with the classifications of the Global Industrial Classification Standards, Standard Industrial Classification (SIC) Codes, or Barclays
Industry classifications.
Industry classifications may be changed at any time to reflect changes in the market place.
PORTFOLIO TURNOVER
Each
Portfolio or Underlying Fund may sell a portfolio investment soon after its acquisition if the Portfolios or Underlying Funds adviser or sub-adviser believes that such a disposition is consistent with the Portfolios or Underlying
Funds investment objective. Portfolio and Underlying Fund portfolio investments may be sold for a variety of reasons, such as a more favorable investment opportunity or other circumstances bearing on the desirability of continuing to hold such
investments. A change in securities held in the portfolio of a Portfolio or Underlying Fund is known as portfolio turnover and may involve the payment by the Portfolio or the Underlying Fund of dealer mark-ups or brokerage or
underwriting commissions and other transaction costs on the sale of securities, as well as on the reinvestment of the proceeds in other securities. Portfolio turnover rate for a fiscal year is the percentage determined by dividing the lesser of the
cost of purchases or proceeds from sales of portfolio securities by average of the value of portfolio securities during such year, all excluding securities whose maturities at acquisition were one year or less. A Portfolio or an Underlying Fund
cannot accurately predict its turnover rate, however the rate will be higher when the Portfolio or the Underlying Fund finds it necessary to significantly change its portfolio to adopt a temporary defensive position or respond to economic or market
events. A high turnover rate would increase expenses and may involve realization of capital gains by the Portfolios or the Underlying Funds.
112
A portfolio turnover rate of 100% or more is considered high, although the rate of portfolio
turnover will not be a limiting factor in making portfolio decisions. A high rate of portfolio turnover involves correspondingly greater brokerage commission expenses and other transaction costs, which must be ultimately borne by an Underlying
Funds shareholders. High portfolio turnover may result in the realization of substantial net capital gains.
An Underlying Fund may
not enter into a repurchase agreement having more than seven days remaining to maturity if, as a result, such agreements, together with any other securities that are not readily marketable, would exceed that Underlying Funds limitation of 15%
of the net assets of the Underlying Fund and 5% for Liquid Asset Portfolio on investing in illiquid securities. If the seller should become bankrupt or default on its obligations to repurchase the securities, an Underlying Fund may experience delay
or difficulties in exercising its rights to the securities held as collateral and might incur a loss if the value of the securities should decline. An Underlying Fund may also incur disposition costs in connection with liquidating the securities.
Each Portfolios historical turnover rates are included in the Financial Highlights tables in the Prospectuses.
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2013
[To be updated
in subsequent post effective amendment]
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2012
ING Strategic Allocation Conservative Portfolios portfolio turnover rate increased 81% from 59% in 2011 to 107% in 2012 because of
changes in the underlying funds mix.
ING Strategic Allocation Growth Portfolios portfolio turnover rate increased 39% from 53% in
2011 to 74% in 2012 because of changes in the underlying funds mix.
ING Strategic Allocation Moderate Portfolios portfolio turnover
rate increased 47% from 57% in 2011 to 84% in 2012 because of changes in the underlying funds mix.
DISCLOSURE OF THE PORTFOLIOS PORTFOLIO SECURITIES
Each Portfolio is required to file its complete portfolio holdings schedule with the SEC on a quarterly basis. This schedule is filed with the
Portfolios annual and semi-annual shareholder reports on Form N-CSR for the second and fourth fiscal quarters and on Form N-Q for the first and third fiscal quarters.
In addition, each Portfolio posts its portfolio holdings schedule on INGs website on a month-end basis and make it available 30 calendar
days following the end of the previous calendar month or as soon thereafter as practicable. Each Portfolio may also post its complete or partial portfolio holdings on its website as of a specified date. The portfolio holdings schedule is as of the
last day of the previous calendar month (
i.e.,
each Portfolio will post its month-end June 30 holdings on August 1). Each Portfolio may also file information on portfolio holdings with the SEC or other regulatory authority as
required by applicable law.
Investors (both individual and institutional), financial intermediaries that distribute the Portfolios
shares and most third parties may receive the Portfolios annual or semi-annual shareholder reports, or view on ING Groeps website.
113
Other than in regulatory filings or on ING Groeps website, a Portfolio may provide its
portfolio holdings to certain unaffiliated third parties and affiliates when the Portfolio has a legitimate business purpose for doing so. Unless otherwise noted below, a Portfolios disclosure of its portfolio holdings will be on an as-needed
basis, with no lag time between the date of which the information is requested and the date the information is provided. Specifically, a Portfolios disclosure of its portfolio holdings may include disclosure:
|
|
|
to the Portfolios independent registered public accounting firm, named herein, for use in providing audit opinions;
|
|
|
|
to financial printers for the purpose of preparing the Portfolios regulatory filings;
|
|
|
|
for the purpose of due diligence regarding a merger or acquisition;
|
|
|
|
to a new adviser or sub-adviser prior to the commencement of its management of the Portfolio;
|
|
|
|
to rating and ranking agencies such as Bloomberg, Morningstar, Lipper, and S&P;
|
|
|
|
to consultants for use in providing asset allocation advice in connection with investments by affiliated funds-of-funds in the Portfolio;
|
|
|
|
to service providers on a daily basis in connection with their providing services benefiting the Portfolio, such as, but not limited to, the
provision of analytics for securities lending oversight and reporting, proxy voting, or class action services providers;
|
|
|
|
to a third party for purposes of effecting in-kind redemptions of securities to facilitate orderly redemption of portfolio assets and minimal
impact on remaining Portfolio shareholders;
|
|
|
|
to certain wrap fee programs, on a weekly basis, on the first business day following the previous calendar week; or
|
|
|
|
to a third party who acts as a consultant and supplies the consultants analysis of holdings (but not actual holdings) to the
consultants clients (including sponsors of retirement plans or their consultants) or who provides regular analysis of fund portfolios. The types, frequency and timing of disclosure to such parties vary depending upon information requested.
|
In all instances of such disclosure the receiving party, by agreement, is subject to a duty of confidentiality,
including a duty not to trade on such information.
The Board has adopted policies and procedures (Policies) designed to
ensure that disclosure of information regarding the Portfolios portfolio securities is in the best interests of Portfolio shareholders, including procedures to address conflicts between the interests of the Portfolios shareholders, on
the one hand, and those of the Portfolios adviser, sub-advisers, principal underwriter or any affiliated person of the Portfolios, their adviser, or their principal underwriter, on the other. Such Policies authorize the Portfolios
administrator to implement the Boards policies and direct the administrator to document the expected benefit to shareholders. Among other considerations, the administrator is directed to consider whether such disclosure may create an advantage
for the recipient or its affiliates or their clients over that of the Portfolios shareholders. Similarly, the administrator is directed to consider, among other things, whether the disclosure of portfolio holdings creates a conflict between
the interests of shareholders and the interests of the adviser, sub-advisers, principal underwriter and their affiliates. The Board has authorized the senior officers of the Portfolios administrator to authorize the release of the
Portfolios portfolio holdings, as necessary, in conformity with the foregoing principles and to monitor for compliance with the Policies. The Portfolios administrator reports quarterly to the Board regarding the implementation of the
Policies.
114
Each Portfolio has the following ongoing arrangements with certain third parties to provide the
Portfolios full portfolio holdings:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Party
|
|
Purpose
|
|
Frequency
|
|
Time Lag Between
Date of
Information
and Date Information
Released
|
The Bank of New York Mellon
|
|
Credit Approval Process for ING Funds Line of Credit
|
|
As requested
|
|
None
|
Institutional Shareholder Services Inc., a subsidiary of MSCI Inc.
|
|
Proxy Voting Services
|
|
Daily
|
|
None
|
Institutional Shareholder Services Inc., a subsidiary of MSCI Inc.
|
|
Class Action
Services
|
|
Monthly
|
|
10 Days
|
Charles River Development
|
|
Compliance
|
|
Daily
|
|
None
|
Albridge Analytics, an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of The Bank of New York Mellon
|
|
Provisions of Analytics for Oversight and Reporting of Securities Lending
|
|
Daily
|
|
None
|
All of the arrangements in the table above are subject to the Policies adopted by the Board to ensure
such disclosure is for a legitimate business purpose and is in the best interests of the Portfolios and their shareholders. The Board must approve any material change to the Policies. The Policies may not be waived, or exceptions made, without the
consent of ING U.S.s Legal Department. All waivers and exceptions involving any of the Portfolios will be disclosed to the Board no later than its next regularly scheduled quarterly meeting. No compensation or other consideration may be
received by the Portfolios, the Adviser, or any other party in connection with the disclosure of portfolio holdings in accordance with the Policies.
MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY
The following information supplements, and should be read in conjunction with, the section in each Prospectus entitled Management of the
Portfolios.
The Board
The
Directors of the Company are responsible for the oversight and supervision of the affairs of the Company as is described more fully below. Neither the Companys charter nor the Charter of the Nominating Committee sets forth specific
qualifications to serve as a Director, although the Nominating Committee Charter identifies certain factors that the Committee may take into account when considering Director candidates.
The Directors have varied experiences, attributes and skills that are utilized in overseeing each Portfolios activities, reviewing
contractual arrangements with companies that provide services to the Portfolios, and reviewing the Portfolios performance. Among the attributes or skills common to all Directors are their ability to: (i) review critically, evaluate,
question, and discuss information provided to them; (ii) interact effectively with the other Directors, the adviser, sub-advisers, other service providers, counsel and the independent registered public accounting firm; and (iii) exercise
effective and independent business judgment in the performance of their duties as Directors. Each Directors ability to perform his duties effectively has been attained through the Directors business, consulting, public service and/or
academic positions and through experience from service as a board member of the Company and the other companies and trusts in the ING complex of mutual funds (the Fund Complex) (and/or in other capacities, including for any predecessor
funds), public companies, or non-profit entities or other organizations as set forth below. Each Directors ability to perform his duties effectively also has been enhanced by his educational background, professional training, and/or other life
experiences.
115
Information for each of the Directors is set forth in the table below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name, Address and Age
|
|
Position(s)
Held with the
Company
|
|
Term of Office
and Length of
Time Served
1
|
|
Principal Occupation(s) During the
Past 5 Years (and
other relevant
experience, attributes and skills)
1
|
|
Number
of
Funds in the
ING Fund
Complex
Overseen by
Director
2
|
|
Other Board Positions held by the
Director During
the Past 5 Years
|
Directors who are Non-Interested Persons
|
Colleen D. Baldwin
7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road
Suite 100
Scottsdale, Arizona 85258
Age: 53
|
|
Director
|
|
May 2013
Present
|
|
President, Glantuam Partners, LLC, a business consulting firm (January 2009 Present). Chief Operating Officer for Ivy Asset
Management, Inc. (2002-2004).
|
|
[ ]
|
|
None.
|
John V. Boyer
7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road
Suite 100
Scottsdale, Arizona 85258
Age: 60
|
|
Chairperson and Director
|
|
May 2013
Present
|
|
President and Chief Executive Officer, Bechtler Arts Foundation, an arts and education foundation (January 2008
Present).
|
|
[ ]
|
|
None.
|
Patricia W. Chadwick
7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road
Suite 100
Scottsdale, Arizona 85258
Age: 65
|
|
Director/
|
|
May 2013
Present
|
|
Consultant and President, Ravengate Partners LLC, a consulting firm that provides advice regarding financial markets and the
global economy (January 2000 Present).
|
|
[ ]
|
|
Wisconsin Energy Corporation (June 2006 Present) and The Royce Fund (35 funds) (December 2009
Present).
|
Dr. Albert E. DePrince, Jr.
7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100
Scottsdale, Arizona
85258
Age: 73
|
|
Director
|
|
June 1998
Present
|
|
Professor of Economics and Finance,
Middle Tennessee State University (August 1991 - Present).
|
|
[ ]
|
|
None.
|
Peter S. Drotch
7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road
Suite 100
Scottsdale, Arizona 85258
Age: 72
|
|
Director
|
|
May 2013
Present
|
|
Retired.
|
|
[ ]
|
|
First Marblehead Corporation (September 2003- Present).
|
J. Michael Earley
7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road
Suite 100
Scottsdale, Arizona 85258
Age: 68
|
|
Director
|
|
May 2013
Present
|
|
Retired. Formerly, Banking President and Chief Executive Officer, Bankers Trust Company, N.A., Des Moines (June 1992
December 2008).
|
|
[ ]34
|
|
None.
|
Russell H. Jones
7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100
Scottsdale, Arizona
85258
Age: 69
|
|
Director
|
|
December 2007 Present
|
|
Retired. Director Hill-Stead Museum
(non-profit) (2008 Present).
|
|
[ ]
|
|
None.
|
116
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name, Address and Age
|
|
Position(s)
Held with the
Company
|
|
Term of Office
and Length of
Time Served
1
|
|
Principal Occupation(s) During the
Past 5 Years (and
other relevant
experience, attributes and skills)
1
|
|
Number
of
Funds in the
ING Fund
Complex
Overseen by
Director
2
|
|
Other Board Positions held by the
Director During
the Past 5 Years
|
Patrick W. Kenny
7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road
Suite 100
Scottsdale, Arizona 85258
Age: 71
|
|
Director
|
|
May 2013
Present
|
|
Retired. Formerly, President and
Chief Executive Officer,
International Insurance Society (June
2001
June 2009).
|
|
[ ]
|
|
Assured Guaranty Ltd. (April 2004 Present).
|
Joseph E. Obermeyer
7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100
Scottsdale, Arizona
85258
Age: 56
|
|
Director
|
|
January 2003 Present
|
|
President, Obermeyer & Associates, Inc., a provider of financial and economic consulting services (November 1999
Present).
|
|
[ ]
|
|
None.
|
Sheryl K. Pressler
7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road,
Suite 100
Scottsdale, Arizona 85258
Age: 63
|
|
Director
|
|
May 2013
Present
|
|
Consultant (May 2001 Present).
|
|
[ ]
|
|
None.
|
Roger B. Vincent
7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road,
Suite 100
Scottsdale, Arizona 85258
Age: 68
|
|
Chairperson/ Director
|
|
May 2013
Present
|
|
Retired. Formerly, President, Springwell Corporation, a corporate finance firm (March 1989 August 2011).
|
|
[ ]
|
|
UGI Corporation (February 2006
Present) and UGI Utilities, Inc.
(February 2006
Present).
|
Director who is an Interested Person
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shaun P. Mathews
3
7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100
Scottsdale, Arizona
85258
Age: 58
|
|
Director
|
|
December 2007 Present
|
|
President and Chief Executive Officer, ING Investments, LLC (November 2006 Present).
|
|
[ ]
|
|
ING Capital
Corporation, LLC and ING Investments Distributor, LLC (December 2005 Present), ING Funds Services, LLC, ING Investments, LLC, and ING Investment Management Co. LLC (March 2006 Present); and ING Investment Trust Co (April 2009
Present).
|
1
|
Directors serve until their successors are duly elected and qualified. The tenure of each Director who is not an interested person, as
defined in the 1940 Act, of the Portfolios (as defined below, Independent Director) is subject to the Boards retirement policy, which states that each duly elected or appointed Independent Director who shall retire from and cease
to be a member of the Board of Directors as of the close of business on December 31 of the calendar year in which the Independent Director attains the age of 73. A majority vote of the Boards other Independent Directors may extend the
retirement date of an Independent Director if the retirement would trigger a requirement to hold a meeting of shareholders of the Company under applicable law, whether for purposes of appointing a successor to the Independent Director
or otherwise comply with applicable law, in which case the extension would apply until such time as the shareholder meeting can be held or is no longer required (as determined by a vote of a majority of the other Independent Directors).
|
2
|
For the purpose of this table ING Fund Complex means the following investment companies: ING Asia Pacific High Dividend Equity
Income Fund; ING Balanced Portfolio, Inc.; ING Emerging Markets High Dividend Equity Fund; ING Emerging Markets Local Bond Fund; ING Equity Trust; ING Funds Trust; ING Global Advantage and Premium Opportunity Fund; ING Global Equity Dividend
and Premium Opportunity Fund; ING Global Strategic Income Fund; ING Infrastructure, Industrials and Materials Fund; ING Intermediate Bond Portfolio; ING International High Dividend Equity Income Fund; ING Investors Trust; ING Money Market Portfolio;
ING Mutual Funds; ING Partners, Inc.; ING Prime Rate Trust; ING Risk Managed Natural Resources Fund; ING Senior Income Fund; ING Separate Portfolios Trust; ING Series Fund, Inc.; ING Short Duration High Income Fund; ING Strategic Allocation
Portfolios, Inc.; ING Variable Funds; ING Variable Insurance Trust; ING Variable Portfolios, Inc.; and ING Variable Products Trust. The number of funds in the ING Fund Complex is as of March 31, 2014.
|
3
|
Mr. Mathews is deemed to be an interested person, as defined in the 1940 Act, because of his current affiliation with any of the
Funds, ING or any of INGs affiliates.
|
117
Officers
Information about the Companys Officers is set forth in the table below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name, Address and Age
|
|
Position Held with the
Company
|
|
Term of Office and Length
of Time Served
1
|
|
Principal Occupation(s) During the Last Five Years
|
Shaun P. Mathews
7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100
Scottsdale, Arizona
85258
Age: 58
|
|
President and Chief Executive Officer
|
|
December 2006 Present
|
|
President and Chief Executive Officer, ING Investments, LLC (November 2006 Present).
|
Michael J. Roland
7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100
Scottsdale, Arizona
85258
Age: 55
|
|
Executive Vice President
|
|
April 2002 Present
|
|
Managing Director and Chief Operation Officer, ING Investments, LLC and ING Funds Services, LLC (April 2012
Present) and Chief Compliance Officer of Directed Services LLC and ING Investments, LLC (March 2011 Present). Formerly, Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer, ING Investments, LLC and ING Funds Services, LLC (January
2007 Present) and Chief Compliance Officer, ING Funds (March 2011 February 2012).
|
Stanley D. Vyner
230 Park Avenue
New York, New York
Age: 63
|
|
Executive Vice President
|
|
March 2002 Present
|
|
Executive Vice President, ING Investments, LLC (July 2000 Present) and Chief Investment Risk Officer,
ING Investments, LLC (January 2003 Present).
|
Kevin M. Gleason
7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100
Scottsdale, Arizona
85258
Age: 47
|
|
Chief Compliance Officer
|
|
February 2012 - Present
|
|
Senior Vice President, ING Investments, LLC (February 2012 Present). Formerly, Assistant General Counsel
and Assistant Secretary, The Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company, (June 2004 January 2012).
|
Todd Modic
7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100
Scottsdale, Arizona
85258
Age: 46
|
|
Senior Vice President,
Chief/Principal Financial Officer and Assistant Secretary
|
|
March 2005 Present
|
|
Senior Vice President, ING Funds Services, LLC (March 2005 Present).
|
Kimberly A. Anderson
7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100
Scottsdale, Arizona
85258
Age: 49
|
|
Senior Vice President
|
|
December 2003 Present
|
|
Senior Vice President, ING Investments, LLC (October 2003 Present).
|
Julius Drelick
7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100
Scottsdale, Arizona
85258
Age: 47
|
|
Senior Vice President
|
|
July 2012 Present
|
|
Senior Vice President Fund Compliance, ING Funds Services, LLC (June 2012 Present). Formerly,
Vice President Platform Product Management and Project Management, ING Investments, LLC (April 2007 June 2012).
|
Robert Terris
7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100
Scottsdale, Arizona
85258
Age: 43
|
|
Senior Vice President
|
|
June 2006 Present
|
|
Senior Vice President, Head of Division Operations, ING Funds Services, LLC (January 2006
Present).
|
Fred Bedoya
7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100
Scottsdale, Arizona
85258
Age: 41
|
|
Vice President and Treasurer
|
|
September 2012 Present
|
|
Vice President, ING Funds Services, LLC (March 2012 Present). Formerly, Assistant Vice President
Director, ING Funds Services, LLC (March 2003 March 2012).
|
118
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name, Address and Age
|
|
Position Held with the
Company
|
|
Term of Office and Length
of Time Served
1
|
|
Principal Occupation(s) During the Last Five Years
|
Maria M. Anderson
7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100
Scottsdale, Arizona
85258
Age: 55
|
|
Vice President
|
|
September 2004 Present
|
|
Vice President, ING Funds Services, LLC (September 2004 Present).
|
Lauren D. Bensinger
7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100
Scottsdale, Arizona
85258
Age: 60
|
|
Vice President
|
|
March 2003 Present
|
|
Vice President, ING Investments, LLC and ING Funds Services, LLC (February 1996 Present); Director of
Compliance, ING Investments, LLC (October 2004 Present); and Vice President and Money Laundering Reporting Officer, ING Investments Distributor, LLC (April 2010 Present). Formerly, Chief Compliance Officer, ING Investments Distributor,
LLC (August 1995 April 2010).
|
Robyn L. Ichilov
7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100
Scottsdale, Arizona
85258
Age: 46
|
|
Vice President
|
|
March 2002 Present
|
|
Vice President, ING Funds Services, LLC (November 1995 Present) and ING Investments, LLC (August 1997
Present). Formerly, Treasurer, ING Funds (November 1999 February 2012).
|
Jason Kadavy
7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100
Scottsdale, Arizona
85258
Age: 38
|
|
Vice President
|
|
September 2012 Present
|
|
Vice President, ING Funds Services, LLC (July 2007 Present).
|
Kimberly K. Springer
7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100
Scottsdale, Arizona
85258
Age: 56
|
|
Vice President
|
|
March 2006 Present
|
|
Vice President, Platform Product Management and Product Management; ING Investments, LLC (July 2012
Present); Vice President, ING Investment Management and ING Funds (March 2010 Present); and Vice President, ING Funds Services, LLC (March 2006 Present). Formerly, Managing Paralegal, Registration Statements (June 2003 July
2012).
|
Craig Wheeler
7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100
Scottsdale, Arizona
85258
Age: 45
|
|
Vice President
|
|
June 2008 - Present
|
|
Vice President Director of Tax, ING Funds Services, LLC (March 2013 Present). Formerly, Assistant
Vice President Director of Tax, ING Funds Services, LLC (March 2008 March 2013).
|
Theresa K. Kelety
7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100
Scottsdale, Arizona
85258
Age: 51
|
|
Assistant Secretary
|
|
September 2003 Present
|
|
Vice President and Senior Counsel, ING Investment Management - ING Funds (March 2010 Present). Formerly,
Senior Counsel, ING Americas, U.S. Legal Services (April 2008 March 2010).
|
Paul Caldarelli
7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100
Scottsdale, Arizona
85258
Age: 62
|
|
Assistant Secretary
|
|
August 2010 - Present
|
|
Vice President and Senior Counsel, ING Investment Management - ING Funds (March 2010 Present). Formerly,
Senior Counsel, ING Americas, U.S. Legal Services (April 2008 March 2010).
|
Huey P. Falgout, Jr.
7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100
Scottsdale, Arizona
85258
Age: 50
|
|
Secretary
|
|
September 2003 Present
|
|
Senior Vice President and Chief Counsel, ING Investment Management and ING Funds (March 2010 Present).
Formerly, Chief Counsel, ING Americas, U.S. Legal Services (October 2003 March 2010).
|
1
|
The officers hold office until the next annual meeting of the Board of Directors and until their successors shall have been elected and qualified.
|
119
The Board of Directors
The Company and the Portfolios are governed by the Board, which oversees the Companys business and affairs. The Board delegates the
day-to-day management of the Company and the Portfolios to the Companys Officers and to various service providers that have been contractually retained to provide such day-to-day services. The ING entities that render services to the Company
and the Portfolios do so pursuant to contracts that have been approved by the Board. The Directors are experienced executives who, among other duties, oversee the Companys activities, review contractual arrangements with companies that provide
services to the Portfolios, and review the Portfolios investment performance.
The Board Leadership Structure and Related Matters
Effective May 21, 2013, the membership of the Boards of Directors/Trustees overseeing the funds in the ING Funds complex were
consolidated (the Consolidation) so that the same members serve on each board in the ING Funds Complex. Following the Consolidation, the Board is now comprised of twelve (12) members, eleven (11) of whom are independent or
disinterested persons, which means that they are not interested persons of the Funds as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act (Independent Directors). Prior to May 21, 2013, the Board was composed of of six
(6) members, five (5) of whom were Independent Directors.
The Company is one of [27] registered investment companies (with a
total of approximately [171] separate series) in the ING Funds Complex and all of the Directors serve as members of, as applicable, each investment companys Board of Directors or Board of Trustees. The Board employs substantially the same
leadership structure with respect to each of these investment companies.
One of the Independent Directors, currently John V. Boyer,
serves as the Chairman of the Board of the Company. The responsibilities of the Chairman of the Board include: coordinating with management in the preparation of agendas for Board meetings; presiding at Board meetings; between Board meetings,
serving as a primary liaison with other Directors, officers of the Company, management personnel, and legal counsel to the Independent Directors; and such other duties as the Board periodically may determine. Mr. Vincent does not hold a
position with any firm that is a sponsor of the Company. The designation of an individual as the Chairman does not impose on such Independent Director any duties, obligations or liabilities greater than the duties, obligations or liabilities imposed
on such person as a member of the Board, generally.
The Board performs many of its oversight and other activities through the committee
structure described below in the Board Committees section. Upon Consolidation, the Board adopted a policy of conducting regular meetings eight (8) times a year. Six (6) of these regular meetings consist of sessions held over a
two-day period, and two (2) of these meetings consist of a one-day session. Prior to the Consolidation, the Board conducted regular meetings four (4) times a year. In addition, during the course of a year, the Board and many of its
Committees typically hold special meetings by telephone or in person to discuss specific matters that require action prior to the next regular meeting. The Independent Directors have engaged independent legal counsel to assist them in performing
their oversight responsibilities.
The Board believes that its leadership structure is an effective means of empowering the Directors to
perform their fiduciary and other duties. For example, the Boards committee structure facilitates, as appropriate, the ability of individual Board members to receive detailed presentations on topics under their review and to develop increased
familiarity with respect to such topics and with key personnel at relevant service providers. At least annually, with guidance from its Nominating and Governance Committee, the Board analyzes whether there are potential means to enhance the
efficiency and effectiveness of the Boards operations.
120
Board Committees
The Board has established a standing Contracts Committee, a standing Audit Committee, a standing Compliance Committee and a standing Nominating
and Governance Committee to assist the Board in the oversight and direction of the business and affairs of the Company and the Portfolios. Effective upon the Consolidation, the Board established two (2) Investment Review Committees to assist
the Board in monitoring the investment performance of the funds in the ING Funds complex and make recommendations to the Board with respect to investment management matters. Each such Committee operates pursuant to a charter approved by the Board
and is chaired by an Independent Director.
Prior to the Consolidation the Board had a standing Audit Committee, Compliance
Committee, Contracts Committee and Nominating Committee, each of which was comprised solely of all the Independent Directors. The number of meetings held by each Committee during the fiscal period ended December 31, 2013 reflects:
(1) the number of meetings held by each Committee as so constituted prior to the Consolidation; and (2) the meetings held post Consolidation.
Audit Committee.
The Board has established an Audit Committee whose function includes, among other things, meeting with the
independent registered public accounting firm of the Company to review the scope of the Companys audit, the Companys financial statements and interim accounting controls, and meeting with management concerning these matters. The Audit
Committee currently consists of five (5) Independent Directors. The following Directors currently serve as members of the Audit Committee: Messrs. Boyer, Drotch, Earley, and Obermeyer and Ms. Baldwin. Mr. Earley currently serves as
Chairperson of the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee currently meets regularly four (4) times per year, and may hold special meetings by telephone or in person to discuss specific matters that may require action prior to the next regular
meeting. The Audit Committee held [ ] ( ) meetings during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013.
Compliance
Committee.
The Board has established a Compliance Committee for the purposes of, among other things: (i) providing oversight with respect to compliance by the funds in the ING Funds complex and their service providers with applicable
laws, regulations, and internal policies and procedures affecting the operations of the Funds; (ii) serving as a committee, and in such capacity, to receive, retain, and act upon reports of evidence of possible material violations of applicable
U.S. federal or state securities laws and breaches of fiduciary duty arising under U.S. federal or state laws; (iii) coordinating activities between the Board and the Chief Compliance Officer (CCO) of the funds in the ING Funds
complex; (iv) facilitating information flow among Board members and the CCO between Board meetings; (v) working with the CCO and management to identify the types of reports to be submitted by the CCO to the Compliance Committee and the
Board; (vi) coordinating CCO oversight activities with other ING Fund boards; (vii) making recommendations regarding the role, performance, and oversight of the CCO; (viii) overseeing the implementation of the ING Funds
valuation procedures and the fair value determinations made with respect to securities held by the ING Funds for which market value quotations are not readily available; (ix) overseeing managements administration of proxy voting; and
(x) overseeing the effectiveness of brokerage usage by the Companys adviser or sub-advisers, as applicable, and compliance with regulations regarding the allocation of brokerage for services.
The Compliance Committee currently consists of the following six (6) Independent Directors: Dr. DePrince, Messrs. Kenny, Vincent and
Jones, and Mses. Chadwick and Pressler. Mr. Kenny currently serves as Chairperson of the Compliance Committee. The Compliance Committee currently meets regularly four (4) times per year, and may hold special meetings by telephone or in
person to discuss specific matters that may require action prior to the next regular meeting. The Compliance Committee held [ ] ( ) meetings during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013.
121
Contracts Committee.
The Board has established a Contracts Committee for the
purpose of overseeing the annual renewal process relating to investment advisory and sub-advisory agreements and, at the discretion of the Board, other agreements or plans involving the ING Funds (including the Funds). The responsibilities of the
Contracts Committee, among other things, include: (i) identifying the scope and format of information to be provided by service providers in connection with applicable contract approvals or renewals; (ii) providing guidance to independent
legal counsel regarding specific information requests to be made by such counsel on behalf of the Directors; (iii) evaluating regulatory and other developments that might have an impact on applicable approval or renewal processes;
(iv) reporting to the Directors its recommendations and decisions regarding the foregoing matters; (v) assisting in the preparation of a written record of the factors considered by Directors relating to the approval and renewal of advisory
and sub-advisory agreements; (vi) recommending to the Board specific steps to be taken by it regarding the contracts approval and renewal process, including, for example, proposed schedules of meetings by the Directors; and (vii) otherwise
providing assistance in connection with Board decisions to renew, reject, or modify agreements or plans.
The Contracts Committee
currently consists of eight (8) Independent Directors. The following Directors serve as members of the Contract Committee: Dr. DePrince, Mses. Chadwick and Pressler, and Messrs. Boyer, Drotch, Vincent, Jones, and Obermeyer.
Ms. Pressler currently serves as Chairperson of the Contracts Committee. Effective upon the Consolidation, the Contracts Committee meets regularly seven (7) times per year.
Before the Consolidation, the Boards Contracts Committee consisted of five (5) Independent Directors and met regularly six
(6) times per year.
1
The Contracts Committee held [ ] ( ) meetings during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013.
Investment Review Committees
. Effective upon the Consolidation, the Board established two Investment Review Committees for all
of the ING Funds under its direction to, among other things, monitor the investment performance of the Funds and make recommendations to the Board with respect to investment management activities performed by the adviser and sub-advisers on behalf
of the Portfolios, and to review and make recommendations regarding proposals by management to retain a new or additional sub-advisers for a Portfolio. The Investment Review Committees jointly monitor the Portfolios.
The Domestic Equity Funds (DE IRC) currently consists of six (6) Independent Directors. The following Directors serve as
members of the DE IRC: Ms. Chadwick and Messrs. Earley, Kenny, Vincent, Jones, and Obermeyer. Ms. Chadwick currently serves as Chairperson of the DE IRC. The DE IRC meets regularly six (6) times per year. Post Consolidation, the DE
IRC met [ ] ( ) time during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013.
The International/Balanced/Fixed Income Funds Investment Review
Committee (the I/B/F IRC) currently consists of five (5) Independent Directors and one (1) Director who is an interested person, as defined in the 1940 Act, of the Funds. The following Directors serve as members of
the I/B/F IRC: Dr.
1
|
The function of the Contracts Committee prior to the Consolidation was to, among other things, consider, evaluate and make recommendations to the
full Board concerning contractual arrangements with service providers to the Fund and all other matters in which the investment adviser or any affiliated entity has an actual or potential conflict of interest with the Fund or their shareholders.
Annually, the Contracts Committee conducted an evaluation of the performance of the Board and its Committees, including the effectiveness of the Boards Committee structure and the effectiveness of the Board in overseeing the number of Funds
under its purview.
|
122
DePrince, Mses. Baldwin, and Pressler and Messrs. Boyer, Drotch, and Mathews. Mr. Boyer
currently serves as Chairperson of the I/B/F IRC. The I/B/F IRC meets regularly six (6) times per year. Post Consolidation, the I/B/F IRC met [ ] ( ) time during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013.
Nominating and Governance Committee.
The Board has established a Nominating and Governance Committee for the purpose of, among
other things: (i) identifying and recommending to the Board candidates it proposes for nomination to fill Independent Director vacancies on the Board; (ii) reviewing workload and capabilities of Independent Directors and recommending
changes to the size or composition of the Board, as necessary; (iii) monitoring regulatory developments and recommending modifications to the Committees responsibilities; (iv) considering and, if appropriate, recommending the
creation of additional committees or changes to Director policies and procedures based on rule changes and best practices in corporate governance; (v) conducting an annual review of the membership and chairpersons of all Board
committees and of practices relating to such membership and chairpersons; (vi) undertaking a periodic study of compensation paid to independent board members of investment companies and making recommendations for any compensation changes for
the Independent Directors; (vii) overseeing the Boards annual self-evaluation process; (viii) developing (with assistance from management) an annual meeting calendar for the Board and its committees; and (ix) overseeing actions
to facilitate attendance by Independent Directors at relevant educational seminars and similar programs.
In evaluating potential
candidates to fill Independent Director vacancies on the Board, the Nominating and Governance Committee will consider a variety of factors, but it has not at this time set any specific minimum qualifications that must be met. Specific qualifications
of candidates for Board membership will be based on the needs of the Board at the time of nomination. The Nominating and Governance Committee will consider nominations received from shareholders and shall assess shareholder nominees in the same
manner as it reviews nominees that it identifies as potential candidates. A shareholder nominee for Director should be submitted in writing to the Directors Secretary at 7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100, Scottsdale, Arizona 85258.
Any such shareholder nomination should include at least the following information as to each individual proposed for nominations as Director: such persons written consent to be named in a proxy statement as a nominee (if nominated) and to
serve as a Director (if elected), and all information relating to such individual that is required to be disclosed in the solicitation of proxies for election of Directors, or is otherwise required, in each case under applicable federal securities
laws, rules, and regulations, including such information as the Board may reasonably deem necessary to satisfy its oversight and due diligence duties.
The Secretary shall submit all nominations received in a timely manner to the Nominating and Governance Committee. To be timely in connection
with a shareholder meeting to elect Directors, any such submission must be delivered to the Portfolios Secretary not earlier than the 90th day prior to such meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the 60th day prior to
such meeting or the 10th day following the day on which public announcement of the date of the meeting is first made, by either the disclosure in a press release or in a document publicly filed by the Portfolios with the SEC.
The Nominating and Governance Committee currently consists of five (5) Independent Directors. The following Directors serve as members of
the Nominating and Governance Committee: Mses. Baldwin and Chadwick, and Messrs. Kenny, Vincent, and Obermeyer. Ms. Baldwin currently serves as Chairperson of the Nominating and Governance Committee. The Nominating and Governance Committee
meets on an as-needed basis.
Prior to the Consolidation, the Board had a Nominating Committee. The purpose of the Nominating Committee
was to, among other things, consider and present to the Board candidates it proposed for nomination to fill Independent Director vacancies on the Board. The Nominating Committee held [ ] ( ) meetings during the fiscal year ended December 31,
2013.
123
The Boards Risk Oversight Role
The day-to-day management of various risks relating to the administration and operation of the Company and the Portfolios is the responsibility
of management and other service providers retained by the Board or by management, most of whom employ professional personnel who have risk management responsibilities. The Board oversees this risk management function consistent with and as part of
its oversight duties. The Board performs this risk management oversight function directly and, with respect to various matters, through its committees.
The Board, working with management personnel and other service providers, has endeavored to identify the primary risks that confront the
Portfolios. In general, these risks include, among others: (i) investment risks; (ii) credit risks; (iii) liquidity risks; (iv) valuation risks; (v) operational risks; (vi) reputational risks; (vii) regulatory
risks; (viii) risks related to potential legislative changes; and (ix) the risk of conflicts of interest affecting ING affiliates in managing the Portfolios. The Board has adopted and periodically reviews various policies and procedures
that are designed to address these and other risks confronting the Portfolios. In addition, many service providers to the Portfolios have adopted their own policies, procedures, and controls designed to address particular risks to the Portfolios.
The Board and persons retained to render advice and service to the Board periodically review and/or monitor changes to, and developments relating to, the effectiveness of these policies and procedures.
The Board oversees risk management activities in part through receipt and review by the Board or its committees of regular and special
reports, presentations and other information from Officers of the Company, including the CCOs for the Company and the Adviser and the Companys Chief Investment Risk Officer (CIRO), and from other service providers. For example,
management personnel and the other persons make regular reports and presentations to: (i) the Compliance Committee regarding compliance with regulatory requirements; (ii) the Investment Review Committees regarding investment activities and
strategies that may pose particular risks; (iii) the Audit Committee with respect to financial reporting controls and internal audit activities; (iv) the Nominating and Governance Committee regarding corporate governance and best practice
developments; and (v) the Contracts Committee regarding regulatory and related developments that might impact the retention of service providers to the Company. The CIRO oversees an Investment Risk Department (IRD) that provides an
independent source of analysis and research for Board members in connection with their oversight of the investment process and performance of Fund portfolio managers. Among its other duties, the IRD seeks to identify and, where practicable, measure
the investment risks being taken by the Funds portfolio managers. Although the IRD works closely with management of the Company in performing its duties, the CIRO is directly accountable to, and maintains an ongoing dialogue with, the
Independent Directors.
Qualifications of the Directors
The Board believes that each of its Directors is qualified to serve as a Director of the Company based on its review of the experience,
qualifications, attributes, and skills of each Director. The Board bases this conclusion on its consideration of various criteria, no one of which is controlling. Among others, the Board has considered the following factors with respect to each
Director: strong character and high integrity; an ability to review, evaluate, analyze, and discuss information provided; the ability to exercise effective business judgment in protecting shareholder interests while taking into account different
points of views; a background in financial, investment, accounting, business, regulatory, or other skills that would be relevant to the performance of a Directors duties; the ability and willingness to commit the time necessary to perform his
or her duties; and the ability to work in a collegial manner with other Board members. Each Directors ability to perform his or her duties effectively is evidenced by his or her: experience in the investment management business; related
consulting experience; other professional experience; experience
124
serving on the boards of directors/trustees of other public companies; educational background and professional training; prior experience serving on the Board, as well as the boards of other
investment companies in the ING Fund Complex and/or of other investment companies; and experience as attendees or participants in conferences and seminars that are focused on investment company matters and/or duties that are specific to board
members of registered investment companies. Information indicating certain of the specific experience and qualifications of each Director relevant to the Boards belief that the Director should serve in this capacity is provided in the table
above that provides information about each Director. That table includes, for each Director, positions held with the Company, the length of such service, principal occupations during the past five (5) years, the number of series within the ING
Fund Complex for which the Director serves as a Board member, and certain directorships held during the past five (5) years. Set forth below are certain additional specific experiences, qualifications, attributes, or skills that the Board
believes support a conclusion that each Director should serve as a Board member in light of the Companys business and structure.
Colleen D. Baldwin
has been a Director of the Company since May 21, 2013 and a board member of other investment companies in the
ING Fund Complex since 2007. She also has served as the Chairperson of the Boards Nominating and Governance Committee since May 21, 2013 with respect to the Company and for other funds in the ING Funds complex since 2009. Ms. Baldwin
has been President of Glantuam Partners, LLC, a business consulting firm, since 2009. Prior to that, she served in senior positions at the following financial services firms: Chief Operating Officer for Ivy Asset Management, Inc. (2002-2004), a
hedge fund manager; Chief Operating Officer and Head of Global Business and Product Development for AIG Global Investment Group (1995-2002), a global investment management firm; Senior Vice President at Bankers Trust Company (1994-1995); and Senior
Managing Director at J.P. Morgan & Company (1987-1994). Ms. Baldwin holds a B.S. from Fordham University and an M.B.A. from Pace University.
John V. Boyer
has been a Director of the Company since May 21, 2013 and a board member of other investment companies in the ING
Fund Complex since 2005. He also has served as Chairperson of the Companys I/B/F IRC since May 21, 2013 with respect to the Company and for other funds in the ING Funds complex since 2006. Prior to that, he served as Chairperson of the
Compliance Committee for other funds in the ING Funds complex. Since 2008, Mr. Boyer has been President of the Bechtler Arts Foundation for which, among his other duties, Mr. Boyer oversees all fiduciary aspects of the Foundation and
assists in the oversight of the Foundations endowment fund. Previously, he served as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Franklin and Eleanor Roosevelt Institute (2006-2007) and as Executive Director of The Mark Twain House &
Museum (1989-2006) where he was responsible for overseeing business operations, including endowment funds. He also served as a board member of certain predecessor mutual funds of the ING Fund Complex (1997-2005). Mr. Boyer holds a B.A. from the
University of California, Santa Barbara and an M.F.A. from Princeton University.
Patricia W. Chadwick
has been a Director of the
Company since May 21, 2013 and a board member of other investment companies in the ING Fund Complex since 2006. She also has served as Chairperson of the Companys DE IRC since May 21, 2013 with respect to the Company and for other
funds in the ING Funds complex since 2007. Since 2000, Ms. Chadwick has been the Founder and President of Ravengate Partners LLC, a consulting firm that provides advice regarding financial markets and the global economy. She also is a director
of The Royce Funds (since 2009), Wisconsin Energy Corp. (since 2006), and AMICA Mutual Insurance Company (since 1992). Previously, she served in senior roles at several major financial services firms where her duties included the management of
corporate pension funds, endowments, and foundations, as well as management responsibilities for an asset management business. Ms. Chadwick holds a B.A. from Boston University and is a Chartered Financial Analyst.
125
Dr. Albert E. DePrince, Jr.
has been a Director of the Company and a board
member of other ING Funds since 1998, and served as the Independent Chairperson of the Board and the Chairman of the Contracts Committee from 2009 to May 21, 2013, the date of the Consolidation. Dr. DePrince has been a professor of
Economics and Finance at Middle Tennessee State University since 1991. Prior to joining the faculty at Middle Tennessee State University, Dr. DePrince served in various business positions, including 12 years at Marine Midland Bank in New York
City, where he held the positions of Chief Economist and Senior Vice President, and nine years as an economist with the Federal Reserve Bank of New York. Dr. DePrince holds a B.A. in Economics from Bucknell University, an M.A. in Economics from
the University of Michigan, and a Ph.D. in Economics from New York University. Dr. DePrince also served as Director at the Business and Economic Research Center at Middle Tennessee State University from 1999 to 2002 and has published numerous
scholarly papers and journal articles in the areas of financial markets, financial institutions, mutual fund performance, and monetary policy.
Peter S. Drotch
has been a Director of the Company since May 21, 2013 and a board member of other investment companies in the ING
Fund Complex since 2007. Prior to his retirement in 2000, he was a partner at the accounting firm of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, where he was the leader of the firms asset management practice group and acquired extensive experience with
respect to audits and other financial matters relating to registered investment companies. Since his retirement, he also has served on the boards of registered investment companies in other fund complexes (the State Street Research Funds and
BlackRock Funds) from 2005 to 2007 and as a consultant with respect to investment company regulatory compliance matters. Mr. Drotch holds a B.S. from the University of Connecticut and is a Certified Public Accountant.
J. Michael Earley
has been a Director of the Company since May 21, 2013 and a board member of other investment companies in the
ING Fund Complex since 2002. He also has served as Chairperson of the Companys Audit Committee since May 21, 2013 with respect to the Company and for other funds in the ING Funds complex since 2003. Mr. Earley retired in 2008 as
President and Chief Executive Officer of Bankers Trust Company, N.A. (Des Moines, Iowa), where he had worked since 1992. He also has served on the boards of directors of that company (1992-2009) and of Midamerica Financial Corporation (2002-2009),
and as a board member of certain predecessor mutual funds of the ING Fund Complex (1997-2002). Mr. Earley holds a B.B.A. and a J.D. from the University of Iowa.
Russell H. Jones
has been a Director of the Company since December 2007 and a board member of other ING Funds, and served the
Chairperson of the Compliance Committee from 2007 until the Consolidation. From 1973 until his retirement in 2008, Mr. Jones served in various positions at Kaman Corporation, an aerospace and industrial distribution manufacturer, including
Senior Vice President, Chief Investment Officer and Treasurer, Principal Investor Relations Officer, Principal Public Relations Officer and Corporate Parent Treasurer. Mr. Jones served as an Independent Director and Chair of the Contracts
Committee for CIGNA Mutual Funds from 1995 until 2005. Mr. Jones also served as President of the Hartford Area Business Economists from 1986 until 1987. Mr. Jones holds a B.A. from the University of Connecticut and an M.A. from the
Hartford Seminary.
Patrick W. Kenny
has been a Director of the Company since May 21, 2013 and a board member of other
investment companies in the ING Fund Complex since 2005. He also has served as the Chairperson of the Companys Compliance Committee since May 21, 2013 with respect to the Company and for other funds in the ING Funds complex since 2006. He
previously served as President and Chief Executive Officer (2001-2009) of the International Insurance Society (insurance trade association), Executive Vice President (1998-2001) of Frontier Insurance Group (property and casualty insurance company),
Senior Vice President (1995-1998) of SS&C Technologies (software and technology company), Chief Financial Officer (1988-1994) of Aetna Life & Casualty Company (multi-line insurance company), and as Partner (until 1988) of KPMG LLP
(accounting firm). Mr. Kenny currently serves (since 2004) on the board of directors of Assured Guaranty Ltd. (provider of financial guaranty insurance) and previously served on
126
the boards of Odyssey Re Holdings Corporation (multi-line reinsurance company) (2006-2009) and of certain predecessor mutual funds of the ING Fund Complex (2002-2005). Mr. Kenny holds a
B.B.A. from the University of Notre Dame and an M.A. from the University of Missouri and is a Certified Public Accountant.
Shaun P.
Mathews
has been a Director of the Company since 2007. He also is President and Chief Executive Officer of ING Investments, LLC (2006 to present). Mr. Mathews previously served as President of ING Mutual Funds and Investment Products
(2004-2006) and several other senior management positions in various aspects of the financial services business. These positions and experiences have provided Mr. Mathews with extensive investment management, distribution, and oversight
experience, as well as with extensive direct knowledge of many of the Companys key service providers.
Joseph E. Obermeyer
has been a Director of the Company and a board member of other ING Funds since 2003, and is served the Chairperson of the Audit Committee and Vice-Chairperson of the Contracts Committee until the Consolidation on May 21, 2013.
Mr. Obermeyer is the founder and President of Obermeyer & Associates, Inc., a provider of financial and economic consulting services since 1999. Prior to founding Obermeyer & Associates, Mr. Obermeyer had more than 15
years of experience in accounting, including serving as a Senior Manager at Arthur Andersen LLP from 1995 until 1999. Previously, Mr. Obermeyer served as a Senior Manager at Coopers & Lybrand LLP from 1993 until 1995, as a Manager at
Price Waterhouse from 1988 until 1993, and a Second Vice President from 1985 until 1988 at Smith Barney, and as a consultant with Arthur Andersen & Co. from 1984 until 1985. Mr. Obermeyer holds a B.A. in Business Administration from
the University of Cincinnati, an M.B.A. from Indiana University, and post graduate certificates from the University of Tilburg and INSEAD.
Sheryl K. Pressler
has been a Director of the Company since May 21, 2013 and a board member of other investment companies in the
ING Fund Complex since 2006. She also has served as Chairperson of the Companys Contracts Committee since May 21, 2013 with respect to the Company and for other funds in the ING Funds complex since 2007. Ms. Pressler has served as a
consultant on financial matters since 2001. Previously, she held various senior positions involving financial services, including as Chief Executive Officer (2000-2001) of Lend Lease Real Estate Investments, Inc. (real estate investment management
and mortgage servicing firm), Chief Investment Officer (1994-2000) of California Public Employees Retirement System (state pension fund), Director of Stillwater Mining Company (May 2002 May 2013), and Director of Retirement Funds
Management (1981-1994) of McDonnell Douglas Corporation (aircraft manufacturer). Ms. Pressler holds a B.A. from Webster University and an M.B.A. from Washington University.
Roger B. Vincent
has been a Director of the Company since May 21, 2013 and a board member of other investment companies in the ING
Fund Complex since 2002. He also has served as Chairman of the Board of Directors since May 21, 2013 with respect to the Company and for other funds in the ING Funds complex since 2007. Mr. Vincent previously served as Chairperson of the
Contracts Committee and the DE IRC with respect to other funds in the ING Funds complex. Mr. Vincent recently retired as President of Springwell Corporation (a corporate finance firm). He is a Director of UGI Corporation and UGI Utilities, Inc.
(since 2006). He previously worked for 20 years at Bankers Trust Company. He also previously served as a Director of AmeriGas Partners, L.P. (1998-2006), Tatham Offshore, Inc. (1996-2000), and Petrolane, Inc. (1993-1995), and as a board member of
certain predecessor funds of the ING Fund Complex (1994-2002). Mr. Vincent is a frequent speaker or panelist at mutual fund industry conferences and seminars. Mr. Vincent holds a B.S. from Yale University and an M.B.A. from Harvard
University.
127
Director Ownership of Securities
In order to further align the interests of the Independent Directors with shareholders, it is the policy of the Board for Independent Directors
to own, beneficially, shares of one or more funds in the ING Fund Complex at all times (Ownership Policy). For this purpose, beneficial ownership of ING Fund shares includes, in addition to direct ownership of ING Fund shares, ownership
of a Variable Contract whose proceeds are invested in an ING Fund within the ING Fund Complex, as well as deferred compensation payments under the Boards deferred compensation arrangements pursuant to which the future value of such payments is
based on the notional value of designated funds within the ING Fund Complex.
Under this Ownership Policy, the initial value of
investments in the ING Fund Complex that are beneficially owned by a Director must equal at least $100,000. The Ownership Policy provides that a new Director shall satisfy the foregoing requirements within a reasonable amount of time, not to exceed
three years, after becoming a Director. A decline in the value of any funds investments in the ING Fund Complex will not cause a Director to have to make any additional investments under this Ownership Policy. As of December 31, 2013, all
Independent Directors were in compliance with the Ownership Policy.
Investment in mutual funds of the ING Funds Complex by the Directors
pursuant to this Ownership Policy are subject to: (i) policies, applied by the mutual funds of the ING Fund Complex to other similar investors, that are designed to prevent inappropriate market timing trading practices; and (ii) any
provisions of the ING Funds Code of Ethics that otherwise apply to the Directors.
Director Ownership of Securities
The following table sets forth information regarding each Directors ownership of equity securities in each Portfolio and the aggregate
holdings of shares of equity securities of all funds in the ING Fund Complex for the calendar year ended December 31, 2013.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name of Director
|
|
Dollar Range of Equity Securities in the Portfolios
|
|
Aggregate Dollar Range of
Equity Securities in all
Registered Investment
Companies Overseen by
Director in Family of
Investment Companies
|
|
ING Strategic
Allocation
Conservative
|
|
ING Strategic
Allocation
Growth
|
|
ING Strategic
Allocation
Moderate
|
|
Colleen D. Baldwin
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
John V. Boyer
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
Patricia W. Chadwick
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
Albert E. DePrince, Jr.
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
Peter S. Drotch
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
J. Michael Earley
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
Russell H. Jones
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
Patrick W. Kenny
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
Joseph E. Obermeyer
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
Sheryl K. Pressler
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
Roger B. Vincent
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
Shaun P. Mathews
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ][ ]
|
1
|
Includes the value of shares in which a Director has an indirect interest through a deferred compensation plan.
|
128
Independent Director Ownership of Securities of the Adviser, the Underwriter, and Their Affiliates
The following table sets forth information regarding each Independent Directors (and his immediate family members) share ownership in
securities of the Portfolios adviser or principal underwriter, and the ownership of securities in an entity controlling, controlled by or under common control with the adviser or principal underwriter of the Portfolio (not including registered
investment companies) as of December 31, 2013.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name of Director
|
|
Name of Owners and
Relationship to
Director
|
|
Company
|
|
Title of
Class
|
|
Value of
Securities
|
|
Percentage of
Class
|
Colleen D. Baldwin
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
|
John V. Boyer
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
|
Patricia W. Chadwick
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
|
Albert E. DePrince, Jr.
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
Peter S. Drotch
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
|
J. Michael Earley
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
|
Russell H. Jones
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
Patrick W. Kenny
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
|
Joseph E. Obermeyer
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
Sheryl K. Pressler
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
|
Roger B. Vincent
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
|
Director Compensation
Each Portfolio pays each Independent Director a
pro rata
share, as described below, of: (i) an annual retainer of $66,000;
(ii) $7,500 for each in person meeting of the Board; (iii) $7,500 for each Contracts Committee attended in person; (iv) $3,500 per attendance of any Committee meeting (except Contracts Committee) held in conjunction with a meeting of
the Board and $5,000 for meetings (except Contracts Committee) not held in conjunction with a meeting of the Board; (v) $2,500 per telephonic meeting; (vi) $50,000 annual fee to the Chairperson of the Contracts Committee (who also serves
as the Independent Chairman), $15,000 annual fee to the Chairpersons of the Audit and Compliance Committees, $5,000 annual fee to the Chairperson of the Nominating Committee (for periods in which the Committee has operated); and (vii) $25,000
annual fee to the Vice Chairperson of the Contracts Committee and $7,500 annual fee to the Vice Chairperson of both the Audit and Compliance Committees. The
pro rata
share paid by each Portfolio is based on the Portfolios average net
assets as a percentage of the average net assets of all the funds managed by the Adviser for which the Directors serve in common as Directors.
Compensation Table
The following
table sets forth information provided by the Portfolios adviser regarding compensation of Directors by each Portfolio and other funds managed by the adviser and its affiliates for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013. Officers of the
Company and Directors who are interested persons of the Company do not receive any compensation from the Portfolios or any other funds managed by the adviser or its affiliates.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name of Director
|
|
ING
Strategic
Allocation
Conservative
Portfolio
|
|
ING
Strategic
Allocation
Growth
Portfolio
|
|
ING Strategic
Allocation
Moderate
Portfolio
|
|
Pension or
Retirement
Benefits
Accrued as
Part of
Fund
Expenses
|
|
Estimated
Annual
Benefits
Upon
Retirement
|
|
Total
Compensation
from the
Portfolios
and
Other Funds in
the ING Funds
Complex Paid to
Directors
|
Colleen D. Baldwin
1
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
John V. Boyer
1
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
Patricia W. Chadwick
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
Albert E. DePrince, Jr.
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
Peter S. Drotch
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
129
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name of Director
|
|
ING
Strategic
Allocation
Conservative
Portfolio
|
|
ING
Strategic
Allocation
Growth
Portfolio
|
|
ING
Strategic
Allocation
Moderate
Portfolio
|
|
Pension or
Retirement
Benefits
Accrued as
Part of
Fund
Expenses
|
|
Estimated
Annual
Benefits
Upon
Retirement
|
|
Total
Compensation
from the
Portfolios
and
Other Funds in
the ING Funds
Complex Paid to
Directors
|
J. Michael Earley
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
Martin J. Gavin
1, 4
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
Russell H. Jones
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
Patrick W. Kenny
1
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
Sidney Koch
5
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
Shaun P. Mathews
6
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
Joseph E. Obermeyer
1
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
Sheryl K. Pressler
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
Roger B. Vincent
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
|
1
|
Includes amounts deferred pursuant to a Deferred Compensation Plan. During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013: (1) Colleen D.
Baldwin, Martin J. Gavin and Joseph E. Obermeyer deferred $[ ], $[ ] and $[ ], respectively, of their compensation from the Fund Complex; and (2) Messrs. Boyer and Kenny deferred $ [ ] and $[ ], respectively, of their
compensation from the Fund Complex.
|
|
2
|
Represents compensation from: (1) for the period of May 21, 2013 to December 31, 2013 [ ] funds (total funds in the ING
Funds complex, as of December 31, 2013); and (2) for the period of January 1, 2013 to May 20, 2013, 145 funds overseen by the Board member prior to the Consolidation.
|
|
3
|
Represents compensation from: (1) for the period of May 21, 2013 to December 31, 2013, [ ] (total funds in the ING Funds
complex, as of December 31, 2013); and (2) for the period of January 1, 2013 to May 20, 2013, 34 funds overseen by the Board member prior to the Consolidation.
|
|
4
|
Mr. Gavin resigned as a Director, effective September 2013.
|
|
5
|
Mr. Koch resigned as a Director, effective May 21, 2013.
|
|
6
|
Mr. Mathews is an interested person, as defined in the 1940 Act, of the Company because of his current affiliation with any of the
Funds, ING or any of INGs affiliates.
|
CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL
SHAREHOLDERS
Control is defined by the 1940 Act as the beneficial ownership, either directly or through one or more controlled
companies, of more than 25% of the voting securities of a company. A control person may be able to take action regarding a Portfolio without the consent or approval of shareholders.
Shares of the Portfolios are owned by insurance companies as depositors of Separate Accounts which are used to fund Variable Contracts, to
Qualified Plans outside the Separate Account context, to investment advisers and their affiliates, and certain other investment companies.
As of [April 2, 2014, none of the Directors and officers of the Company owned any of the outstanding shares of the Portfolios.]
As of that date, to the best knowledge of management, no person owned beneficially or of record more than 5% of the outstanding shares of any
class of a Portfolio, except as set forth below. Unless otherwise indicated below, the Company has no knowledge as to whether all or any portion of the shares owned of record are also owned beneficially.
As of [April 2, 2014], Separate Accounts of the following life insurance companies and/or qualified pension plans owned of record or
beneficially 5% or more of the shares of the following Portfolios:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Portfolio
|
|
Variable Contract/Qualified Plan Name
and Address
|
|
Class of
Ownership
|
|
Percentage
of
Class
|
|
Percentage of
Portfolio
|
130
CODE OF ETHICS
The Portfolios, the Adviser, and the Distributor (as principal underwriter) have adopted a code of ethics (Code of Ethics or
written supervisory procedures) in accordance with Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act governing personal trading of all Directors, officers of the Portfolios, and persons who , in connection with their regular functions, play a role in the recommendation
of any purchase or sale of a security by each Portfolio or obtain information pertaining to such purchase or sale.. The Code of Ethics allows trades to be made in securities that may be held by a Portfolio; however, it prohibits a person from taking
advantage of portfolio trades or from acting on inside information Personal trading is permitted by such persons subject to certain restrictions; however they are generally required to pre-clear all security transactions with the Companys
Compliance Department and to report all transactions on a regular basis. The Sub-Advisers have adopted their own Codes of Ethics to govern the personal trading activities of their personnel. Information about these Code of Ethics may be obtained by
calling the SECs Public Reference Room at 1-202-942-8090. Copies of the Code of Ethics may also be obtained on the EDGAR Database on the SECs Internet site at http://www.sec.gov. Alternatively, this information may be obtained, upon
payment of a duplicating fee, by writing the Public reference Section of the SEC, Washington D.C. 20549-0102 or by electronic request at the following e-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov.
PROXY VOTING PROCEDURES
The Board has adopted proxy voting procedures and guidelines to govern the voting of proxies relating to the Portfolios portfolio
securities. The proxy voting procedures provide that, under most circumstances, funds-of-funds, including the Portfolios, will echo vote their interests in Underlying Funds. This means that, if a Portfolio must vote on a proposal with
respect to an Underlying Fund, the Portfolio will vote its interest in that Underlying Fund in the same proportion as all other shareholders in the Underlying Fund voted their interests. The effect of echo voting may be that a small number of
shareholders may determine the outcome of a vote. The procedures delegate to the adviser the authority to vote proxies relating to portfolio securities, and provide a method for responding to potential conflicts of interest. In delegating voting
authority to the adviser, the Board has also approved the advisers proxy voting procedures, which require the adviser to vote proxies in accordance with the Portfolios proxy voting procedures and guidelines. An independent proxy voting
service has been retained to assist in the voting of Portfolio proxies through the provision of vote analysis, implementation and recordkeeping and disclosure services. In addition, the Compliance Committee oversees the implementation of the
Portfolios proxy voting procedures. A copy of the proxy voting procedures and guidelines of the Portfolios, including the procedures of the adviser, is attached hereto as Appendix B. No later than August 31
st
of each year, information regarding how the Portfolios voted proxies relating to portfolio securities for the one-year period ending
June 30
th
is available through INGs website (www.INGInvestment.com) or by accessing the SECs EDGAR database at www.sec.gov.
ADVISER
The adviser for the Portfolios is ING Investments LLC (Adviser or ING Investments) which is registered with the SEC as
an investment adviser and serves as an investment adviser to registered investment companies (or series thereof), as well as structured finance vehicles. The Adviser, subject to the authority of the Board, has the overall responsibility for the
management of a Portfolios portfolio subject to delegation of certain responsibilities to other investment advisers. The Adviser is an Arizona limited liability company and is an indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary of ING U.S., Inc. (ING
U.S.). ING U.S. is a U.S.-based financial institution whose subsidiaries operate in the retirement, investment, and insurance industries. As of the date of this SAI, ING U.S. is a majority-owned subsidiary of ING Groep N.V (ING
Groep). ING Groep is a global financial institution of Dutch origin with operations in more than 40 countries. The principal executive offices of ING U.S. are located at 5780 Powers Ferry
131
Road N.W., Atlanta, GA 30327-4390 and the principal executive offices of ING Groep are located at Amstelveensesweg 500, 1081 KL Amsterdam, P.O. Box 810, 1000 AV Amsterdam, The Netherlands. The
principal executive offices of ING Investments is 7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100, Scottsdale, Arizona 85258.
On
February 26, 2001, the name of the Adviser changed from Pilgrim Investments, Inc. to ING Pilgrim Investments, LLC. On March 1, 2002, the name of the Adviser was changed from ING Pilgrim Investments, LLC,
to ING Investments, LLC. Prior to March 1, 2002, ING Investment Management Co. LLC (ING IM) served as adviser to the Portfolios. On that date ING Investments, LLC began serving as adviser and ING IM began serving as the
sub-adviser to each Portfolio.
The Adviser serves pursuant to an investment management agreement (Investment Advisory
Agreement) between the Adviser and the Company on behalf of the Portfolios. The Adviser is authorized to exercise full investment discretion and make all determinations with respect to the day-to-day investment management of each
Portfolios assets and the purchase and sale of portfolio securities for each Portfolio.
The Investment Advisory Agreement provides
that the Adviser is not subject to liability to the Portfolios for any act or omission in the course of, or connected with, rendering services under the Investment Advisory Agreement, except by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, negligence,
or reckless disregard of its obligations and duties under the Investment Advisory Agreement.
The Adviser shall make its officers and
employees available to the Board and officers of the Company for consultation and discussions regarding the supervision and administration of the Portfolios.
After an initial term of two years, the Investment Advisory Agreement continue in effect from year to year so long as such continuance is
specifically approved annually by: (i) a majority vote of the Board, including a majority of the Independent Directors, in person at a meeting called for that purpose; or (ii) the holders of a majority of the outstanding voting securities
of the Company.
The Investment Advisory Agreement may be terminated as to a particular Portfolio without penalty at any time with not
less than 60 days notice by: (i) the Board; (ii) the vote of a majority (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Portfolios outstanding shares voting as a single class; provided, that in either event the continuance is
also approved by at least a majority of the Directors who are not parties to the Investment Advisory Agreement or Sub-Advisory agreement, as applicable, or interested persons (as defined in the 1940 Act) of any such party by vote cast in
person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval; or (iii) the Adviser.
The Investment Advisory Agreement will
terminate automatically in the event of its assignment (as defined in the 1940 Act).
Groep Restructuring
In October 2009, ING Groep submitted a restructuring plan (the Restructuring Plan) to the European Commission in order to receive
approval for state aid granted to ING Groep by the Kingdom of the Netherlands in November 2008 and March 2009. To receive approval for this state aid, ING Groep was required to divest its insurance and investment management businesses, including ING
U.S., before the end of 2013. In November 2012, the Restructuring Plan was amended to permit ING Groep additional time to complete the divestment. Pursuant to the amended Restructuring Plan, ING Groep must divest at least 25% of ING U.S. by the end
of 2013, more than 50% by the end of 2014, and the remaining interest by the end of 2016 (such divestment, the Separation Plan).
132
In May 2013, ING U.S. conducted an initial public offering of ING U.S. common stock (the
IPO). On September 13, 2013, ING U.S. filed a new Registration Statement on Form S-1 with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the SEC) in connection with another potential public offering of ING U.S. common
stock held by ING Groep. ING U.S. did not be issue or sell common stock in the offering. On October 23, 2013, ING U.S. announced the pricing of 33 million shares of its common stock being offered by ING Groep in this offering. Closing of
the offering occurred on October 29, 2013. ING Groep also granted the underwriters in the offering an option exercisable within 30 days, to acquire up to approximately an additional 5 million shares from ING Groep. This option was
exercised in full. ING U.S. did not receive any proceeds from the offering.
ING Groep continues to own a majority of the common stock of
ING U.S. ING Groep has stated that it intends to sell its remaining controlling ownership interest in ING U.S. over time. While the base case for the remainder of the Separation Plan is the divestment of ING Groeps remaining interest in one or
more broadly distributed offerings, all options remain open and it is possible that ING Groeps divestment of its remaining interest in ING U.S. may take place by means of a sale to a single buyer or group of buyers.
It is anticipated that one or more of the transactions contemplated by the Separation Plan would result in the automatic termination of the
existing investment advisory and sub-advisory agreements under which the Adviser and Sub-Adviser(s) provide services to the Funds. In order to ensure that the existing investment advisory and sub-advisory services can continue uninterrupted, the
Board approved new advisor y and sub-advisory agreements for the Funds, as applicable, in connection with the IPO. Shareholders of each Fund approved the new investment advisory and sub-advisory agreements prompted by the IPO, as well as any future
advisory and sub-advisory agreements prompted by the Separation Plan that are approved by the Board and whose terms are not be materially different from the current agreements. This means that shareholders may not have another opportunity to vote on
a new agreement with the Adviser or an affiliated sub-adviser even if they undergo a change of control, as long as no single person or group of persons acting together gains control (as defined in the 1940 Act) of ING U.S.
The Separation Plan, whether implemented through public offerings or other means, may be disruptive to the businesses of ING U.S. and its
subsidiaries, including the Adviser and affiliated entities that provide services to the Funds, and may cause, among other things, interruption of business operations or services, diversion of managements attention from day-to-day operations,
reduced access to capital, and loss of key employees or customers. The completion of the Separation Plan is expected to result in the Advisers loss of access to the resources of ING Groep, which could adversely affect its business. Since a
portion of the shares of ING U.S., as a standalone entity, are publicly held, it is subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as well as other U.S. government and state regulations, and subject to the risk of
changing regulation.
The Separation Plan may be implemented in phases. During the time that ING Groep retains a majority interest in ING
U.S., circumstances affecting ING Groep, including restrictions or requirements imposed on ING Groep by European and other authorities, may also affect ING U.S. A failure to complete the Separation Plan could create uncertainty about the nature of
the relationship between ING U.S. and ING Groep, and could adversely affect ING U.S. and the Adviser and its affiliates. Currently, the Adviser and its affiliates do not anticipate that the Separation Plan will have a material adverse impact on
their operations or the Funds and their operations.
Approval of Advisory Agreement
For information regarding the basis of the Boards approval of the investment advisory agreement for each Portfolio, please refer to the
Portfolios annual shareholder report dated December 31, 2013.
133
Advisory Fees
As compensation for its services under the Investment Advisory Agreement, each Portfolio pays the Adviser, expressed as an annual rate, a
monthly fee in arrears equal to the following as a percentage of each Portfolios average daily net assets during the month:
|
|
|
Portfolio
|
|
Annual Advisory Fee
|
ING Strategic Allocation Conservative
|
|
0.08%
of the Portfolios average daily net assets invested in Underlying Funds
1
; and
for
all other assets held in direct investments
2
:
0.60% of the Portfolios average
daily net assets.
|
ING Strategic Allocation Growth
|
|
0.08%
of the Portfolios average daily net assets invested in Underlying Funds
1
; and
for
all other assets held in direct investments
2
:
0.60% of the Portfolios average
daily net assets.
|
ING Strategic Allocation Moderate
|
|
0.08%
of the Portfolios average daily net assets invested in Underlying Funds
1
; and
for
all other assets held in direct investments
2
:
0.60% of the Portfolios average
daily net assets.
|
1
|
Underlying Funds shall mean open-end investment companies registered under the 1940 Act within the ING Fund Complex. The term Fund
Complex shall have the same meaning as defined in Item 17 of Form N-1A, as it was in effect on May 7, 2013.
|
2
|
Direct Investments shall mean assets which are not Underlying Funds.
|
Expense Limitation Agreement
The Adviser
has entered into an expense limitation agreement with the Portfolios (Expense Limitation Agreement), pursuant to which the Adviser has agreed to waive or limit its fees. In connection with the agreement and certain U.S. tax requirements,
the Adviser will assume other expenses so that the total annual ordinary operating expenses of the Portfolios, which exclude interest, taxes, brokerage commissions, other investment-related costs, extraordinary expenses such as litigation, other
expenses not incurred in the ordinary course of each Portfolios business and expenses of any counsel or other persons or services retained by the Portfolios Independent Directors of the Adviser, do not exceed the expense limitation shown
on the following table:
|
|
|
|
|
Portfolio
|
|
Class I
|
|
Class S
|
ING Strategic Allocation Conservative
|
|
0.65%
|
|
0.90%
|
ING Strategic Allocation Growth
|
|
0.75%
|
|
1.00%
|
ING Strategic Allocation Moderate
|
|
0.70%
|
|
0.95%
|
Each Portfolio may at a later date reimburse the Adviser for management fees waived or reduced and other
expenses assumed by the Adviser during the previous 36 months, but only if, after such reimbursement, the Portfolios expense ratio does not exceed the percentage described above. The Adviser will only be reimbursed for fees waived or expenses
assumed after the effective date of the Expense Limitation Agreement.
The Expense Limitation Agreement provides that the expense
limitations shall continue until at least [May 1, 2015]. The Expense Limitation Agreement is contractual and, after the initial term, shall renew automatically for one-year terms unless: (i) the adviser provides 90 days written notice of its
termination; and (ii) such termination is approved by the Board; or (iii) the management agreement has been terminated. The obligation is subject to possible recoupment by the adviser within three years.
In addition, with respect to Strategic Allocation Growth Class I and Class S shares, the Adviser is contractually obligated to further limit
expenses to 0.71% and 0.96%, respectively, through [May 1, 2015]. There is no guarantee the additional expense limit will continue after [May 1, 2015]. The additional expense limitation will only renew if the adviser elects to renew it.
134
Total Advisory Fees Paid
The following table sets forth the total amounts of advisory fees the Portfolios paid to the Adviser for the fiscal years ended
December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name of Portfolio
|
|
2013
|
|
2012
|
|
2011
|
ING Strategic Allocation Conservative
|
|
[ ]
|
|
$67,274
|
|
$68,970
|
ING Strategic Allocation Growth
|
|
[ ]
|
|
$115,236
|
|
$125,761
|
ING Strategic Allocation Moderate
|
|
[ ]
|
|
$115,460
|
|
$124,348
|
SUB-ADVISER
Pursuant to a sub-advisory agreement between the Adviser and the sub-adviser (each a Sub-Advisory Agreement and collectively, the
Sub-Advisory Agreements), the Adviser has delegated certain management responsibilities to the sub-adviser. The Adviser oversees the investment management of the sub-adviser for the Portfolios, ING IM (Sub-Adviser). The
Sub-Adviser is an indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary of ING U.S.
The Investment Advisory Agreement for the Portfolios provides that
the Adviser, with the approval of a Portfolios Board, may select and employ investment advisers to serve as sub-advisers for the Portfolios, and shall monitor the Sub-Advisers investment programs and results, and coordinate the
investment activities of the Sub-Adviser to ensure compliance with regulatory restrictions. The Adviser pays all of its expenses arising from the performance of its obligations under the Investment Advisory Agreement, including all fees payable to
the Sub-Advisers, executive salaries, and expenses of the Directors and officers of a Portfolio who are employees of the Adviser or its affiliates and office rent of a Portfolio. The Sub-Adviser pays all of its expenses arising from the performance
of its obligations under the Sub-Advisory Agreement.
Subject to the expense reimbursement provisions described in this SAI, other
expenses incurred in the operation of the Portfolios are borne by the Portfolios, including, without limitation, investment advisory fees; brokerage commissions; interest; legal fees and expenses of attorneys; fees of independent registered public
accounting firms, transfer agents and dividend disbursing agents, accounting agents, and custodians; the expense of obtaining quotations for calculating each Portfolios NAV; taxes, if any, and the preparation of each Portfolios tax
return; cost of stock certificates and any other expenses (including clerical expenses) of issue, sale, repurchase or redemption of shares; fees and expenses of registering and maintaining the registration of shares of the Portfolios under federal
and state laws and regulations, expenses of printing and distributing reports, notices and proxy materials to existing shareholders; expenses of printing and filing reports and other documents filed with governmental agencies; expenses of annual and
special shareholder meetings; expenses of printing and distributing prospectuses and statements of additional information to existing shareholders; fees and expenses of Directors of the Portfolios who are not employees of the Adviser or Sub-Adviser,
or their affiliates; membership dues in trade associations; insurance premiums; and extraordinary expenses such as litigation expenses.
After an initial term of two years, the Sub-Advisory Agreement continues in effect from year-to-year so long as such continuance is
specifically approved annually by: (i) a majority vote of the Independent Directors; or (ii) the vote of a majority (as defined in the 1940 Act) of a Portfolios outstanding shares voting as a single class provided that
such continuance is also approved by at least a majority of the Independent Board by a vote cast in person as a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval.
135
The Sub-Advisory Agreement may be terminated as to a particular Portfolio without penalty upon 60
days prior written notice by: (i) the Board; (ii) the majority vote of the outstanding voting securities of the relevant Portfolio; (iii) the Adviser; or (iv) the Sub-Adviser. The Sub-Advisory Agreement terminates
automatically in the event of its assignment or in the event of the termination of the Investment Advisory Agreement.
Pursuant to the
Sub-Advisory Agreement between the Adviser and the Sub-Adviser, the Sub-Adviser, subject to the supervision and control of the Adviser and the Board, on behalf of the Portfolios, manages each Portfolios portfolio investments consistent with
the Portfolios investment objectives, and executes any of the Portfolios investment policies that it deems appropriate to utilize from time to time. Fees payable under the Sub-Advisory Agreement accrue daily and are paid monthly by the
Adviser. The Sub-Advisers address is 230 Park Avenue, New York, NY 10169.
Approval of Sub-Advisory Agreements
For information regarding the basis for the Boards approval of the investment sub-advisory agreements for each Portfolio, please refer to
the Portfolios annual shareholder report dated December 31, 2013.
Sub-Advisory Fees
As compensation to the Sub-Adviser for its services, the Adviser pays the Sub-Adviser a monthly fee in arrears equal to the following annual
percentage of each Portfolios average daily net assets managed during the month:
|
|
|
Portfolio
|
|
Sub-Advisory Fee
|
ING Strategic Allocation Conservative
|
|
0.02%
of the Portfolios average daily net assets invested in Underlying Funds
1
; and
for
all other assets directly sub-advised by the Sub-Adviser (direct investments
2
):
0.27%
of the Portfolios average daily net assets.
|
ING Strategic Allocation Growth
|
|
0.02%
of the Portfolios average daily net assets invested in Underlying Funds
1
; and
for
all other assets directly sub-advised by the Sub-Adviser (direct investments
2
):
0.27%
of the Portfolios average daily net assets.
|
ING Strategic Allocation Moderate
|
|
0.02%
of the Portfolios average daily net assets invested in Underlying Funds
1
; and
for
all other assets directly sub-advised by the Sub-Adviser (direct investments
2
):
0.27%
of the Portfolios average daily net assets.
|
1
|
Underlying Funds shall mean open-end investment companies registered under the 1940 Act within the ING Fund Complex. The term Fund
Complex shall have the same meaning as defined in Item 17 of Form N-1A, as it was in effect on May 7, 2013.
|
2
|
Direct Investments shall mean assets which are not Underlying Funds.
|
Total Sub-Advisory Fees Paid
The
following table sets forth the total amounts of sub-advisory fees the Adviser paid the Sub-Adviser for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Portfolio
|
|
2013
|
|
2012
|
|
2011
|
ING Strategic Allocation Conservative
|
|
[ ]
|
|
$16,818
|
|
$17,242
|
ING Strategic Allocation Growth
|
|
[ ]
|
|
$28,809
|
|
$31,440
|
ING Strategic Allocation Moderate
|
|
[ ]
|
|
$28,865
|
|
$31,087
|
136
Portfolio Managers
Other Accounts Managed
The following
table shows the number of accounts and total assets in the accounts managed by the portfolio managers as of December 31, 2013.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Portfolio Manager
|
|
Registered Investment
Companies
|
|
Other Pooled Investment
Vehicles
|
|
Other Accts
|
|
Number of
Accounts
|
|
Total Assets
|
|
Number of
Accounts
|
|
Total Assets
|
|
Number of
Accounts
|
|
Total
Assets
|
Derek Sasveld
|
|
12
|
|
$11,924,994,062
|
|
0
|
|
$0
|
|
0
|
|
$0
|
Paul Zemsky
|
|
49
|
|
$18,653,917,641
|
|
100
|
|
$2,522,991,424
|
|
0
|
|
$0
|
1
|
Two of these Accounts with Total Assets of $1,081,019,344 have an advisory fee that is also based on the performance of the Accounts.
|
Potential Material Conflicts of Interest
Potential conflicts of interest may arise in the management of the Portfolios. The Adviser and the Sub-Adviser may be subject to competing
interests that have the potential to influence its decision making with regard to the allocation of the Portfolios assets. For example, one Underlying Fund may pay advisory fees that are higher than others, and some Underlying Funds may have a
sub-adviser that is affiliated with the Adviser, while others do not.
The Adviser may also subsidize the expenses of some of the
Underlying Funds but not subsidize others. Further, the Adviser may believe that a redemption from an Underlying Fund will be harmful to that fund or to the Adviser or an affiliate or may believe that an Underlying Fund may benefit from additional
assets. Therefore, the Adviser may have incentives to allocate and reallocate in a fashion that would advance its own interests or the interests of an Underlying Fund rather than the Portfolios.
The Adviser has informed the Board that it has developed an investment process that it believes will ensure each Portfolio is managed in the
best interests of the shareholders of the Portfolio.
Compensation
Compensation consists of: (i) fixed base salary; (ii) a bonus, which is based on ING IM performance, one-, three-, and five-year
pre-tax performance of the accounts the portfolio managers are primarily and jointly responsible for relative to account benchmarks, peer universe performance, and revenue growth and net cash flow growth (changes in the accounts net assets not
attributable to changes in the value of the accounts investments) of the accounts they are responsible for; and (iii) long-term equity awards tied to the performance of the parent company, ING Groep and a notional investment in a
pre-defined set of ING IM sub-advised Funds.
ING IM has defined indices for the portfolio managers (the Barclays U.S. Aggregate Index
for Strategic Allocation Conservative Portfolio and the Russell 3000
®
Index for Strategic Allocation Growth Portfolio and Strategic Allocation Moderate Portfolio) and where applicable, peer
groups including but not limited to Russell, Morningstar, Lipper and Barclays and set performance goals to appropriately reflect requirements for each investment team. The measures for each team are outlined on a scorecard that is
137
reviewed on an annual basis. These scorecards measure investment performance versus benchmark and peer groups over one-, three-, and five-year periods, and year-to-date net cash flow (changes in
the accounts net assets not attributable to changes in the value of the accounts investments) and revenue growth for all accounts managed by each team. The results for overall ING IM scorecards are typically calculated on an asset
weighted performance basis of the individual team scorecards.
Investment professionals performance measures for bonus
determinations are weighted by 25% being attributable to the overall Sub-Adviser performance and 75% attributable to their specific team results (65% investment performance, 5% net cash flow, and 5% revenue growth).
ING IMs long-term incentive plan is designed to provide ownership-like incentives to reward continued employment and to link long-term
compensation to the financial performance of the business. Based on job function, internal comparators and external market data, employees may be granted long-term awards; all senior investment professionals participate in the long-term compensation
plan. Participants receive annual awards determined by the management committee based largely on investment performance and contribution to firm performance. Plan awards are based on the current years performance as defined by the ING IM
component of the annual incentive plan. Awards typically include a combination of performance shares, which vest ratably over a three-year period, and ING restricted stock and/or a notional investment in a predefined set of ING IM sub-advised Funds,
which is subject to a three-year cliff-vesting schedule.
If a portfolio managers fixed base salary compensation exceeds a
particular threshold, he or she may participate in INGs deferred compensation plan. The plan provides an opportunity to invest deferred amounts of compensation in mutual funds, ING stock or at an annual fixed interest rate. Deferral elections
are done on an annual basis and the amount of compensation deferred is irrevocable.
Portfolio Manager Ownership of Securities
The following table shows the dollar range of shares of the Portfolios owned by the portfolio managers as of December 31, 2013, including
investments by their immediate family members and amounts invested through retirement and deferred compensation plans.
|
|
|
|
|
Portfolio Manager
|
|
Portfolio
|
|
Dollar Range of Securities of the Portfolio Owned
|
Derek Sasveld
|
|
ING Strategic Allocation
Conservative
ING Strategic Allocation Growth
ING Strategic Allocation Moderate
|
|
[ ]
|
Paul Zemsky
|
|
ING Strategic Allocation
Conservative
ING Strategic Allocation Growth
ING Strategic Allocation Moderate
|
|
[None]
|
PRINCIPAL UNDERWRITER
Shares of the Portfolios are offered on a continuous basis. The Company has entered into a distribution agreement with ING Investments
Distributor, LLC (Distributor) (Distribution Agreement) pursuant to which the Distributor serves as principal underwriter of the Portfolios. The Distributors principal offices are located at 7337 East Doubletree Ranch
Road, Suite 100, Scottsdale, Arizona 85258. The Distributor is a Delaware limited liability company and is an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of ING U.S. and an affiliate of the Adviser.
As principal underwriter for each Portfolio, the Distributor has agreed to use its best efforts to distribute the shares of the Portfolios.
The Distributor is not obligated to sell a specific amount of the Portfolios shares. The Distributor bears all expenses of providing distribution services including the costs of sales presentations, mailings, advertising, and any other
marketing efforts by the Distributor in connection with the distribution or sale of the shares.
138
The Distributor shall be responsible for any costs of printing and distributing prospectuses and
SAIs for prospective shareholders and such other sales literature, reports, forms and advertisements as it elects to prepare. The Company shall be responsible for the costs of registering the shares with the SEC and for the costs of preparing
prospectuses and SAIs and such other documents as are required to maintain the registration of the shares with the SEC as well as their distribution to existing shareholders. The Distributor does not receive compensation for providing services under
the Distribution Agreement.
The Underwriting Agreement may be continued from year to year if approved annually by the Board or by a vote
of holders of a majority of each Portfolios shares, and by a vote of a majority of the Directors who are not interested persons of the Distributor, or the Company, appearing in person at a meeting called for the purpose of
approving such Agreement.
The Distribution Agreement terminates automatically upon assignment, and may be terminated at any time on 60
days written notice by the Board or the Distributor or by vote of holders of a majority of a Portfolios shares without the payment of any penalty
RULE 12B-1 PLANS
The Company has a distribution plan pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act (Rule 12b-1 Plan) applicable to most classes of
shares offered by the Portfolios.
The Portfolios intend to operate the Rule 12b-1 Plan in accordance with their terms and the Financial
Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) rules concerning sales charges. Under the Rule 12b-1 Plan, the Distributor may be entitled to payment each month in amounts in connection with the offering, sale, and shareholder services of the
Class S shares as a percentage of each Portfolios average daily net assets set forth in the following table. The Portfolios do not have a 12b-1 Plan with respect to Class I shares of the Portfolios.
The Directors have classified shares of the Portfolios into two classes: Class I shares and Class S shares. Shares of each class represent an
equal
pro rata
interest in a Portfolio and, generally, have identical voting, dividend, liquidation and other rights, preferences, powers, restrictions, limitations, qualifications and terms and conditions, except that: (i) each class
has a different designation; (ii) each class of shares bears any expenses attributable to that class; and (iii) each class has exclusive voting rights on any matter submitted to shareholders that relates solely to it or its distribution
arrangements or service arrangements and each class has separate voting rights on any matter submitted to shareholders in which the interests of one class differ from the interests of any other class. In addition, the Class I shares and Class S
shares have the features described below.
Each class will differ with regard to the impact of expenses, exchange privileges, the
designation of each class of shares of a Portfolio, and any different shareholder services relating to a class of shares. Any other incremental expenses identified from time to time will be properly allocated to one class as long as any changes in
expense allocations are reviewed and approved by a vote of the Board including a majority of the non-interested directors.
Under the
Class S Distribution Plan, the Distributor is paid an annual distribution fee at the rate of 0.25% of the average daily net assets regardless of expenses of the Class S shares of each Portfolio. The distribution fee may be used to cover expenses
incurred in promoting the sale of Class S shares, including: (i) the costs of printing and distributing to prospective investors Prospectuses, statements of
139
additional information and sale literature; (ii) payments to investment professionals and other persons who provide support services in connection with the distribution of shares;
(iii) overhead and other distribution related expenses; and (iv) accruals for interest on the amount of the forgoing expenses that exceed the distribution fee. The Distributor may re-allow all or a portion of these fees to broker-dealers
entering into selling agreements with it, including its affiliates.
The 12b-1 Plan has been approved by the Board, including all of the
Independent Directors who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the 12 -1 Plan, cast in person at a meeting called for that purpose.
The 12b-1 Plan continues from year to year, provided such continuance is approved annually by vote of the Board, including a majority of
Independent Directors.
The 12b-1 Plan may not be amended to increase the amount to be spent for the services provided by the Distributor
without shareholder approval. All amendments to the Distribution Plan must be approved by the Board in the manner described above.
The
12b-1 Plan may be terminated at any time, without penalty, by vote of a majority of the Independent Directors upon not more than 30 days notice to any other party to the 12b-1 Plan.
All persons who are under common control of the Portfolios could be deemed to have a financial interest in the Plan. No other interested
person of the Portfolios has a financial interest in the Plan.
The Distributor is required to report in writing to the Board at least
quarterly on the amounts and purpose of any payment made under the 12b-1 Plan and any related agreements, as well as to furnish the Board with such other information as may reasonably be requested in order to enable the Board to make an informed
determination whether the Rule 12b-1 Plan should be continued. The terms and provisions of the Plan relating to required reports, term and approval are consistent with the requirements of Rule 12b-1.
The Adviser and the Sub-Adviser or their affiliates may make payments to securities dealers that enter into agreements providing the
Distributor with access to registered representatives of the securities dealer.
Total Distribution Fees Incurred
The following table sets forth the total distribution expenses incurred by the Distributor for the costs of promotion and distribution with
respect to each class of shares for the Portfolios for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013.
|
|
|
|
|
Portfolio
|
|
Class I
|
|
Class S
|
ING Strategic Allocation Conservative
|
|
|
|
|
Advertising
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
Printing
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
Salaries & Commissions
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
Broker Servicing
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
Miscellaneous
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
Total
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
ING Strategic Allocation Growth
|
|
|
|
|
Advertising
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
Printing
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
Salaries & Commissions
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
Broker Servicing
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
Miscellaneous
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
140
|
|
|
|
|
Portfolio
|
|
Class I
|
|
Class S
|
Total
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
ING Strategic Allocation Moderate
|
|
|
|
|
Advertising
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
Printing
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
Salaries & Commissions
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
Broker Servicing
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
Miscellaneous
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
Total
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[ ]
|
Distribution (12b-1) Fees Paid
The following table sets for the total distribution and/or shareholder service (12b-1) fees paid by Class S shares of each Portfolio for the
fiscal years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Portfolio
|
|
2013
|
|
2012
|
|
2011
|
ING Strategic Allocation Conservative
|
|
[ ]
|
|
$3,791
|
|
$3,798
|
ING Strategic Allocation Growth
|
|
[ ]
|
|
$1,596
|
|
$2,964
|
ING Strategic Allocation Moderate
|
|
[ ]
|
|
$2,935
|
|
$4,666
|
EXPENSES
A Portfolios assets may decrease or increase within the Portfolios fiscal year and the Portfolios operating expense ratios
may correspondingly increase or decrease.
In addition to the management fee and other fees described previously, the Portfolios pay other
expenses, such as legal, audit, transfer agency and custodian out-of-pocket fees, proxy solicitation costs, and the compensation of Directors who are not affiliated with the Adviser. Certain expenses of the Portfolios are generally allocated to the
Portfolios, and each class of the Portfolios, in proportion to its
pro rata
average net assets; provided that expenses that are specific to a class of the Portfolios may be charged directly to that class in accordance with the Companys
Amended and Restated Multiple Class Plan pursuant to Rule 18f.3. The Rule 12b-1 Plan fees for each class of shares are charged proportionately only to the outstanding shares of that class. Certain operating expenses shared by several funds are
generally allocated amongst those funds based on average net assets.
ADMINISTRATOR
ING Funds Services, LLC (ING Funds Services or Administrator) serves as administrator for the Portfolios pursuant to
an administration agreement with the Company (Administration Agreement). The Administrator is an affiliate of the Adviser. The Administrators principal offices are located at 7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100, Scottsdale,
AZ 85258.
Subject to the supervision of the Board, the Administrator provides the overall business management and administrative services
necessary to properly conduct the Portfolios business, except for those services performed by the Adviser under the Investment Advisory Agreement, the Sub-Adviser under the Sub-Advisory Agreement, the custodian under the Custodian Agreement,
the transfer agent under the Transfer Agency Agreement, and such other service providers as may be retained by the Portfolios from time to time. The Administrator acts as a liaison among these service providers to the Portfolios. According to the
Administration Agreement, the Administrator will pay all expenses incurred by it in connection with its activities, except such expenses as are assumed by the Company under this Administration Agreement, including, without limitation, the expenses
of software licensing and similar products used in the preparation of registration statements including prospectuses and statements of additional information, shareholder reports and notices, proxy materials, and other documents filed with
governmental agencies
141
The Administrator also handles the filing of federal, state and local income tax returns for the Administrator Portfolios not being furnished by other service providers. The Administrator is also
responsible for monitoring the Portfolios compliance with applicable legal requirements and for investment policies and restrictions of the Portfolios.
Prior to April 1, 2002, the Sub-Adviser provided administrative services to the Portfolios pursuant to administrative agreements. The
services provided by the Sub-Adviser included: (i) internal accounting services; (ii) monitoring regulatory compliance, such as reports and filings with the SEC and state securities commissions; (iii) preparing financial information
for proxy statements; (iv) preparing semi-annual and annual reports to shareholders; (v) calculating NAV; (vi) the preparation of certain shareholders communications; (vii) supervision of the custodians and transfer agent; and
(viii) reporting to the Board. Since its appointment as Administrator on April 1, 2002, ING Funds Services has provided substantially similar administrative services to the Portfolios pursuant to the Administration Agreement.
The Administration Agreement may be cancelled by the Board, without payment of any penalty, by a vote of a majority of the Directors upon 60
days written notice to the Administrator, or by the Administrator at any time, without the payment of any penalty, upon 60 days written notice to the Company.
Administration Fees
For its services,
the Administrator is entitled to receive from the Portfolios a fee at an annual rate of 0.055% of the first $5 billion of the Portfolios average daily net assets and 0.030% on assets over $5 billion.
Administration Fees Paid
The
following table sets forth the total administration fees paid by each Portfolio for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Portfolio
|
|
2013
|
|
2012
|
|
2011
|
ING Strategic Allocation Conservative
|
|
[ ]
|
|
$46,249
|
|
$47,415
|
ING Strategic Allocation Growth
|
|
[ ]
|
|
$79,223
|
|
$86,457
|
ING Strategic Allocation Moderate
|
|
[ ]
|
|
$79,377
|
|
$85,486
|
OTHER SERVICE PROVIDERS
Custodian
The cash and securities owned
by each of the Portfolios are held by The Bank of New York Mellon, One Wall Street, New York, New York 10286, as custodian, which takes no part in the decisions relating to the purchase or sale of a Portfolios securities.
A Portfolio may, however, invest in obligations of the custodian and may purchase or sell securities from or to the custodian.
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
KPMG LLP serves as the independent registered public accounting firm to the Portfolios. KPMG LLP provides audit services, tax return
preparation and assistance and consultation in connection with review of SEC filings. KPMG LLP is located at Two Financial Center, 60 South Street, Boston, MA 02111.
142
Legal Counsel
Legal matters for each Portfolio are passed upon by Goodwin Procter LLP, Exchange Place, 53 State Street, Boston, MA 02109.
Transfer Agent
BNY Mellon Investment
Servicing (U.S.) Inc.(Transfer Agent), 301 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, Delaware 19809, serves as the transfer agent and dividend-paying agent to the Portfolios.
PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS
2
The Adviser or Sub-Adviser for each Portfolio places orders for the purchase and sale of investment securities for the Portfolio, pursuant to
authority granted in the Portfolios Investment Advisory Agreement or the Sub-Advisory Agreement. Subject to policies and procedures approved by the Portfolios Board of Directors, the Adviser or a Sub-Adviser has discretion to make
decisions relating to placing these orders, including, where applicable, selecting the brokers or dealers that will execute the purchase and sale of investment securities, negotiating the commission or other compensation paid to the broker or dealer
executing the trade, or using an electronic trading network (ECN) or alternative trading system (ATS).
In
situations where the Sub-Adviser resigns or the Adviser otherwise assumes day to day management of a Portfolio pursuant to its Investment Advisory Agreement with the Portfolio, the Adviser will perform the services described herein as being
performed by the Sub-Adviser.
How Securities Transactions are Effected
Purchases and sales of securities on a securities exchange (which include most equity securities) are effected through brokers who charge a
commission for their services. In transactions on securities exchanges in the United States, these commissions are negotiated, while on many foreign securities exchanges commissions are fixed. Securities traded in the OTC markets (such as
fixed-income securities and some equity securities) are generally traded on a net basis with market makers acting as dealers; in these transactions, the dealers act as principal for their own accounts without a stated commission,
although the price of the security usually includes a profit to the dealer. Transactions in certain OTC securities also may be effected on an agency basis, when, in the Sub-Advisers opinion, the total price paid (including commission) is equal
to or better than the best total price available from a market maker. In underwritten offerings, securities are usually purchased at a fixed price, which includes an amount of compensation to the underwriter, generally referred to as the
underwriters concession or discount. On occasion, certain money market instruments may be purchased directly from an issuer, in which case no commissions or discounts are paid. The Adviser or the sub-adviser may also place trades using an ECN
or ATS.
2
|
For purposes of this section, the discussion relating to investment decisions made by the Adviser or Sub-Adviser with respect to a Portfolio also
includes investment decisions made by a an adviser or sub-adviser with respect to an Underlying Fund. For convenience, only the terms Adviser or Sub-Adviser and Portfolio are used.
|
143
How the Adviser or the Sub-Adviser Selects Broker-Dealers
The Adviser or the Sub-Adviser has a duty to seek to obtain best execution of the Portfolios orders, taking into consideration a full
range of factors designed to produce the most favorable overall terms reasonably available under the circumstances. In selecting brokers and dealers to execute trades, the Adviser or the Sub-Adviser may consider both the characteristics of the trade
and the full range and quality of the brokerage services available from eligible broker-dealers. This consideration often involves qualitative as well as quantitative judgments. Factors relevant to the nature of the trade may include, among others,
price (including the applicable brokerage commission or dollar spread), the size of the order, the nature and characteristics (including liquidity) of the market for the security, the difficulty of execution, the timing of the order, potential
market impact, and the need for confidentiality, speed, and certainty of execution. Factors relevant to the range and quality of brokerage services available from eligible brokers and dealers may include, among others, the firms execution,
clearance, settlement, and other operational facilities; willingness and ability to commit capital or take risk in positioning a block of securities, where necessary; special expertise in particular securities or markets; ability to provide
liquidity, speed and anonymity; the nature and quality of other brokerage and research services provided to the sub-adviser (consistent with the safe harbor described below); and the firms general reputation, financial condition
and responsiveness to the sub-adviser, as demonstrated in the particular transaction or other transactions. Subject to its duty to seek best execution of a Portfolios orders, the Adviser or the Sub-Adviser may select broker-dealers that
participate in commission recapture programs that have been established for the benefit of a Portfolio. Under these programs, the participating broker-dealers will return to a Portfolio (in the form of a credit to the Portfolio) a portion of the
brokerage commissions paid to the broker-dealers by a Portfolio. These credits are used to pay certain expenses of a Portfolio. The commission recapture payments benefit a Portfolio, and not the Adviser or the Sub-Adviser.
The Safe Harbor for Soft Dollar Practices
In selecting broker-dealers to execute a trade for a Portfolio, the Adviser or the Sub-Adviser may consider the nature and quality of
brokerage and research services provided to the sub-adviser as a factor in evaluating the most favorable overall terms reasonably available under the circumstances. As permitted by Section 28(e) of the 1934 Act, the Adviser or the Sub-Adviser
may cause a Portfolio to pay a broker-dealer a commission for effecting a securities transaction for a Portfolio that is in excess of the commission which another broker-dealer would have charged for effecting the transaction, if the Adviser or the
Sub-Adviser makes a good faith determination that the brokers commission paid by a Portfolio is reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided by the broker-dealer, viewed in terms of either the particular
transaction or the Advisers or the Sub-Advisers overall responsibilities to a Portfolio and its other investment advisory clients. The practice of using a portion of a Portfolios commission dollars to pay for brokerage and research
services provided to the Adviser or the Sub-Adviser is sometimes referred to as soft dollars. Section 28(e) is sometimes referred to as a safe harbor, because it permits this practice, subject to a number of
restrictions, including the Advisers or the Sub-Advisers compliance with certain procedural requirements and limitations on the type of brokerage and research services that qualify for the safe harbor.
Brokerage and Research Products and Services Under the Safe Harbor
-
Research products and services may include, but are not
limited to, general economic, political, business and market information and reviews, industry and company information and reviews, evaluations of securities and recommendations as to the purchase and sale of securities, financial data on a company
or companies, performance and risk measuring services and analysis, stock price quotation services, computerized historical financial databases and related software, credit rating services, analysis of corporate responsibility issues, brokerage
analysts earnings estimates, computerized links to current market data, software dedicated to research, and portfolio modeling. Research services may be provided in the form of reports, computer-generated data feeds and other services,
telephone contacts, and personal meetings with securities analysts, as well as in the form of meetings arranged with corporate officers and industry spokespersons, economists, academics and governmental representatives. Brokerage products and
services assist in the
144
execution, clearance and settlement of securities transactions, as well as functions incidental thereto, including but not limited to related communication and connectivity services and
equipment, and software related to order routing, market access, algorithmic trading, and other trading activities. On occasion, a broker-dealer may furnish the Adviser or the Sub-Adviser with a service that has a mixed use (that is, the service is
used both for brokerage and research activities that are within the safe harbor and for other activities). In this case, the Adviser or the Sub-Adviser is required to reasonably allocate the cost of the service, so that any portion of the service
that does not qualify for the safe harbor is paid for by the sub-adviser from its own funds, and not by portfolio commissions paid by a Portfolio.
Benefits to the Adviser or the Sub-Adviser
-
Research products and services provided to the Adviser or the Sub-Adviser by
broker-dealers that effect securities transactions for a Portfolio may be used by the Adviser or the Sub-Adviser in servicing all of its accounts. Accordingly, not all of these services may be used by the Adviser or the Sub-Adviser in connection
with a Portfolio. Some of these products and services are also available to the Adviser or the Sub-Adviser for cash, and some do not have an explicit cost or determinable value. The research received does not reduce the sub-advisory fees payable to
the Sub-Adviser for services provided to a Portfolio. The Advisers or the Sub-Advisers expenses would likely increase if the Sub-Adviser had to generate these research products and services through its own efforts, or if it paid for
these products or services itself.
Broker-Dealers that are Affiliated with the Adviser or the Sub-Adviser
Portfolio transactions may be executed by brokers affiliated with the ING U.S., the Adviser, or the Sub-Adviser, so long as the commission
paid to the affiliated broker is reasonable and fair compared to the commission that would be charged by an unaffiliated broker in a comparable transaction.
Prohibition on Use of Brokerage Commissions for Sales or Promotional Activities
The placement of portfolio brokerage with broker-dealers who have sold shares of a Portfolio is subject to rules adopted by the SEC and FINRA.
Under these rules, the Adviser or the Sub-Adviser may not consider a brokers promotional or sales efforts on behalf of the Sub-Adviser when selecting a broker-dealer for a Portfolio portfolio transactions, and neither the Portfolio nor
the Adviser or the Sub-Adviser may enter into an agreement under which a Portfolio directs brokerage transactions (or revenue generated from such transactions) to a broker-dealer to pay for distribution of a Portfolios shares. Each Portfolio
has adopted policies and procedures, approved by the Board, that are designed to attain compliance with these prohibitions.
Principal Trades and
Research
Purchases of securities for a Portfolio also may be made directly from issuers or from underwriters. Purchase and sale
transactions may be effected through dealers which specialize in the types of securities which a Portfolio will be holding. Dealers and underwriters usually act as principals for their own account. Purchases from underwriters will include a
concession paid by the issuer to the underwriter and purchases from dealers will include the spread between the bid and the asked price. If the execution and price offered by more than one dealer or underwriter are comparable, the order may be
allocated to a dealer or underwriter which has provided such research or other services as mentioned above.
More Information about Trading in
Fixed-Income Securities
Purchases and sales of fixed-income securities will usually be principal transactions. Such securities often
will be purchased or sold from or to dealers serving as market makers for the securities at a net price. Each Portfolio may also purchase such securities in underwritten offerings and will, on occasion,
145
purchase securities directly from the issuer. Generally, fixed-income securities are traded on a net basis and do not involve brokerage commissions. The cost of executing fixed-income securities
transactions consists primarily of dealer spreads and underwriting commissions.
In purchasing and selling fixed-income securities, it is
the policy of each Portfolio to obtain the best results, while taking into account the dealers general execution and operational facilities, the type of transaction involved and other factors, such as the dealers risk in positioning the
securities involved. While the Sub-Adviser generally seeks reasonably competitive spreads or commissions, a Portfolio will not necessarily pay the lowest spread or commission available.
Transition Management
Changes in the
Sub-Adviser and investment personnel and reorganizations of a Portfolio may result in the sale of a significant portion or even all of the Portfolios portfolio securities. This type of change will increase trading costs and the portfolio
turnover for the affected Portfolio. A Portfolio, the Adviser, or the Sub-Adviser may engage a broker-dealer to provide transition management services in connection with a change in sub-adviser, a reorganization, or other changes.
Allocation of Trades
Some securities
considered for investment by a Portfolio may also be appropriate for other clients served by the Adviser or the Sub-Adviser. If the purchase or sale of securities consistent with the investment policies of a Portfolio and one or more of these other
clients is considered at or about the same time, transactions in such securities will be placed on an aggregate basis and allocated among a Portfolio and such other clients in a manner deemed fair and equitable, over time, by the Adviser or the
Sub-Adviser and consistent with the Advisers or the Sub-Advisers written policies and procedures. The Adviser or the Sub-Adviser may use different methods of allocating the results aggregated trades. The Advisers or the
Sub-Advisers relevant policies and procedures and the results of aggregated trades in which a Portfolio participated are subject to periodic review by a Portfolios Board. To the extent any of the Portfolios seek to acquire (or dispose
of) the same security at the same time, one or more of the Portfolios may not be able to acquire (or dispose of) as large a position in such security as it desires, or it may have to pay a higher (or receive a lower) price for such security. It is
recognized that in some cases, this system could have a detrimental effect on the price or value of the security insofar as a Portfolio is concerned. However, over time, a Portfolios ability to participate in aggregate trades is expected to
provide better execution for the Portfolio.
Cross-Transactions
The Board has adopted a policy allowing trades to be made between affiliated registered investment companies or series thereof provided they
meet the terms of Rule 17a-7 under the 1940 Act and the conditions of the policy.
Total Brokerage Commissions Paid
The following table sets forth the total brokerage commissions paid by the Portfolios for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2013, 2012,
and 2011.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Portfolio
|
|
2013
|
|
2012
|
|
2011
|
ING Strategic Allocation Conservative
|
|
[ ]
|
|
$765
1
|
|
$0
|
ING Strategic Allocation Growth
|
|
[ ]
|
|
$1,325
1
|
|
$0
|
ING Strategic Allocation Moderate
|
|
[ ]
|
|
$1,326
1
|
|
$0
|
1
|
The increase in the brokerage commissions paid by the Portfolio is due to an increase in the trading activity of the
Portfolio.
|
146
None of the Portfolios paid any affiliated brokerage commissions for the fiscal years ended
December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011.
None of the Portfolios acquired securities of their regular brokers or dealers (as defined in
Rule 10b-1 under the 1940 Act) or their parents for the fiscal years ended December
31, 2013, 2012, and 2011.
PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF SHARES
Purchase of Shares
Shares of a Portfolio
may be offered for purchase by Separate Accounts of insurance companies to serve as an investment medium for the Variable Contracts issued by the insurance companies and to certain Qualified Plans, as permitted under the federal tax rules relating
to the Portfolios serving as investment mediums for Variable Contracts. Shares of the Portfolios are sold to insurance company Separate Accounts funding Variable Contracts and may be sold to insurance companies that are not affiliated. The Company
currently does not foresee any disadvantages to Variable Contract owners or other investors arising from offering a Portfolios shares to Separate Accounts of unaffiliated insurers, Separate Accounts funding both life insurance policies and
annuity contracts in Qualified Plans; however, due to differences in tax treatment or other considerations, it is theoretically possible that the interest of owners of various contracts or pension and retirement plans participating in the Company
might at some time be in conflict. However, the Board and insurance companies whose Separate Accounts invest in the Portfolios are required to monitor events in order to identify any material conflicts between variable annuity contract (VA
Contracts) owners and variable life insurance (VLI) policy owners, between Separate Accounts of unaffiliated insurers, and between various contract owners or pension and retirement plans. The Board will determine what action, if
any, should be taken in the event of such a conflict. If such a conflict were to occur in one of more insurance company Separate Accounts, they might withdraw their investment in a Portfolio. This might force a Portfolio to sell securities at
disadvantageous prices.
Shares of each Portfolio are sold at their respective NAVs (without a sales charge) next computed after receipt
of a purchase order by an insurance company whose separate account invests in the Company.
The value of shares redeemed may be more or
less than the shareholders costs, depending upon the market value of the portfolio securities at the time of redemption.
Redemption of Shares
Shares of any Portfolio may be redeemed on any business day. Redemptions are effected at the NAV per share next determined after
receipt of the redemption request by an insurance company whose separate account invests in the Portfolio. Redemption proceeds normally will be paid within seven days following receipt of instructions in proper form. The right of redemption may be
suspended by the Company or the payment date postponed beyond seven days in the following conditions: (i) when the NYSE is closed for other than customary weekend or holiday closings; (ii) when trading on NYSE is restricted;
(iii) when an emergency exists, as determined by the SEC, making disposal of portfolio securities or valuation of net assets not reasonably practicable; or (iv) whenever the SEC has by order permitted such suspension or postponement for
the protection of shareholders provided that applicable rules and regulations of the SEC shall govern as to whether the conditions prescribed in (ii) or (iii) exist. If the Board should determine that it would be detrimental to the best
interests of the remaining shareholders of a Portfolio to make payment wholly or partly in cash, the Portfolio may pay the redemption price in whole or in part by a distribution in kind of securities from the portfolio of the Portfolio, in lieu of
cash, in conformity with applicable rules of the SEC. If shares are redeemed in kind, the redeeming shareholder might incur brokerage costs in converting the assets into cash.
147
If you invest in a Portfolio through a financial intermediary, you may be charged a commission or
transaction fee by the financial intermediary for the purchase of the Portfolios shares.
Exchanges
Shares of the same class of any one Portfolio may be exchanged for shares of the same class of any of the other investment portfolios of the
Company. Exchanges are treated as a redemption of shares of one Portfolio and a purchase of shares of one or more of the other Portfolios and are effected at the respective NAVs per share of each Portfolio on the date of the exchange. The Company
reserves the right to modify or discontinue its exchange privilege at any time without notice. Variable Contract owners do no deal directly with the Company with respect to the purchase, redemption, or exchange of shares of the Portfolios, and
should refer to the Prospectuses for the applicable Variable Contract for information on allocation of premiums and on transfers of contract value among divisions of the pertinent insurance company Separate Account that invest in the Portfolio.
The Company reserves the right to discontinue offering shares of one or more Portfolios at any time. In the event that a Portfolio ceases
offering its shares, any investments allocated by an insurance company to such Portfolio will be invested in ING Liquid Assets Portfolio or any successor to such Portfolio.
If you invest in a Portfolio through a financial intermediary, you may be charged a commission or transaction fee by the financial
intermediary for the purchase and sale of Portfolio shares.
The Board monitors for possible conflict among separate accounts (and will do
so for pension and retirement plans) buying shares of the Portfolios. Conflicts could develop for a variety of reasons. For example, differences in treatment under tax and other laws or the failure by a Separate Account to comply with such laws
could cause a conflict. To eliminate a conflict, the Board may require a Separate Account or Plan to withdraw its participation in a Portfolio. A Portfolios NAV could decrease if it had to sell investment securities to pay redemption proceeds
to a Separate Account (or pension and retirement plan) withdrawing because of a conflict.
Each Portfolio ordinarily effects orders to
purchase or redeem its shares that are based on transactions under VLI Policies or VA Contracts (
e.g
. purchase or premium payments, surrender or withdrawal requests, etc.) at the Portfolios NAV per share next computed on the day on
which the separate account processes such transactions. Each Portfolio effects orders to purchase or redeem its shares that are not based on such transactions at the Portfolios NAV per share next computed on the day on which the Portfolio
receives the orders.
Please refer to the appropriate Separate Account prospectus related to your Variable Contract for more information
regarding the contract.
NET ASSET VALUE
As noted in the Prospectuses, the NAV and offering price of each class of each Portfolios shares will be determined once daily as of the
close of regular trading (Market Close) on the NYSE (normally 4:00 p.m. Eastern time unless otherwise designated by the NYSE) during each day on which the NYSE is open for trading. As of the date of this SAI, the NYSE is closed on the
following holidays: New Years Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Presidents Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor
148
Day, Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day. On those days, securities held by an Underlying Fund may nevertheless be actively traded, and the value of a Portfolios shares could be indirectly
affected. As a general matter, the Portfolios do not invest directly in securities. However, the following information describes the calculation of NAV for the Underlying Funds and the Portfolios.
The NAV of the Portfolios is based upon the NAVs of the Underlying Funds.
Portfolio securities listed or traded on a national securities exchange will be valued at the official closing price when available, or for
certain markets, the last reported sale price on the valuation day. Securities traded on an exchange for which there has been no sale that day and other securities traded in the OTC market will be valued at the mean between the last reported bid and
asked prices on the valuation day. In cases in which securities are traded on more than one exchange, the securities are valued on the exchange that is normally the primary market. Investments in securities maturing in 60 days or less are valued at
amortized cost, which, when combined with accrued interest, approximates market value. This involves valuing a security at cost on the date of acquisition and thereafter assuming a constant accretion of a discount or amortization of a premium to
maturity, regardless of the impact of fluctuating interest rates on the market value of the instrument. While this method provides certainty in valuation, it may result in periods during which value, as determined by amortized cost, is higher or
lower than the price a Portfolio would receive if it sold the instrument. (See How Shares are Priced section in the Prospectuses.) The long-term debt obligations held in a Portfolios portfolio will be valued using independent third
party vendors.
Securities and assets for which market quotations are not readily available (which may include certain restricted
securities which are subject to limitations as to their sale) or are deemed unreliable are valued at their fair values as determined in good faith by or under the supervision of the Portfolios Board, in accordance with methods that are
specifically authorized by the Board. Securities traded on exchanges, including foreign exchanges, which close earlier than the time that a Portfolio calculates its NAV, may also be valued at their fair values as determined in good faith by or under
the supervision of a Portfolios Board, in accordance with methods that are specifically authorized by the Board. The valuation techniques applied in any specific instance may vary from case to case. With respect to a restricted security, for
example, consideration is generally given to the cost of investment, the market value of any unrestricted securities of the same class at the time of valuation, the potential expiration of restrictions on the security, the existence of any
registration rights, the costs to the Portfolio related to registration of the security, as well as factors relevant to the issuer itself. Consideration may also be given to the price and extent of any public trading in similar securities of the
issuer or comparable companies securities.
The value of a foreign security traded on an exchange outside the United States is
generally based on its price on the principal foreign exchange where it trades as of the time a Portfolio determines its NAV or if the foreign exchange closes prior to the time the Portfolio determines its NAV, the most recent closing price of the
foreign security on its principal exchange. Trading in certain non-U.S. securities may not take place on all days on which the NYSE is open. Further, trading takes place in various foreign markets on days on which the NYSE is not open. Consequently,
the calculation of a Portfolios NAV may not take place contemporaneously with the determination of the prices of securities held by the Portfolio in foreign securities markets. Further, the value of a Portfolios assets may be
significantly affected by foreign trading on days when a shareholder cannot purchase or redeem shares of the Portfolio. In calculating a Portfolios NAV, foreign securities denominated in foreign currency are converted to U.S. dollar
equivalents.
If an event occurs after the time at which the market for foreign securities held by a Portfolio closes but before the time
that the Portfolios NAV is calculated, such event may cause the closing price on the foreign exchange to not represent a readily available reliable market value quotation for such securities at
149
the time the Portfolio determines its NAV. In such a case, a Portfolio will use the fair value of such securities as determined under the Portfolios valuation procedures. Events after the
close of trading on a foreign market that could require a Portfolio to fair value some or all of its foreign securities include, among others, securities trading in the United States and other markets, corporate announcements, natural and other
disasters, and political and other events. Among other elements of analysis in determination of a securitys fair value, the Board has authorized the use of one or more research services to assist with such determinations. An independent
research service may use statistical analyses and quantitative models to help determine fair value as of the time a Portfolio calculates its NAV. There can be no assurance that such models accurately reflect the behavior of the applicable markets or
the effect of the behavior of such markets on the fair value of securities, nor that such markets will continue to behave in a fashion that is consistent with such models. Unlike the closing price of a security on an exchange, fair value
determinations employ elements of judgment. Consequently, the fair value assigned to a security may not represent the actual value that a Portfolio could obtain if it were to sell the security at the time of the close of the NYSE. Pursuant to
procedures adopted by the Board, the Portfolios are not obligated to use the fair valuations suggested by any research service, and valuation recommendations provided by such research services may be overridden if other events have occurred, or if
other fair valuations are determined in good faith to be more accurate. Unless an event is such that it causes the Portfolios to determine that the closing prices for one or more securities do not represent readily available reliable market value
quotations at the time the Portfolios determines their NAV, events that occur between the time of the close of the foreign market on which they are traded and the close of regular trading on the NYSE will not be reflected in the Portfolios
NAV.
Listed Options on securities are valued at the mean between the bid and ask of the exchange where they trade. Listed Options on
currencies, futures and other financial instruments purchased by the Portfolios are valued at the close reported by the exchange where they trade. If an option does not trade on a particular day, the bid price will be used if the Portfolio is long
in the option and the ask price will be used if the Portfolio is short in the option. If either the bid or the ask price is not available, exchange-traded options will be valued using an industry accepted model such as Black Scholes.
Options that are traded OTC will be valued using an industry accepted model such as Black Scholes.
The fair value of other
assets is added to the value of all securities positions to arrive at the value of the Portfolios total assets. The Portfolios liabilities, including accruals for expenses, are deducted from its total assets. Once the total value of the
Portfolios net assets is so determined, that value is then divided by the total number of shares outstanding (excluding treasury shares), and the result, rounded to the nearest cent, is the NAV per share.
In computing the NAV for a class of shares of the Portfolio, all class-specific liabilities incurred or accrued are deducted from the
class net assets. The resulting net assets are divided by the number of shares of the class outstanding at the time of the valuation and the result (adjusted to the nearest cent) is the NAV per share.
Orders received by dealers prior to Market Close will be confirmed at the offering price computed as of Market Close provided the order is
received by the Transfer Agent prior to Market Close that same day. It is the responsibility of the dealer to insure that all orders are transmitted timely to a Portfolio. Orders received by dealers after Market Close will be confirmed at the next
computed offering price as described in the Prospectuses.
150
TAX CONSIDERATIONS
The following discussion summarizes certain U.S. federal income tax considerations generally affecting each Portfolio. No attempt is made to
present a detailed explanation of the tax treatment of each Portfolio and no explanation is provided with respect to the tax treatment of any Portfolio shareholder. The discussions here and in the Prospectuses are not intended as substitutes for
careful tax planning. Holders of Variable Contracts must consult the contract prospectus, prospectus summary or disclosure statement for information concerning the federal income tax consequences of owning such Variable Contract.
Rules of state and local taxation often differ from the rules for U.S. federal income taxation described herein. Shareholders are urged to
consult their tax advisers as to the consquences of state and local tax rules affecting investment in the Portfolio.
Qualification as a Regulated
Investment Company
Each Portfolio has elected (or will elect) to be taxed and intends to qualify annually to be taxed as a RIC under
the provisions of Subchapter M of the Code. As a RIC, a Portfolio is not subject to federal income tax on the portion of its net investment income (
i.e
., taxable interest, dividends and other taxable ordinary income, net of expenses) and
capital gain net income (
i.e
., the excess of capital gains over capital losses) that it distributes to shareholders, provided that it distributes at least 90% of its investment company taxable income (
i.e
., net investment income and
the excess of net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss) for the taxable year (the Distribution Requirement), and satisfies certain other requirements of the Code that are described in this section.
Distributions by a Portfolio made during the taxable year or, under specified circumstances, within 12 months after the close of the taxable
year, will be considered distributions of income and gains of the taxable year and will therefore satisfy the Distribution Requirement.
In addition to satisfying the Distribution Requirement, a RIC must derive at least 90% of its gross income from dividends, interest, certain
payments with respect to securities loans, gains from the sale or other disposition of stock or securities or foreign currencies, net income derived from an interest in a qualified publicly traded partnership and other income (including but not
limited to gains from options, futures or forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities, or currencies (the Income Requirement).
In addition to satisfying the requirements described above, each Portfolio must satisfy an asset diversification test in order to qualify as a
RIC. Under this test, at the close of each quarter of a Portfolios taxable year, at least 50% of the value of the Portfolios assets must consist of cash and cash items, U.S. government securities, securities of other RICs, and securities
of other issuers (as to each of which the Portfolio has not invested more than 5% of the value of the Portfolios total assets in securities of such issuer and does not hold more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer),
and no more than 25% of the value of its total assets may be invested in the securities of any one issuer (other than U.S. government securities and securities of other regulated investment companies), of two or more issuers which the Portfolio
controls and which are engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses or related trades or businesses, or of one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships. Generally, an option (call or put) with respect to a security is treated as issued
by the issuer of the security not the issuer of the option. However, with regard to foreign currency contracts, there does not appear to be any formal or informal authority which identifies the issuer of such instrument.
If for any taxable year a Portfolio does not qualify as a RIC, all of its taxable income (including its net capital gain) will be subject to
tax at regular corporate rates without any deduction for distributions to shareholders, and such distributions will be taxable to the shareholders as dividend income to the extent of the Portfolios current and accumulated earnings and profits.
Such distributions generally will be eligible for the dividends-received deduction in the case of corporate shareholders.
151
Qualification of Segregated Asset Accounts
Each Portfolio must comply with the diversification requirements imposed by section 817(h) of the Code and the regulations thereunder. A
segregated asset account will be adequately diversified if it satisfies one of two alternative tests set forth in the U.S. Treasury Regulations. Specifically, the U.S. Treasury Regulations provide that, except as permitted by the safe
harbor discussed below, as of the end of each calendar quarter (or within 30 days thereafter) no more than 55% of the segregated asset accounts total assets may be represented by any one investment, no more than 70% by any two
investments, no more than 80% by any three investments and no more than 90% by any four investments. For this purpose, all securities of the same issuer are considered a single investment, and each U.S. government agency and instrumentality is
considered a separate issuer. As a safe harbor, a segregated asset account will be treated as being adequately diversified if the diversification requirements under Subchapter M of the Code are satisfied and no more than 55% of the value of the
accounts total assets is cash and cash items, U.S. government securities and securities of other RICs. In addition, a segregated asset account with respect to a VLI Policy is treated as adequately diversified to the extent of its investment in
securities issued by the U.S. Treasury.
For purposes of these alternative diversification tests, a segregated asset account investing in
shares of a RIC will be entitled to look through the RIC to its
pro rata
portion of the RICs assets, provided that the shares of such RIC are generally held only by segregated asset accounts of insurance companies and
certain fund managers in connection with the creation or management of the Portfolio (a Closed Fund).
For a Variable Contract
to qualify for tax deferral, assets in the Separate Accounts supporting the contract must be considered to be owned by the insurance company and not by the contract owner. Under current U.S. tax law, if a contract owner has excessive control over
the investments made by a Separate Account, or the underlying fund, the contract owner will be taxed currently on income and gains from the account or fund. In other words, in such a case of investor control the contact owner would not
derive the tax benefits normally associated with VLI Policies or VA Contracts.
Generally, according to the IRS, there are two ways that
impermissible investor control may exist. The first relates to the design of the contract or the relationship between the contract and a Separate Account or underlying fund. For example, at various times, the IRS has focused on, among other factors,
the number and type of investment choices available pursuant to a given variable contract, whether the contract offers access to funds that are available to the general public, the number of transfers that a contract owner may make from one
investment option to another, and the degree to which a contract owner may select or control particular investments.
With respect to this
first aspect of investor control, we believe that the design of our contracts and the relationship between our contracts and the Portfolios satisfy the current view of the IRS on this subject, such that the investor control doctrine should not
apply. However, because of some uncertainty with respect to this subject and because the IRS may issue further guidance on this subject, we reserve the right to make such changes as we deem necessary or appropriate to reduce the risk that your
contract might not qualify as a life insurance contract or as an annuity for tax purposes.
The second way that impermissible investor
control might exist concerns your actions. Under the IRS pronouncements, you may not select or control particular investments, other than choosing among broad investment choices such as selecting a particular Portfolio. You may not select or direct
the purchase or sale of a particular investment of a Portfolio. All investment decisions concerning the Portfolios must be made by the portfolio manager for such Portfolio in his or her sole and absolute discretion, and not by the contract owner.
Furthermore, under the IRS pronouncements, you may not communicate directly or indirectly with such a portfolio manager or any related investment officers concerning the selection, quality, or rate of return on any specific investment or group of
investments held by a Portfolio.
152
Finally, the IRS may issue additional guidance on the investor control doctrine, which might
further restrict your actions or features of the Variable Contract. Such guidance could be applied retroactively. If any of the rules outlined above are not complied with, the IRS may seek to tax you currently on income and gains from a Portfolio
such that you would not derive the tax benefits normally associated with VLI Policies or VA Contracts. Although highly unlikely, such an event may have an adverse impact on the fund and other variable contracts. You should review your variable
contracts Prospectus and SAI and you should consult your own tax adviser as to the possible application of the investor control doctrine to you.
If the segregated asset account upon which a Variable Contract is based is not adequately diversified under the foregoing rules
for each calendar quarter, then: (i) the Variable Contract is not treated as a life insurance contract or annuity contract under the Code for all subsequent periods; and (ii) the holders of such contract must include as ordinary income the
income on the contract for each taxable year. Further, the income on a life insurance contract for all prior taxable years is treated as received or accrued during the taxable year of the policyholder in which the contract ceases to meet
the definition of a life insurance contract under the Code. The income on the contract is, generally, the excess of the sum of the increase in the net surrender value of the contract during the taxable year and the cost of
the life insurance protection provided under the contract during the year over the premiums paid under the contract during the taxable year. In addition, if a Portfolio does not constitute a Closed Fund, the holders of the contracts and annuities
which invest in the Portfolio through a segregated asset account may be treated as owners of Portfolio shares and may be subject to tax on distributions made by the Portfolio.
The use of hedging strategies, such as writing (selling) and purchasing options and futures contracts and entering into forward contracts,
involves complex rules that will determine for income tax purposes the character and timing of recognition of the income received in connection therewith by the Portfolios. Income from the disposition of foreign currencies (except certain gains
there from that may be excluded by future regulations); and income from transactions in options, futures, and forward contracts derived by a Portfolio with respect to its business of investing in securities or foreign currencies, are expected to
qualify as permissible income under the Income Requirement.
If a Portfolio fails to qualify to be taxed as a RIC, the Portfolio will be
subject to federal, and possibly state, corporate taxes on its taxable income and gains (without any deduction for its distributions to its shareholders) and distributions to its shareholders will constitute ordinary income to the extent of such
Portfolios available earnings and profits. Under certain circumstances, a Portfolio could cure such a failure and maintain its RIC status. Owners of Variable Contracts which have invested in such a Portfolio might be taxed currently on the
investment earnings under their contracts and thereby lose the benefit of tax deferral. In addition, if a Portfolio failed to comply with the diversification requirements of section 817(h) of the Code and the regulations thereunder, owners of
Variable Contracts which have invested in the Portfolio could be taxed on the investment earnings under their contracts and thereby lose the benefit of tax deferral. For additional information concerning the consequences of failure to meet the
requirements of section 817(h), see the prospectuses for the Variable Contracts.
Excise Tax on RICs
Generally, a RIC must distribute substantially all of its ordinary income and capital gains in accordance with a calendar year distribution
requirement in order to avoid a nondeductible 4% excise tax. However, the excise tax does not apply when a Portfolios only shareholders are segregated asset accounts of life insurance companies held in connection with Variable Contracts. To
avoid the excise tax, each Portfolio that does not qualify for this exemption intends to make its distributions in accordance with the calendar year distribution requirement.
153
Foreign Investments
Underlying Funds investing in foreign securities or currencies may be required to pay withholding, income or other taxes to foreign governments
or U.S. possessions. Foreign tax withholdings from dividends and interest, if any, is generally at a rate between 10% and 35%. The investment yield of a Portfolio that invests in Underlying Funds that invest in foreign securities or currencies is
reduced by these foreign taxes. Owners of Variable Contracts investing in such Portfolios bear the cost of any foreign taxes but will not be able to claim a foreign tax credit or deduction for these foreign taxes. Tax conventions between certain
countries and the United States may reduce or eliminate these foreign taxes, however, and foreign countries generally do not impose taxes on capital gains in respect of investments by foreign investors.
Passive Foreign Investment Companies (PFICs)
Certain Underlying Funds may invest in securities of PFICs. A PFIC is a foreign corporation that, in general, meets either of the following
tests: (i) at least 75% of its gross income is passive; or (ii) an average of at least 50% of its assets produce, or are held for the production of, passive income. An Underlying Fund investing in securities of PFICs may be subject to U.S.
federal income taxes and interest charges, which would reduce the investment yield of an Underlying Fund making such investments. Owners of Variable Contracts investing in Portfolios that invest in such an Underlying Fund would indirectly bear the
cost of these taxes and interest charges. In certain cases, an Underlying Fund that invests in PFICs may be eligible to make certain elections with respect to securities of PFICs which could reduce taxes and interest charges payable by the
Underlying Fund. However, no assurance can be given that such elections can or will be made.
REITs
Certain Underlying Funds may invest in REITs that hold residual interests in REMICs. Under U.S. Treasury regulations that have not yet been
issued, but when issued may apply retroactively, a portion of a Portfolios income from a REIT that is attributable to the REITs residual interest in a REMIC (referred to in the Code as an excess inclusions) will be subject to
U.S. federal income tax in all events. These regulations are also expected to provide that excess inclusion income of a RIC, such as the Portfolios, will be allocated to shareholders of the RIC in proportion to the dividends received by such
shareholders, with the same consequences as if the shareholders held the related REMIC residual interest directly. In general, excess inclusion income allocated to shareholders: (i) cannot be offset by net operating losses (subject to a limited
exception for certain thrift institutions); (ii) will constitute unrelated business taxable income to entities (including a qualified pension plan, an individual retirement account, a 401(k) plan, a Keogh plan or other tax-except entity)
subject to tax on unrelated business income, thereby potentially requiring such an entity that is allocated excess inclusion income, and otherwise might not be required to file a tax return, to file a tax return and pay tax on such income; and
(iii) in the case of a foreign shareholder, will not qualify for any reduction in U.S. federal withholding tax. In addition, if at any time during any taxable year a disqualified organization (as defined in the Code) is a record
holder of a share in a RIC will be subject to a tax equal to that portion of its excess inclusion income for the taxable year that is allocable to the disqualified organization, multiplied by the highest U.S. federal income tax rate imposed on
corporations.
154
Effect of Future Legislation; Local Tax Considerations
The foregoing general discussion of U.S. federal income tax consequences is based on the Code and the U.S. Treasury Regulations issued
thereunder as in effect on the date of this SAI. Future legislative or administrative changes or court decisions may significantly change the conclusions expressed herein, and any such changes or decisions may have a retroactive effect with respect
to the transactions contemplated herein.
Rules of state and local taxation often differ from the rules for U.S. federal income taxation
described above. Shareholders are urged to consult their tax advisers as to the consequences of state and local tax rules affecting investment in a Portfolio.
The foregoing is only a general summary of some of the applicable provisions of the Code and U.S. Treasury Regulations now in effect as
currently interpreted by the courts and the IRS. The Code and these Regulations, as well as the current interpretations thereof, may change at any time. No attempt is made to present a complete explanation of the federal tax treatment of each
Portfolios activities, and this discussion and the discussion in the prospectus and/or statements of additional information for the Variable Contracts are not intended as a substitute for careful tax planning. Accordingly, potential investors
are urged to consult their own tax advisers for more detailed information and for information regarding any state, local, or foreign taxes applicable to the Variable Contracts and the holders thereof.
Capital Loss Carryforwards
Pursuant
to recently enacted legislation, net capital losses incurred in taxable years beginning after December 22, 2010 can be carried forward without expiration. Net capital losses incurred in taxable years beginning on or before December 22 2010
can be carried forward for eight taxable years. Capital loss carryforwards were the following as of December 31, 2013:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Portfolio
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Expiration Dates
|
|
ING Strategic Allocation Conservative
|
|
|
[
|
]
|
|
|
[
|
]
|
|
|
|
[
|
]
|
|
|
[
|
]
|
|
|
|
[
|
]
|
|
|
[
|
]
|
|
|
|
[
|
]
|
|
|
[
|
]
|
Total
|
|
|
[
|
]
|
|
|
|
|
ING Strategic Allocation Growth
|
|
|
[
|
]
|
|
|
[
|
]
|
|
|
|
[
|
]
|
|
|
[
|
]
|
Total
|
|
|
[
|
]
|
|
|
|
|
ING Strategic Allocation Moderate
|
|
|
[
|
]
|
|
|
[
|
]
|
|
|
|
[
|
]
|
|
|
[
|
]
|
|
|
|
[
|
]
|
|
|
[
|
]
|
Total
|
|
|
[
|
]
|
|
|
|
|
Utilization of these capital losses is subject to annual limitations under Section 382 of the Code.
Amounts and years of expiration may be adjusted to reflect future gain/losses activity to comply with the limitation rules
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The fiscal year of the Company ends on December 31. The financial statements and the independent
registered public accounting firms reports thereon, appearing in the Portfolios annual shareholder report for the period ending December 31, 2013, are incorporated by reference in this SAI. An annual shareholder report containing
financial statements audited by the Companys independent registered public accounting firm and an unaudited semi-annual report will be sent to shareholders each year. Annual and unaudited semiannual shareholder reports may be obtained without
charge by contacting the Company at 7337 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100, Scottsdale, AZ 85258, or by calling (800)-366-0066.
155
APPENDIX 1 Proxy Group
|
|
|
|
|
Name
|
|
Title or Affiliation
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stanley D. Vyner
|
|
Chief Investment Risk Officer and Executive Vice President, ING Investments, LLC
|
|
|
|
|
|
Todd Modic
|
|
Senior Vice President, ING Funds Services, LLC and ING Investments, LLC; and Chief Financial Officer of the ING Funds
|
|
|
|
|
|
Maria Anderson
|
|
Vice President, Fund Compliance, ING Funds Services, LLC
|
|
|
|
|
|
Karla J. Bos
|
|
Proxy Coordinator for the ING Funds and Vice President, Proxy Voting, ING Funds Services, LLC
|
|
|
|
|
|
Julius A. Drelick III, CFA
|
|
Senior Vice President, Head of Fund Compliance, ING Funds Services, LLC
|
|
|
|
|
|
Harley Eisner
|
|
Vice President, Financial Analysis, ING Funds Services, LLC
|
|
|
|
|
|
Evan Posner, Esq.
|
|
Vice President and Counsel, ING Funds
|
|
|
Effective as of July 19, 2012
18
EXHIBIT 3 Proxy Voting Guidelines of the ING Funds
The following is a statement of the Proxy Voting Guidelines (Guidelines) that have been adopted by the respective Boards of
Directors or Trustees of each Fund. Unless otherwise provided for herein, any defined term used herein shall have the meaning assigned to it in the Funds and Advisers Proxy Voting Procedures (the Procedures).
Proxies must be voted in the best interest of the Fund(s). The Guidelines summarize the Funds positions on various issues of concern to
investors, and give a general indication of how Fund portfolio securities will be voted on proposals dealing with particular issues. The Guidelines are not exhaustive and do not include all potential voting issues.
The Advisers, in exercising their delegated authority, will abide by the Guidelines as outlined below with regard to the voting of proxies
except as otherwise provided in the Procedures. In voting proxies, the Advisers are guided by general fiduciary principles. Each must act prudently, solely in the interest of the beneficial owners of the Funds it manages. The Advisers will not
subordinate the interest of beneficial owners to unrelated objectives. Each Adviser will vote proxies in the manner that it believes will do the most to maximize shareholder value.
The following Guidelines are grouped according to the types of proposals generally presented to shareholders of U.S. issuers: Board of
Directors, Proxy Contests, Auditors, Proxy Contest Defenses, Tender Offer Defenses, Miscellaneous, Capital Structure, Executive and Director Compensation, State of Incorporation, Mergers and Corporate Restructurings, Mutual Fund Proxies, and Social
and Environmental Issues. An additional section addresses proposals most frequently found in global proxies.
General
Policies
These Guidelines apply to securities of publicly traded companies and to those of privately held companies if publicly
available disclosure permits such application. All matters for which such disclosure is not available shall be considered CASE-BY-CASE.
In all cases receiving CASE-BY-CASE consideration, including cases not specifically provided for under these Guidelines, unless otherwise
determined in accordance with the Procedures or otherwise provided for under these Guidelines, it shall generally be the policy of the Funds to vote in accordance with the recommendation provided by the Funds Agent, Institutional Shareholder
Services Inc., a subsidiary of MSCI Inc.
Unless otherwise provided for herein, it shall generally be the policy of the Funds to vote in
accordance with the Agents recommendation when such recommendation aligns with the recommendation of the relevant issuers management or management has made no recommendation. However, this policy shall not apply to CASE-BY-CASE proposals
for which a contrary recommendation from the relevant Investment Professional(s) has been received and
19
is to be utilized, provided that incorporation of any such recommendation shall be subject to the conflict of interest review process required under the Procedures.
Recommendations from the Investment Professionals, while not required under the Procedures, may be submitted or requested in connection with
any proposal and are likely to be requested with respect to proxies for private equity securities and/or proposals related to merger transactions/corporate restructurings, proxy contests, or unusual or controversial issues. Such input shall be given
primary consideration with respect to CASE-BY-CASE proposals being considered on behalf of the relevant Fund, provided that incorporation of any such recommendation shall be subject to the conflict of interest review process required under the
Procedures.
Except as otherwise provided for herein, it shall generally be the policy of the Funds not to support proposals that would
impose a negative impact on existing rights of the Funds to the extent that any positive impact would not be deemed sufficient to outweigh removal or diminution of such rights.
The foregoing policies may be overridden in any case as provided for in the Procedures. Similarly, the Procedures provide that proposals whose
Guidelines prescribe a firm voting position may instead be considered on a CASE-BY-CASE basis when unusual or controversial circumstances so dictate.
Interpretation and application of these Guidelines is not intended to supersede any law, regulation, binding agreement, or other legal
requirement to which an issuer may be or become subject. No proposal shall be supported whose implementation would contravene such requirements.
1.
|
The Board of Directors
|
Voting on Director Nominees in Uncontested Elections
Unless otherwise provided for herein, the Agents standards with respect to determining director independence shall apply. These
standards generally provide that, to be considered completely independent, a director shall have no material connection to the company other than the board seat.
Agreement with the Agents independence standards shall not dictate that a Funds vote shall be cast according to the Agents
corresponding recommendation. Votes on director nominees not subject to specific policies described herein should be made on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.
Where applicable and except as otherwise provided for herein, it shall generally be the policy of the Funds to lodge disagreement with an
issuers policies or practices by withholding support from a proposal for the relevant policy or practice rather than the director nominee(s) to which the Agent assigns a correlation. Support shall be withheld from nominees deemed responsible
for governance shortfalls, but if they are not standing for election (
e.g.
, the board is classified), support shall generally not be withheld from others in their stead. When a determination is made to withhold support due to concerns other
than those related to an individual directors independence or actions, responsibility may be attributed to the entire board, a committee, or an
20
individual (such as the CEO or committee chair), taking into consideration whether the desired effect is to send a message or to remove the director from service.
Where applicable and except as otherwise provided for herein, generally vote FOR nominees in connection with issues raised by the Agent if the
nominee did not serve on the board or relevant committee during the majority of the time period relevant to the concerns cited by the Agent.
WITHHOLD support from a nominee who, during both of the most recent two years, attended less than 75 percent of the board and committee
meetings during the nominees period of service without a valid reason for the absences. WITHHOLD support if two-year attendance cannot be ascertained from available disclosure. DO NOT WITHHOLD support in connection with attendance issues for
nominees who have served on the board for less than the two most recent years.
Unless a company has implemented a policy that should
reasonably prevent abusive use of its poison pill, WITHHOLD support from nominees responsible for implementing excessive anti-takeover measures, including failure to remove restrictive poison pill features or to ensure a pills expiration or
timely submission to shareholders for vote. Responsibility will generally be assigned to the board chair or, if not standing for election, the lead director. If neither is standing for election, WITHHOLD support from all continuing directors.
Consider on a CASE-BY-CASE basis any nominee whom the Agent cites as having failed to implement a majority-approved shareholder proposal. Vote
FOR if the shareholder proposal has been reasonably addressed. Proposals seeking shareholder ratification of a poison pill may be deemed reasonably addressed if the company has implemented a policy that should reasonably prevent abusive use of the
pill. WITHHOLD support if the shareholder proposal at issue is supported under these Guidelines and the board has not disclosed a credible rationale for not implementing the proposal.
Consider on a CASE-BY-CASE basis any nominee whom the Agent cites as having failed to opt out of a state law requiring companies to implement
a staggered board structure, generally withholding support when the company:
|
(1)
|
Demonstrates sustained poor stock performance (measured by one- and three-year total shareholder returns);
|
|
(2)
|
Has a non-shareholder-approved poison pill in place, without provisions to redeem or seek approval in a reasonable period of time; and
|
|
(3)
|
Maintains a dual class capital structure, imposes a supermajority vote requirement, or has authority to issue blank check preferred stock.
|
21
If the board has not acted upon negative votes (WITHHOLD or AGAINST, as applicable based on the
issuers election standard) representing a majority of the votes cast at the previous annual meeting, consider board nominees on a CASE-BY-CASE basis. Generally, vote FOR nominees when:
|
(1)
|
The issue relevant to the majority negative vote has been adequately addressed or cured, which may include disclosure of the boards
rationale; or
|
|
(2)
|
The Funds Guidelines or voting record do not support the relevant issue causing the majority negative vote.
|
If the above provisions have not been satisfied, generally WITHHOLD support from the chair of the nominating committee, or if not standing for
election, consider CASE-BY-CASE.
WITHHOLD support from inside or affiliated outside directors who sit on the audit committee.
Vote FOR inside or affiliated outside directors who sit on the nominating or compensation committee, provided that such committee meets the
applicable independence requirements of the relevant listing exchange.
Vote FOR inside or affiliated outside directors if the full board
serves as the compensation or nominating committee OR has not created one or both committees, provided that the issuer is in compliance with all provisions of the listing exchange in connection with performance of relevant functions (
e.g.
,
performance of relevant functions by a majority of independent directors in lieu of the formation of a separate committee).
Compensation Practices:
It shall generally be the policy of the Funds that matters of compensation are best determined by an independent board and compensation
committee, but that support may be withheld from compensation committee members whose actions or disclosure do not appear to support compensation practices aligned with the best interests of the company and its shareholders. Votes on compensation
committee members in connection with compensation practices should be considered on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, and generally:
|
(1)
|
Say on pay
. If shareholders have been provided with an advisory vote on executive compensation (say on pay, or SOP), and
practices not supported under these Guidelines have been identified, it shall generally be the policy of the Funds to align with the Agent when a vote AGAINST the say on pay proposal has been recommended in lieu of withholding support from certain
nominees for compensation concerns. Issuers receiving negative recommendations on both compensation committee members and say on pay regarding issues not otherwise supported by these Guidelines will be considered on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.
|
|
(2)
|
Say on pay responsiveness
. Compensation committee members opposed by the Agent for failure to sufficiently address compensation concerns
evidenced by significant opposition to the most recent SOP vote will be considered on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, factoring in the following:
|
|
(a)
|
If the most recent SOP vote received majority opposition, generally vote AGAINST the compensation committee chair if the company has not
|
22
|
demonstrated an adequate level of responsiveness.
|
|
(b)
|
If the most recent SOP vote passed but received significant opposition, generally vote FOR the nominee(s) if a Fund voted FOR that SOP proposal or
did not have voting rights on that proposal. If a Fund voted AGAINST the SOP proposal and the company has not demonstrated an adequate level of responsiveness, generally vote AGAINST the compensation committee chair.
|
|
(c)
|
If the compensation committee chair is not standing for election under circumstances meriting the chairs opposition, consider the
compensation committee member(s) opposed by the Agent on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.
|
|
(3)
|
Say on frequency
. If the Agent opposes nominees because the company has implemented an SOP schedule that is less frequent than the frequency
most recently preferred by at least a plurality of shareholders, generally WITHHOLD support from the compensation committee chair. If the compensation committee chair is not standing for election, WITHHOLD support from the other compensation
committee members. If no compensation committee members are standing for election, consider other nominees opposed by the Agent on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.
|
|
(4)
|
Tenure
. Where applicable and except as otherwise provided for herein, vote FOR compensation committee members who did not serve on the
compensation committee during the majority of the time period relevant to the concerns cited by the Agent.
|
|
(5)
|
Pay for performance
. Consider compensation committee members receiving an adverse recommendation from the Agent CASE-BY-CASE when the Agent
has identified a pay practice (or combination of practices) not otherwise supported under these Guidelines that appears to have created a misalignment between CEO pay and performance with regard to shareholder value. Generally vote FOR nominees if
the company has provided a reasonable rationale regarding pay and performance and/or they appear reasonably correlated. Generally WITHHOLD support from compensation committee members for structuring compensation packages that unreasonably insulate
pay from performance conditions.
|
|
(6)
|
Pay disparity
. Generally DO NOT WITHHOLD support from compensation committee members solely due to internal pay disparity as assessed by the
Agent, but consider pay magnitude concerns on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.
|
|
(7)
|
Change in control provisions
. If the Agent recommends withholding support from compensation committee members in connection with overly
liberal change in control provisions, including those lacking a double trigger, generally WITHHOLD support from such nominees. If the Agent recommends withholding support from compensation committee members in connection with potential change in
control payments or tax-gross-ups on change in control payments, vote FOR the nominees if the amount appears reasonable and no material governance concerns exist. Generally WITHHOLD support if the amount is so significant (individually or
collectively) as to potentially influence an executives decision to enter into a transaction or to effectively act as a poison pill.
|
|
(8)
|
Repricing
. If the Agent recommends withholding support from compensation committee members in connection with their failure to seek, or
acknowledge, a
|
23
|
shareholder vote on plans to reprice, replace, buy back, or exchange options, generally WITHHOLD support from such nominees, except that cancellation of options would not be considered an
exchange unless the cancelled options were regranted or expressly returned to the plan reserve for reissuance.
|
|
(9)
|
Tax benefits
. If the Agent recommends withholding support from compensation committee members that have approved compensation that is
ineligible for tax benefits to the company (
e.g.
, under Section 162(m) of OBRA), generally vote FOR such nominees if the company has provided an adequate rationale or the plan itself is being put to shareholder vote at the same meeting.
If the plan is up for vote, the provisions under Section 8. OBRA-Related Compensation Proposals shall apply.
|
|
(10)
|
Director perquisites
. If the Agent recommends withholding support from compensation committee members in connection with director
compensation in the form of perquisites, generally vote FOR the nominees if the cost is reasonable in the context of the directors total compensation and the perquisites themselves appear reasonable given their purpose, the directors
duties, and the companys line of business.
|
|
(11)
|
Incentive plans
. Generally consider nominees on a CASE-BY-CASE basis in connection with short-term incentive plans over which the nominee
has exercised discretion to exclude extraordinary items, and WITHHOLD support if treatment of such items has been inconsistent (
e.g.
, exclusion of losses but not gains). Generally WITHHOLD support from compensation committee members opposed
by the Agent in connection with long-term incentive plans, or total executive compensation packages, inadequately aligned with shareholders because the performance period is too short or they lack an appropriate equity component (
e.g.,
overly
cash-based plans), except that the latter will be considered CASE-BY-CASE in connection with executives already holding significant equity positions.
|
|
(12)
|
Options backdating
. If the Agent has raised issues of options backdating, consider members of the compensation committee, as well as company
executives nominated as directors, on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.
|
|
(13)
|
Independence from management
. Generally WITHHOLD support from compensation committee members cited by the Agent for permitting named
executives to have excessive input into setting their own compensation.
|
|
(14)
|
Multiple concerns
. If the Agent recommends withholding support from compensation committee members in connection with other compensation
practices such as tax gross-ups, perquisites, retention or recruitment provisions (including contract length or renewal provisions), guaranteed awards, pensions/SERPs, or severance or termination arrangements, vote FOR such nominees if
the issuer has provided adequate rationale and/or disclosure, factoring in any overall adjustments or reductions to the compensation package at issue. Except as otherwise provided for herein, generally DO NOT WITHHOLD support solely due to any
single such practice if the total compensation appears reasonable, but consider on a CASE-BY-CASE basis compensation packages representing a combination of such provisions and deemed by the Agent to be excessive.
|
24
|
(15)
|
Commitments
. Generally, vote FOR compensation committee members receiving an adverse recommendation from the Agent due to problematic pay
practices if the issuer makes a public commitment (
e.g.
, via a Form 8-K filing) to rectify the practice on a going-forward basis.
|
|
(16)
|
Other
. If the Agent has raised other considerations regarding poor compensation practices, consider compensation committee members on a
CASE-BY-CASE basis.
|
Accounting Practices:
|
(1)
|
Generally, except as otherwise provided for herein, vote FOR independent outside director nominees serving on the audit committee.
|
|
(2)
|
Where applicable and except as otherwise provided for herein, generally vote FOR nominees serving on the audit committee, or the companys CEO
or CFO if nominated as directors, who did not serve on that committee or have responsibility over the relevant financial function, as applicable, during the majority of the time period relevant to the concerns cited by the Agent.
|
|
(3)
|
If the Agent has raised concerns regarding poor accounting practices, consider the companys CEO and CFO, if nominated as directors, and
nominees serving on the audit committee on a CASE-BY-CASE basis. Generally vote FOR nominees if the company has taken adequate steps to remediate the concerns cited, which would typically include removing or replacing the responsible executives, and
if the concerns are not re-occurring and/or the company has not yet had a full year to remediate the concerns since the time they were identified.
|
|
(4)
|
If total non-audit fees exceed the total of audit fees, audit-related fees, and tax compliance and preparation fees, the provisions under
Section 3. Auditor Ratification shall apply.
|
Board Independence:
It shall generally be the policy of the Funds that a board should be majority independent and therefore to consider inside or affiliated
outside director nominees when the full board is not majority independent on a CASE-BY-CASE basis. Generally:
|
(1)
|
WITHHOLD support from the fewest directors whose removal would achieve majority independence across the remaining board, except that support may be
withheld from additional nominees whose relative level of independence cannot be differentiated.
|
|
(2)
|
WITHHOLD support from all non-independent nominees, including the founder, chairman, or CEO, if the number required to achieve majority
independence is equal to or greater than the number of non-independent nominees.
|
|
(3)
|
Except as provided above, vote FOR non-independent nominees in the role of CEO, and when appropriate, founder or chairman, and determine support
for other non-independent nominees based on the qualifications and contributions of the nominee as well as the Funds voting precedent for assessing relative independence to management,
e.g.
, insiders holding senior executive positions
are deemed less independent than affiliated outsiders with a transactional or advisory relationship to the
|
25
|
company, and affiliated outsiders with a material transactional or advisory relationship are deemed less independent than those with lesser relationships.
|
|
(4)
|
Non-voting directors (
e.g.
, director emeritus or advisory director) shall be excluded from calculations with respect to majority board
independence.
|
|
(5)
|
When conditions contributing to a lack of majority independence remain substantially similar to those in the previous year, it shall generally be
the policy of the Funds to vote on nominees in a manner consistent with votes cast by the Fund(s) in the previous year.
|
Generally vote FOR nominees without regard to over-boarding issues raised by the Agent unless other concerns requiring CASE-BY-CASE
consideration have been raised.
Generally, when the Agent recommends withholding support due to assessment that a nominee acted in bad
faith or against shareholder interests in connection with a major transaction, such as a merger or acquisition, or if the Agent recommends withholding support due to other material failures or egregious actions, consider on a CASE-BY-CASE basis,
factoring in the merits of the nominees performance and rationale and disclosure provided. If the Agent cites concerns regarding actions in connection with a candidates service on another board, vote FOR the nominee if the issuer has
provided adequate rationale regarding the appropriateness of the nominee to serve on the board under consideration.
Performance Test for Directors
Consider nominees failing the Agents performance test, which includes market-based and operating performance measures, on a
CASE-BY-CASE basis. Input from the relevant Investment Professional(s) shall be given primary consideration with respect to such proposals.
Support will generally be WITHHELD from nominees receiving a negative recommendation from the Agent due to sustained poor stock performance
(measured by one- and three-year total shareholder returns) combined with multiple takeover defenses/entrenchment devices if the issuer:
|
(1)
|
Is a controlled company or has a non-shareholder-approved poison pill in place, without provisions to redeem or seek approval in a reasonable
period of time; and
|
|
(2)
|
Maintains a dual class capital structure, imposes a supermajority vote requirement, or has authority to issue blank check preferred stock.
|
Nominees receiving a negative recommendation from the Agent due to sustained poor stock performance combined with other
takeover defenses/entrenchment devices will be considered on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.
Proposals Regarding Board Composition or Board Service
Generally, except as otherwise provided for herein, vote AGAINST shareholder proposals to impose new board structures or policies, including
those requiring that the positions of chairman and CEO be held separately, but vote FOR proposals in connection with a binding agreement or other legal requirement to which an issuer has or reasonably may expect to become subject, and consider such
proposals on a CASE-BY-CASE basis if the board is not majority independent or corporate governance concerns have been identified. Generally, except as otherwise provided for herein, vote FOR management proposals to adopt or amend board structures or
policies, except consider such proposals on a CASE-BY-CASE basis if the board is not majority
26
independent, corporate governance concerns have been identified, or the proposal may result in a material reduction in shareholders rights.
Generally, vote AGAINST shareholder proposals:
|
|
|
Asking that more than a simple majority of directors be independent.
|
|
|
|
Asking that the independence of the compensation and/or nominating committees be greater than that required by the listing exchange.
|
|
|
|
Limiting the number of public company boards on which a director may serve.
|
|
|
|
Seeking to redefine director independence or directors specific roles (
e.g.
, responsibilities of the lead director).
|
|
|
|
Requesting creation of additional board committees or offices, except as otherwise provided for herein.
|
|
|
|
Limiting the tenure of outside directors or imposing a mandatory retirement age for outside directors (unless the proposal seeks to relax existing
standards), but generally vote FOR management proposals in this regard.
|
Generally, vote FOR shareholder proposals that
seek creation of an audit, compensation, or nominating committee of the board, unless the committee in question is already in existence or the issuer has availed itself of an applicable exemption of the listing exchange (
e.g.
, performance of
relevant functions by a majority of independent directors in lieu of the formation of a separate committee).
Stock Ownership Requirements
Generally, vote AGAINST shareholder proposals requiring directors to own a minimum amount of company stock in order to qualify as a director or
to remain on the board.
Director and Officer Indemnification and Liability Protection
Proposals on director and officer indemnification and liability protection should be evaluated on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, using Delaware law as
the standard. Vote AGAINST proposals to limit or eliminate entirely directors and officers liability for monetary damages for violating the duty of care. Vote AGAINST indemnification proposals that would expand coverage beyond just legal
expenses to acts, such as negligence, that are more serious violations of fiduciary obligation than mere carelessness. Vote FOR only those proposals providing such expanded coverage in cases when a directors or officers legal defense was
unsuccessful if:
|
(1)
|
The director was found to have acted in good faith and in a manner that he reasonably believed was in the best interests of the company; and
|
|
(2)
|
Only if the directors legal expenses would be covered.
|
These proposals should generally be analyzed on a CASE-BY-CASE basis. Input from the relevant Investment Professional(s) shall be given primary
consideration with respect to proposals in connection with proxy contests being considered on behalf of that Fund.
27
Voting for Director Nominees in Contested Elections
Votes in a contested election of directors must be evaluated on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.
Reimburse Proxy Solicitation Expenses
Voting to reimburse proxy solicitation expenses should be analyzed on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, generally voting FOR if associated nominees are
also supported.
Ratifying Auditors
Generally, except in
cases of poor accounting practices or high non-audit fees, vote FOR management proposals to ratify auditors. Consider management proposals to ratify auditors on a CASE-BY-CASE basis if the Agent cites poor accounting practices. If fees for non-audit
services exceed 50 percent of total auditor fees as described below, consider on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, voting AGAINST management proposals to ratify auditors only if concerns exist that remuneration for the non-audit work is so lucrative as to taint
the auditors independence. For purposes of this review, fees deemed to be reasonable, generally non-recurring exceptions to the non-audit fee category (
e.g.
, those related to an IPO) shall be excluded. Generally vote FOR shareholder
proposals asking the issuer to present its auditor annually for ratification.
Auditor Independence
Generally, consider shareholder proposals asking companies to prohibit their auditors from engaging in non-audit services (or capping the level
of non-audit services) on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.
Audit Firm Rotation
Generally, vote AGAINST shareholder proposals asking for mandatory audit firm rotation.
4.
|
Proxy Contest Defenses
|
Presentation of management and shareholder proposals on the same matter on the same agenda shall not require a Fund to vote FOR one and AGAINST
the other.
Board Structure: Staggered vs. Annual Elections
Generally, vote AGAINST proposals to classify the board or otherwise restrict shareholders ability to vote upon directors and FOR
proposals to repeal classified boards and to elect all directors annually.
Shareholder Ability to Remove Directors
Generally, vote AGAINST proposals that provide that directors may be removed only for cause.
Generally, vote FOR proposals to restore shareholder ability to remove directors with or without cause.
Generally, vote AGAINST proposals that provide that only continuing directors may elect replacements to fill board vacancies.
Generally, vote FOR proposals that permit shareholders to elect directors to fill board vacancies.
28
Cumulative Voting
If the company is controlled or maintains a classified board of directors or a dual class voting structure, generally, vote AGAINST management
proposals to eliminate cumulative voting (except that such proposals may be supported irrespective of classification in furtherance of an issuers plan to declassify its board or adopt a majority voting standard), and vote FOR shareholder
proposals to restore or permit cumulative voting.
Time-Phased Voting
Generally, vote AGAINST proposals to implement, and FOR proposals to eliminate, time-phased or other forms of voting that do not promote a one
share, one vote standard.
Shareholder Ability to Call Special Meetings
Generally, vote FOR shareholder proposals that provide shareholders with the ability to call special meetings when either (1) the company
does not currently permit shareholders to do so or (2) the existing ownership threshold is greater than 25 percent.
Consider
management proposals to permit shareholders to call special meetings on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, generally voting FOR such proposals not opposed by the Agent. Generally vote FOR such proposals if the Agents sole concern relates to a net-long
position requirement.
Shareholder Ability to Act by Written Consent
Generally, vote AGAINST shareholder proposals seeking the right to act by written consent if the issuer:
|
(1)
|
Permits shareholders to call special meetings;
|
|
(2)
|
Does not impose supermajority vote requirements; and
|
|
(3)
|
Has otherwise demonstrated its accountability to shareholders (
e.g.
, the company has reasonably addressed majority-supported shareholder
proposals).
|
Consider management proposals to eliminate the right to act by written consent on a CASE-BY-CASE basis,
generally voting FOR if the above conditions are present.
Generally, vote FOR shareholder proposals seeking the right to act by written
consent if the above conditions are not present.
Shareholder Ability to Alter the Size of the Board
Generally, vote FOR proposals that seek to fix the size of the board or designate a range for its size.
Generally, vote AGAINST proposals that give management the ability to alter the size of the board outside of a specified range without
shareholder approval.
Poison Pills
Generally, vote FOR
shareholder proposals that ask a company to submit its poison pill for shareholder ratification, or to redeem its pill in lieu thereof, unless (1) shareholders have approved adoption of the plan, (2) a policy has already been implemented
by the company that should reasonably prevent abusive use of the pill, or (3) the board had determined that it was in the best interest of shareholders to adopt a pill without delay, provided that such plan would be
29
put to shareholder vote within twelve months of adoption or expire, and if not approved by a majority of the votes cast, would immediately terminate.
Review on a CASE-BY-CASE basis shareholder proposals to redeem a companys poison pill.
Review on a CASE-BY-CASE basis management proposals to approve or ratify a poison pill or any plan or charter amendment (
e.g.
,
investment restrictions) that can reasonably be construed as an anti-takeover measure, with voting decisions generally based on the Agents approach to evaluating such proposals, considering factors such as rationale, trigger level, and sunset
provisions. Votes will generally be cast in a manner that seeks to preserve shareholder value and the right to consider a valid offer, voting AGAINST management proposals in connection with poison pills or anti-takeover activities that do not meet
the Agents standards.
Fair Price Provisions
Vote proposals to adopt fair price provisions on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.
Generally, vote AGAINST fair price provisions with shareholder vote requirements greater than a majority of disinterested shares.
Greenmail
Generally, vote FOR proposals
to adopt anti-greenmail charter or bylaw amendments or otherwise restrict a companys ability to make greenmail payments.
Review on a CASE-BY-CASE
basis anti-greenmail proposals when they are bundled with other charter or bylaw amendments.
Pale Greenmail
Review on a CASE-BY-CASE basis restructuring plans that involve the payment of pale greenmail.
Unequal Voting Rights
Generally, except
as otherwise provided for herein, vote AGAINST dual-class exchange offers and dual-class recapitalizations.
Supermajority Shareholder Vote Requirement
Generally, vote AGAINST proposals to require a supermajority shareholder vote and FOR management or shareholder proposals to lower
supermajority shareholder vote requirements, unless, for companies with shareholder(s) with significant ownership levels, the Agent recommends retention of existing supermajority requirements in order to protect minority shareholder interests.
White Squire Placements
Generally, vote
FOR shareholder proposals to require approval of blank check preferred stock issues for other than general corporate purposes.
Amendments to Corporate Documents
Except
to align with legislative or regulatory changes or when support is recommended by the Agent or relevant Investment Professional(s) (including, for example, as a condition to a major transaction such as a merger), generally, vote AGAINST proposals
seeking to remove
30
shareholder approval requirements or otherwise remove or diminish shareholder rights,
e.g.
, by (1) adding restrictive provisions, (2) removing provisions or moving them to
portions of the charter not requiring shareholder approval, or (3) in corporate structures such as holding companies, removing provisions in an active subsidiarys charter that provide voting rights to parent company shareholders. This
policy would also generally apply to proposals seeking approval of corporate agreements or amendments to such agreements that the Agent recommends AGAINST because a similar reduction in shareholder rights is requested.
Generally, vote AGAINST proposals for charter amendments that support board entrenchment or may be used as an anti-takeover device (or to
further anti-takeover conditions), particularly if the proposal is bundled or the board is classified.
Generally, vote FOR proposals seeking charter or
bylaw amendments to remove anti-takeover provisions.
Consider proposals seeking charter or bylaw amendments not addressed under these Guidelines on a
CASE-BY-CASE basis.
Confidential Voting
Generally, vote FOR shareholder proposals that request companies to adopt confidential voting, use independent tabulators, and use independent
inspectors of election as long as the proposals include clauses for proxy contests as follows:
|
|
|
In the case of a contested election, management should be permitted to request that the dissident group honor its confidential voting policy.
|
|
|
|
If the dissidents agree, the policy remains in place.
|
|
|
|
If the dissidents do not agree, the confidential voting policy is waived.
|
Generally, vote FOR management proposals to adopt confidential voting.
Proxy Access
Consider on a CASE-BY-CASE
basis proposals to provide shareholders with access to managements proxy material in order to nominate their own candidates(s) to the board.
Majority Voting Standard
Generally, vote
FOR proposals seeking election of directors by the affirmative vote of the majority of votes cast in connection with a meeting of shareholders, provided they contain a plurality carve-out for contested elections, and provided such standard does not
conflict with state law in which the company is incorporated. Generally, vote FOR amendments to corporate documents or other actions in furtherance of a majority standard. (See also Section 11. Mutual Fund Proxies.)
Bundled Proposals
Except as otherwise
provided for herein, review on a CASE-BY-CASE basis bundled or conditioned proxy proposals, generally voting AGAINST bundled proposals containing one or more items not supported under these Guidelines if the Agent or relevant Investment
Professional(s) deems the negative impact, on balance, to outweigh any positive impact.
Shareholder Advisory Committees
Review on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals to establish a shareholder advisory committee.
31
Reimburse Shareholder for Expenses Incurred
Voting to reimburse expenses incurred in connection with shareholder proposals should be analyzed on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.
Other Business
In connection with
proxies of U.S. issuers (
e.g.
, those filing a DEF 14A and considered domestic by the Agent), generally vote FOR management proposals for Other Business, except when the primary proposal is not supported by a Fund or in connection with a proxy
contest in which a Fund is not voting in support of management.
Quorum Requirements
Review on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals to lower quorum requirements for shareholder meetings below a majority of the shares outstanding.
Advance Notice for Shareholder Proposals
Generally, vote FOR management proposals related to advance notice period requirements, provided that the period requested is in accordance
with applicable law and no material governance concerns have been identified in connection with the issuer.
Multiple Proposals
Multiple proposals of a similar nature presented as options to the course of action favored by management may all be voted FOR, provided that
support for a single proposal is not operationally required, no one proposal is deemed superior in the interest of the Fund(s), and each proposal would otherwise be supported under these Guidelines.
Common Stock Authorization
Review
proposals to increase the number of shares of common stock authorized for issuance on a CASE-BY-CASE basis. Except where otherwise indicated, the Agents proprietary approach of determining appropriate thresholds and, for requests above such
allowable threshold, applying a company-specific, qualitative review (
e.g.
, considering rationale and prudent historical usage), will generally be utilized in evaluating such proposals.
Generally, vote FOR:
|
|
|
Proposals to authorize capital increases within the Agents allowable thresholds or those in excess but meeting Agents qualitative
standards, but consider on a CASE-BY-CASE basis those requests failing the Agents review for proposals in connection with which a contrary recommendation from the relevant Investment Professional(s) has been received and is to be utilized
(
e.g.,
in support of a merger or acquisition proposal).
|
|
|
|
Proposals to authorize capital increases within the Agents allowable thresholds or those in excess but meeting Agents qualitative
standards, unless the company states that the stock may be used as a takeover defense. In those cases, consider on a CASE-BY-CASE basis if a contrary recommendation from the relevant Investment Professional(s) has been received and is to be
utilized.
|
32
|
|
|
Proposals to authorize capital increases exceeding the Agents thresholds when a companys shares are in danger of being delisted or if a
companys ability to continue to operate as a going concern is uncertain.
|
Generally, vote AGAINST:
|
|
|
Proposals to increase the number of authorized shares of a class of stock if the issuance which the increase is intended to service is not
supported under these Guidelines.
|
|
|
|
Nonspecific proposals authorizing excessive discretion to a board.
|
Consider management proposals to make changes to the capital structure not otherwise addressed under these Guidelines CASE-BY-CASE, generally
voting with the Agents recommendation unless a contrary recommendation has been received from the relevant Investment Professional(s) and is to be utilized.
Dual Class Capital Structures
Generally, vote AGAINST:
|
|
|
Proposals to create or perpetuate dual class capital structures unless supported by the Agent (
e.g.
, to avert bankruptcy or generate
non-dilutive financing, and not designed to increase the voting power of an insider or significant shareholder).
|
|
|
|
Proposals to increase the number of authorized shares of the class of stock that has superior voting rights in companies that have dual class
capital structures.
|
However, consider such proposals CASE-BY-CASE if (1) bundled with favorable proposal(s),
(2) approval of such proposal(s) is a condition of such favorable proposal(s), or (3) part of a recapitalization for which support is recommended by the Agent or relevant Investment Professional(s).
Consider management proposals to eliminate or make changes to dual class capital structures CASE-BY-CASE, generally voting with the
Agents recommendation unless a contrary recommendation has been received from the relevant Investment Professional(s) and is to be utilized.
Generally, vote FOR shareholder proposals to eliminate dual class capital structures unless the relevant Fund owns a class with superior
voting rights.
Stock Distributions: Splits and Dividends
Generally, vote FOR management proposals to increase common share authorization for a stock split, provided that the increase in authorized
shares falls within the Agents allowable thresholds, but consider on a CASE-BY-CASE basis those proposals exceeding the Agents threshold for proposals in connection with which a contrary recommendation from the relevant Investment
Professional(s) has been received and is to be utilized.
Reverse Stock Splits
Consider on a CASE-BY-CASE basis management proposals to implement a reverse stock split. In the event the split constitutes a capital increase
effectively exceeding the Agents allowable threshold because the request does not proportionately reduce the number of shares authorized, consider managements rationale and/or disclosure, generally voting FOR, but generally not
supporting additional requests for capital increases on the same agenda.
33
Preferred Stock
Review proposals to increase the number of shares of preferred stock authorized for issuance on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, and except where
otherwise indicated, generally utilize the Agents approach for evaluating such proposals. This approach incorporates both qualitative and quantitative measures, including a review of past performance (
e.g.
, board governance, shareholder
returns and historical share usage) and the current request (
e.g.
, rationale, whether shares are blank check and declawed, and dilutive impact as determined through the Agents proprietary model for assessing appropriate thresholds).
Generally, vote AGAINST proposals authorizing the issuance of preferred stock or creation of new classes of preferred stock with
unspecified voting, conversion, dividend distribution, and other rights (blank check preferred stock), but vote FOR if the Agent or relevant Investment Professional(s) so recommends because the issuance is required to effect a merger or
acquisition proposal.
Generally, vote FOR proposals to issue or create blank check preferred stock in cases when the company expressly
states that the stock will not be used as a takeover defense. Generally vote AGAINST in cases where the company expressly states that, or fails to disclose whether, the stock may be used as a takeover defense, but vote FOR if the Agent or relevant
Investment Professional(s) so recommends because the issuance is required to address special circumstances such as a merger or acquisition.
Generally, vote FOR proposals to authorize or issue preferred stock in cases where the company specifies the voting, dividend, conversion, and
other rights of such stock and the terms of the preferred stock appear reasonable.
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to increase the number
of blank check preferred shares after analyzing the number of preferred shares available for issue given a companys industry and performance in terms of shareholder returns.
Shareholder Proposals Regarding Blank Check Preferred Stock
Generally, vote FOR shareholder proposals to have blank check preferred stock placements, other than those shares issued for the purpose of
raising capital or making acquisitions in the normal course of business, submitted for shareholder ratification.
Adjustments to Par Value of Common
Stock
Generally, vote FOR management proposals to reduce the par value of common stock, unless doing so raises other concerns not
otherwise supported under these Guidelines.
Preemptive Rights
Review on a CASE-BY-CASE basis shareholder proposals that seek preemptive rights or management proposals that seek to eliminate them. In
evaluating proposals on preemptive rights, consider the size of a company and the characteristics of its shareholder base.
Debt Restructurings
Review on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals to increase common and/or preferred shares and to issue shares as part of a debt
restructuring plan.
Share Repurchase Programs
Generally, vote FOR management proposals to institute open-market share repurchase plans in
34
which all shareholders may participate on equal terms, but vote AGAINST plans with terms favoring selected parties. This policy shall also apply to companies incorporated outside the U.S. if they
are listed on a U.S. exchange and treated as a U.S. domestic issuer by the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC).
Generally, vote FOR
management proposals to cancel repurchased shares.
Generally, vote AGAINST proposals for share repurchase methods lacking adequate risk
mitigation or exceeding appropriate volume or duration parameters for the market.
Consider shareholder proposals seeking share repurchase
programs on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, with input from the relevant Investment Professional(s) to be given primary consideration.
Tracking Stock
Votes on the creation of tracking stock are determined on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.
8.
|
Executive and Director Compensation
|
Except as otherwise provided for herein, votes with respect to compensation and employee benefit plans, or the issuance of shares in
connection with such plans, should be determined on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, with voting decisions generally based on the Agents approach to evaluating such plans, which includes determination of costs and comparison to an allowable cap, except
as otherwise provided herein.
|
|
|
Generally, vote in accordance with the Agents recommendations FOR equity-based plans with costs within such cap and AGAINST those with costs
in excess of it, except that plans above the cap may be supported if so recommended by the Agent or relevant Investment Professional(s) as a condition to a major transaction such as a merger.
|
|
|
|
Generally, vote AGAINST plans if the Agent suggests cost or dilution assessment may not be possible due to the method of disclosing shares
allocated to the plan(s).
|
|
|
|
Generally, vote AGAINST equity-based plans whose awards further a misalignment between CEO pay and performance with regard to shareholder value,
including where pay appears unreasonably insulated from performance conditions and/or awards under the plan are concentrated among named executive officers.
|
|
|
|
Generally, vote AGAINST plans with inadequate disclosure regarding vesting or performance requirements. However, except as otherwise provided
herein, consider plans CASE-BY-CASE if the Agent questions the form or stringency of the vesting or performance criteria.
|
|
|
|
Generally, vote FOR plans with costs within the cap if the primary concerns raised by the Agent pertain to matters that would not result in a
negative vote under these Guidelines on a management say on pay proposal or the relevant board or committee member(s).
|
|
|
|
Generally, vote AGAINST plans administered by potential grant recipients.
|
|
|
|
Generally, vote AGAINST proposals to eliminate existing shareholder approval requirements for material plan changes, unless the company has
provided a reasonable rationale and/or adequate disclosure regarding the requested changes.
|
35
|
|
|
Generally vote AGAINST long-term incentive plans that are inadequately aligned with shareholders because the performance period is too short or
they lack an appropriate equity component, except that such cases will be considered CASE-BY-CASE in connection with executives already holding significant equity positions.
|
|
|
|
Generally, vote AGAINST plans that contain an overly liberal change in control definition (
e.g.
, does not result in actual change in
control).
|
|
|
|
Consider plans CASE-BY-CASE if the Agent raises other considerations not otherwise provided for herein.
|
Management Proposals Seeking Approval to Reprice Options
Review on a CASE-BY-CASE basis management proposals seeking approval to reprice, replace, or exchange options, considering factors such as
rationale, historic trading patterns, value-for-value exchange, vesting periods, and replacement option terms. Generally, vote FOR proposals that meet the Agents criteria for acceptable repricing, replacement, or exchange transactions.
Generally, vote AGAINST compensation plans that (1) permit or may permit (
e.g.
, history of repricing and no express prohibition against future repricing) repricing of stock options, or any form or alternative to repricing, without
shareholder approval, (2) include provisions that permit repricing, replacement, or exchange transactions that do not meet the Agents criteria, or (3) give the board sole discretion to approve option repricing, replacement, or
exchange programs.
Director Compensation
Votes on stock-based plans for directors are made on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, with voting decisions generally based on the Agents
quantitative approach described above as well as a review of qualitative features of the plan when costs exceed the Agents threshold.
Employee
Stock Purchase Plans
Votes on employee stock purchase plans, and capital issuances in support of such plans, should be made on a
CASE-BY-CASE basis, with voting decisions generally based on the Agents approach to evaluating such plans.
OBRA-Related Compensation Proposals
Votes on plans intended to qualify for favorable tax treatment under the provisions of Section 162(m) of OBRA should be evaluated
irrespective of the Agents assessment of board independence, provided that the board meets the independence requirements of the relevant listing exchange and no potential recipient under the plan(s) sits on the committee that exercises
discretion over the related compensation awards. Unless the issuer has provided a compelling rationale, generally vote with the Agents recommendations AGAINST plans that include practices or features not supported under these Guidelines or
deliver excessive compensation that fails to qualify for favorable tax treatment.
Amendments that Place a Cap on
Annual Grants or Amend Administrative Features
Generally, vote FOR plans that simply amend shareholder-approved plans
to include administrative features or place a cap on the annual grants any one participant may receive to comply with the provisions of Section 162(m) of OBRA.
Amendments to Add Performance-Based Goals
Generally, vote FOR amendments to add performance goals to existing compensation plans to comply with the provisions of
Section 162(m) of OBRA, unless they are clearly
36
inappropriate.
Amendments to Increase Shares and Retain Tax
Deductions Under OBRA
Votes on amendments to existing plans to increase shares reserved and to qualify the plan for
favorable tax treatment under the provisions of Section 162(m) should be evaluated on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, generally voting FOR such plans that do not raise any negative concerns under these Guidelines.
Approval of Cash or Cash-and-Stock Bonus Plans
Generally, vote FOR cash or cash-and-stock bonus plans to exempt the compensation from taxes under the provisions of
Section 162(m) of OBRA, with primary consideration given to managements assessment that such plan meets the requirements for exemption of performance-based compensation. However, consider CASE-BY-CASE when broader compensation concerns
exist.
Shareholder Proposals Regarding Executive and Director Pay
Unless evidence exists of abuse in historical compensation practices, and except as otherwise provided for herein, generally vote AGAINST
shareholder proposals that seek to impose new compensation structures or policies.
Severance and Termination Payments
Generally, vote FOR shareholder proposals to have parachute arrangements submitted for shareholder ratification (with parachutes
defined as compensation arrangements related to termination that specify change in control events) and provided that the proposal does not include unduly restrictive or arbitrary provisions such as advance approval requirements.
Generally, vote FOR shareholder proposals seeking double triggers on change in control awards. Consider on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals
seeking a specific treatment of equity that vests upon change in control.
Generally vote FOR shareholder proposals to submit executive
severance agreements for shareholder ratification, if such proposals specify change in control events, Supplemental Executive Retirement Plans, or deferred executive compensation plans, or if ratification is required by the listing exchange.
Review on a CASE-BY-CASE basis all proposals to approve, ratify, or cancel executive severance or termination arrangements, including those
related to executive recruitment or retention. Generally vote FOR such compensation arrangements if:
|
(1)
|
The primary concerns raised by the Agent would not result in a negative vote under these Guidelines on a management say on pay proposal or the
relevant board or committee member(s);
|
|
(2)
|
The issuer has provided adequate rationale and/or disclosure; or
|
|
(3)
|
Support is recommended by the Agent or relevant Investment Professional(s) (
e.g.
, as a condition to a major transaction such as a merger).
|
However, vote in accordance with the Agents recommendations AGAINST new or materially amended plans, contracts,
or payments that include single trigger change in control cash severance provisions or do not require an actual change in control in order to be triggered.
37
Consider on a CASE-BY-CASE basis any proposals opposed by the Agent due to single trigger equity acceleration or legacy single trigger change in control cash severance provisions.
Employee Stock Ownership Plans (ESOPs)
Generally, vote FOR proposals that request shareholder approval in order to implement an ESOP or to increase authorized shares for existing
ESOPs, except in cases when the number of shares allocated to the ESOP is excessive (
i.e.
, generally greater than five percent of outstanding shares).
401(k) Employee Benefit Plans
Generally, vote FOR
proposals to implement a 401(k) savings plan for employees.
Holding Periods
Generally, vote AGAINST proposals requiring mandatory periods for officers and directors to hold company stock.
Advisory Votes on Executive Compensation (Say on Pay)
Generally, management proposals seeking ratification of the companys compensation program will be voted FOR unless the program includes
practices or features not supported under these Guidelines (including those referenced under Section 1. The Board of Directors, Compensation Practices) and the proposal receives a negative recommendation from the Agent. Unless otherwise
provided for herein, proposals not receiving the Agents support due to concerns regarding incentive structures, severance/termination payments, or vesting or performance criteria not otherwise supported by these Guidelines will be considered
on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, factoring in whether the issuer has made improvements to its overall compensation program, and generally voting FOR if CEO pay appears aligned with performance and/or the company has provided a reasonable rationale and/or
adequate disclosure regarding the matter(s) under consideration. For say on pay proposals not supported by the Agent and referencing incentive plan concerns:
|
(1)
|
Short-term incentive plans
: Proposals will be considered on a CASE-BY-CASE basis if they cite short-term incentive plans over which the
board has exercised discretion to exclude extraordinary items, and voted AGAINST if treatment of such items has been inconsistent (
e.g.
, exclusion of losses but not gains).
|
|
(2)
|
Long-term incentive plans
: Proposals will be voted AGAINST if they cite long-term incentive plans that are inadequately aligned with
shareholders because the performance period is too short or they lack an appropriate equity component (
e.g.,
overly cash-based plans), except that the latter will be considered CASE-BY-CASE in connection with executives already holding
significant equity positions.
|
Generally, vote AGAINST proposals when named executives have material input into setting their own
compensation.
Generally, vote AGAINST proposals presented by issuers subject to Troubled Asset Relief Program (TARP) provisions if there
is inadequate discussion of the process for ensuring that incentive compensation does not encourage excessive risk-taking.
Frequency of Advisory Votes
on Executive Compensation
Generally, support proposals seeking an annual say on pay and oppose those seeking a less
38
frequent say on pay.
9.
|
State of Incorporation
|
Voting on State Takeover Statutes
Review
on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals to opt in or out of state takeover statutes (including control share acquisition statutes, control share cash-out statutes, freezeout provisions, fair price provisions, stakeholder laws, poison pill endorsements,
severance pay and labor contract provisions, anti-greenmail provisions, and disgorgement provisions).
Voting on Reincorporation Proposals
Proposals to change a companys state of incorporation should be examined on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, generally supporting management
proposals not assessed as a potential takeover defense, but if so assessed, weighing managements rationale for the change. Generally, vote FOR management reincorporation proposals upon which another key proposal, such as a merger transaction,
is contingent if the other key proposal is also supported. Generally, vote AGAINST shareholder reincorporation proposals not also supported by the company.
10.
|
Mergers and Corporate Restructurings
|
Input from the relevant Investment Professional(s) shall be given primary consideration with respect to proposals regarding business
combinations, particularly those between otherwise unaffiliated parties, or other corporate restructurings being considered on behalf of that Fund.
Generally, vote FOR a proposal not typically supported under these Guidelines if a key proposal, such as a merger transaction, is contingent
upon its support and a vote FOR is accordingly recommended by the Agent or relevant Investment Professional(s).
Mergers and Acquisitions
Votes on mergers and acquisitions should be considered on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, with voting decisions generally based on the Agents
approach to evaluating such proposals if no input is provided by the relevant Investment Professional(s).
Corporate Restructurings
Votes on corporate restructuring proposals, including demergers, minority squeezeouts, leveraged buyouts, spinoffs, liquidations, dispositions,
divestitures, and asset sales, should be considered on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, with voting decisions generally based on the Agents approach to evaluating such proposals if no input is provided by the relevant Investment Professional(s).
Adjournment
Generally, vote FOR
proposals to adjourn a meeting to provide additional time for vote solicitation when the primary proposal, such as a merger or corporate restructuring, is also supported. Absent such a proposal, vote FOR adjournment if all other proposals are
supported and AGAINST if all others are opposed. Under any other circumstances, consider on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.
Appraisal Rights
Generally, vote FOR proposals to restore, or provide shareholders with, rights of appraisal.
39
Changing Corporate Name
Generally, vote FOR changing the corporate name.
Approving New Classes or Series of Shares
Generally, vote
FOR the establishment of new classes or series of shares.
Authorizing the Board to Hire and Terminate Sub-Advisers Without Shareholder Approval
Generally, vote FOR these proposals.
Master-Feeder
Structure
Generally, vote FOR the establishment of a master-feeder structure.
Establish Director Ownership Requirement
Generally, vote
AGAINST shareholder proposals for the establishment of a director ownership requirement.
The matters below should be examined on a CASE-BY-CASE basis:
|
|
|
Converting Closed-end Fund to Open-end Fund
|
|
|
|
Investment Advisory Agreements
|
|
|
|
Preferred Stock Proposals
|
|
|
|
Changing a Fundamental Restriction to a Nonfundamental Restriction
|
|
|
|
Change Fundamental Investment Objective to Nonfundamental
|
|
|
|
Disposition of Assets/Termination/Liquidation
|
|
|
|
Changes to the Charter Document
|
|
|
|
Changing the Domicile of a Fund
|
|
|
|
Change in Funds Subclassification
|
|
|
|
Distribution Agreements
|
|
|
|
Reimburse Shareholder for Expenses Incurred
|
|
|
|
Terminate the Investment Adviser
|
|
|
|
Majority Voting Proposals
|
12.
|
Social and Environmental Issues
|
Boards of directors and company management are responsible for guiding the corporation in connection with matters that are most often the
subject of shareholder proposals on social and environmental issues: ensuring that the companies they oversee comply with applicable legal,
40
regulatory and ethical standards, effectively managing risk, and assessing and addressing matters that may have a financial impact on shareholder value. The Funds will generally vote in
accordance with the boards recommendation on such proposals unless it appears both that the stewardship noted above has fallen short and the issue is material to the company. The former may be evidenced by the companys failure to align
its actions and disclosure with market practice and that of its peers, or the companys having been subject to significant controversies, litigation, fines, or penalties in connection with the relevant issue. Such instances will be considered
CASE-BY-CASE. The Funds will generally vote AGAINST shareholder proposals seeking to dictate corporate conduct, impose excessive costs or restrictions, duplicate policies already substantially in place, or release information that would not help a
shareholder evaluate an investment in the corporation as an economic matter. The Funds may ABSTAIN from voting on shareholder proposals where application of the Guidelines is unclear. This may include cases where the concerns raised are considered
valid but the policies or actions requested are not deemed appropriate or the issues are not clearly relevant to corporate performance or are not deemed appropriate for shareholder consideration.
Companies incorporated outside the U.S. shall generally be subject to the foregoing U.S. Guidelines if they are listed on a U.S. exchange and
treated as a U.S. domestic issuer by the SEC. Where applicable and not provided for otherwise herein, certain U.S. Guidelines may also be applied to companies incorporated outside the U.S.,
e.g.
, companies with a significant base of U.S.
operations and employees. However, the following provide for differing regulatory and legal requirements, market practices, and political and economic systems existing in various global markets.
Unless otherwise provided for herein, it shall generally be the policy of the Funds to vote AGAINST global proxy proposals when the Agent
recommends voting AGAINST such proposal because relevant disclosure by the issuer, or the time provided for consideration of such disclosure, is inadequate. For purposes of these global Guidelines, AGAINST shall mean withholding of
support for a proposal, resulting in submission of a vote of AGAINST or ABSTAIN, as appropriate for the given market and level of concern raised by the Agent regarding the issue or lack of disclosure or time provided.
In connection with practices described herein that are associated with a firm AGAINST vote, it shall generally be the policy of the Funds to
consider them on a CASE-BY-CASE basis if the Agent recommends their support (1) as the issuer or market transitions to better practices (
e.g.
, having committed to new regulations or governance codes) or (2) as the more favorable
choice when shareholders must choose between alternate proposals.
Routine Management Proposals
Generally, vote FOR the following and other similar routine management proposals:
|
|
|
the opening of the shareholder meeting
|
|
|
|
that the meeting has been convened under local regulatory requirements
|
|
|
|
the agenda for the shareholder meeting
|
|
|
|
the election of the chair of the meeting
|
41
|
|
|
the appointment of shareholders to co-sign the minutes of the meeting
|
|
|
|
regulatory filings (
e.g.
, to effect approved share issuances)
|
|
|
|
the designation of inspector or shareholder representative(s) of minutes of meeting
|
|
|
|
the designation of two shareholders to approve and sign minutes of meeting
|
|
|
|
the allowance of questions
|
|
|
|
the publication of minutes
|
|
|
|
the closing of the shareholder meeting
|
Consider proposals seeking authority to call shareholder meetings on less than 21 days notice on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, with voting
decisions generally based on the Agents approach to consider whether the issuer has provided clear disclosure of its compliance with any hurdle conditions for the authority imposed by applicable law and has historically limited its use of such
authority to time-sensitive matters.
Discharge of Management/Supervisory Board Members
Generally, vote FOR management proposals seeking the discharge of management and supervisory board members, unless the Agent recommends
AGAINST due to concern about the past actions of the companys auditors or directors or legal action is being taken against the board by other shareholders, including when the proposal is bundled. Generally do not withhold support from such
proposals in connection with remuneration practices otherwise supported under these Guidelines or as a means of expressing disapproval of broader practices of the issuer or its board.
Director Elections
Unless otherwise
provided for herein, the Agents standards with respect to determining director independence shall apply. These standards generally provide that, to be considered completely independent, a director shall have no material connection to the
company other than the board seat.
Agreement with the Agents independence standards shall not dictate that a Funds vote shall
be cast according to the Agents corresponding recommendation. Further, unless otherwise provided for herein, the application of Guidelines in connection with such standards shall apply only when the nominees level of independence can be
ascertained based on available disclosure. These policies generally apply to director nominees in uncontested elections; votes in contested elections, and votes on director nominees not subject to policies described herein, should be made on a
CASE-BY-CASE basis, with primary consideration in contested elections given to input from the relevant Investment Professional(s).
For
issuers domiciled in Finland, France, Ireland, the Netherlands, Sweden, or tax haven markets, generally vote AGAINST non-independent directors opposed by the Agent when the full board serves as the audit committee, or the company does not have an
audit committee.
For issuers in all markets, vote AGAINST non-independent nominees to the audit committee, as well as bundled slates
including such nominees, unless the Agent otherwise recommends support (
e.g.
, due to market practices or requirements). If the slate is bundled and audit committee membership is unclear or proposed as a separate agenda item, vote FOR if the
Agent otherwise recommends support. For Canadian issuers, the Funds U.S. Guidelines with respect to audit committees shall apply. For issuers in all markets, nominees (or slates of nominees) will be
42
voted AGAINST if opposed by the Agent for failing to disclose audit fees broken down by category. If the Agent opposes audit committee members because fees for non-audit services (excluding
significant, one-time events) exceed 50 percent of total auditor fees, the provisions under Section 13. Ratification of Auditors and Approval of Auditors Fees shall apply.
Generally, vote FOR non-independent directors when the full board serves as the remuneration (compensation) or nominating committee, or the
company does not have a remuneration or nominating committee, if the board meets the applicable independence requirements of the relevant listing exchange. Vote FOR non-independent directors who sit on the remuneration or nominating committees if
such committee meets the applicable independence requirements of the relevant listing exchange.
Generally follow the Agents
recommendations to vote AGAINST individuals nominated as outside/non-executive directors who do not meet the Agents standard for independence, unless the slate of nominees is bundled and includes independent nominees, in which case the
proposal(s) to elect board members shall be considered on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.
Generally follow the Agents standards for
withholding support (AGAINST or ABSTAIN, as appropriate) from bundled slates or non-independent directors (typically, but not always, excluding the CEO), as applicable, if the board does not meet the Agents independence standards or the
boards independence cannot be ascertained due to inadequate disclosure.
For issuers in Italy presenting multiple slates of
directors (
voto di lista
), generally withhold support (AGAINST or ABSTAIN, as appropriate) from all slates until nominee names are disclosed, and upon disclosure, generally follow the Agents standards for assessing which slate is best
suited to represent shareholder interests.
For issuers in Japan, generally follow the Agents recommendations in furtherance of
greater board independence and minority shareholder protections, including:
|
|
|
At companies with controlling shareholders, if the board after the shareholder meeting does not include at least two directors deemed independent
under the Agents standards, generally vote AGAINST reelection of top executives.
|
|
|
|
At companies with a three-committee structure, generally vote AGAINST (1) outside director nominees not deemed independent under the
Agents standards if the board after the shareholder meeting is not majority independent and (2) non-independent directors on the nominating committee if the board does not include at least two directors deemed independent under the
Agents standards.
|
|
|
|
At all companies, vote AGAINST the top executive if the board does not include at least one outside director.
|
Consider on a CASE-BY-CASE basis any nominee whom the Agent cites as having failed to implement a majority-approved shareholder proposal. Vote
FOR if the shareholder proposal has been reasonably addressed. Vote AGAINST if the shareholder proposal is supported under these Guidelines and the board has not disclosed a credible rationale for not implementing the proposal.
43
Generally, withhold support (AGAINST or ABSTAIN, as appropriate) from nominees or slates of
nominees opposed by the Agent because they are presented in a manner not aligned with market best practice and/or regulation, including:
|
|
|
Bundled slates of nominees (
e.g.
, Canada, France, Hong Kong, or Spain);
|
|
|
|
Simultaneous reappointment of retiring directors (
e.g.
, South Africa);
|
|
|
|
In markets with term lengths capped by regulation or market practice, nominees whose terms exceed the caps or are not disclosed; or
|
|
|
|
Nominees whose names are not disclosed in advance of the meeting or far enough in advance relative to voting deadlines to make an informed voting
decision.
|
Generally vote FOR nominees without regard to recommendations that the position of chairman should be
separate from that of CEO or otherwise required to be independent, unless other concerns requiring CASE-BY-CASE consideration have been raised. The latter would include former CEOs proposed as board chairmen in markets such as the United Kingdom for
which best practice and the Agent recommend against such practice.
When cumulative or net voting applies, generally vote with the
Agents recommendation to support nominees asserted by the issuer to be independent, irrespective of audit committee membership, even if independence disclosure or criteria fall short of Agents standards.
Consider nominees for whom the Agent has raised concerns regarding scandals or internal controls on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, generally
withholding support (AGAINST or ABSTAIN, as appropriate) from nominees or slates of nominees when:
|
|
|
The scandal or shortfall in controls took place at the company, or an affiliate, for which the nominee is being considered;
|
|
|
|
Culpability can be attributed to the nominee (
e.g.
, nominee manages or audits the relevant function); and
|
|
|
|
The nominee has been directly implicated, with resulting arrest and criminal charge or regulatory sanction.
|
Consider non-independent nominees on a CASE-BY-CASE basis when the Agent has raised concerns regarding diminished shareholder value as
evidenced by a significant drop in share price, generally voting with Agents recommendation AGAINST such nominees when few, if any, outside directors are present on the board and:
|
|
|
The founding family has retained undue influence over the company despite a history of scandal or problematic controls;
|
|
|
|
The nominees have engaged in protectionist activities such as introduction of a poison pill or preferential and/or dilutive share issuances; or
|
|
|
|
Evidence exists regarding compliance or accounting shortfalls.
|
If the Agent recommends withholding support due to other material failures or egregious actions, the Funds U.S. Guidelines with respect
to such issues shall apply.
Consider nominees serving on the remuneration committee on a CASE-BY-CASE basis if the Agent recommends
withholding support from nominees in connection with remuneration practices not otherwise supported by these Guidelines, including cases in which the issuer has
44
not followed market practice by submitting a resolution on executive compensation. For Canadian issuers, the Funds U.S. Guidelines with respect to Section 1. Voting on Director
Nominees in Uncontested Elections, Compensation Practices, shall apply.
For issuers in markets in which it is common practice for
nominees attendance records to be disclosed, the Funds U.S. Guidelines with respect to director attendance shall apply. The same two-year attendance policy shall be applied regarding attendance by directors and statutory auditors of
Japanese companies if year-over-year data can be tracked by nominee.
Consider self-nominated director candidates on a CASE-BY-CASE basis,
with voting decisions generally based on the Agents approach to evaluating such candidates, except that (1) an unqualified candidate will generally not be supported simply to effect a protest vote and (2) cases of
multiple self-nominated candidates may be considered as a proxy contest if similar issues are raised (
e.g.
, potential change in control).
Generally vote FOR nominees without regard to over-boarding issues raised by the Agent unless other concerns requiring
CASE-BY-CASE consideration have been raised.
In cases where a director holds more than one board seat and corresponding votes, manifested
as one seat as a physical person plus an additional seat as a representative of a legal entity, generally vote with the Agents recommendation to withhold support (AGAINST or ABSTAIN, as appropriate) from the legal entity and vote on the
physical person.
Generally, vote with the Agents recommendation to withhold support (AGAINST or ABSTAIN, as appropriate) from
nominees for whom support has become moot since the time the individual was nominated (
e.g.
, due to death, disqualification, or determination not to accept appointment).
Generally, vote with the Agents recommendation when more candidates are presented than available seats and no other provisions under
these Guidelines apply.
Board Structure
Generally, vote FOR proposals to fix board size, but vote AGAINST if the Agent opposes due to corporate governance, anti-takeover, or board
independence concerns. Generally, vote FOR proposals seeking a board range if the range is reasonable in the context of market practice and anti-takeover considerations. Proposed article amendments in this regard shall be considered on a
CASE-BY-CASE basis, with voting decisions generally based on the Agents approach to evaluating such proposals. Consider other proposals regarding board structure or policies on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, voting AGAINST if they promote practices not
supported under these Guidelines.
Director and Officer Indemnification and Liability Protection
Generally, vote in accordance with the Agents standards for indemnification and liability protection for officers and directors, voting
AGAINST overly broad provisions.
Independent Statutory Auditors
With respect to Japanese companies that have not adopted the three-committee structure, vote AGAINST any nominee to the position of
independent statutory auditor whom the Agent considers affiliated,
e.g.
, if the nominee has worked a significant portion of his career for the company, its main bank, or one of its top shareholders. Where shareholders must vote on
multiple nominees in a single resolution, vote AGAINST all nominees. When multiple slates of
45
statutory auditors are presented, generally vote with the Agents recommendation, typically to support nominees deemed to be more independent and/or aligned with interests of minority
shareholders.
Generally, vote AGAINST incumbent nominees at companies implicated in scandals or exhibiting poor internal controls.
Key Committees
Generally, except where
market practice otherwise dictates, vote AGAINST proposals that permit non-board members to serve on the audit, remuneration (compensation), or nominating committee, provided that bundled slates, if otherwise acceptable under these Guidelines, may
be supported if no slate nominee serves on the relevant committee(s). If not otherwise addressed under these Guidelines, consider other negative recommendations from the Agent regarding committee members on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.
Director and Statutory Auditor Remuneration
Consider director compensation plans on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, with voting decisions generally based on the Agents approach to evaluating
such proposals, while also factoring in the merits of the rationale and disclosure provided.
Generally, vote FOR proposals to approve the
remuneration of directors and auditors as long as the amount is not excessive (
e.g.
, significant increases should be supported by adequate rationale and disclosure), there is no evidence of abuse, the recipients overall compensation
appears reasonable, and the board and/or responsible committee meet exchange or market standards for independence.
For European issuers, vote AGAINST
non-executive director remuneration if:
|
|
|
The advance general meeting documents do not specify fees paid to non-executive directors;
|
|
|
|
The company seeks to excessively increase the fees relative to market or sector practices without providing a reasonable rationale for the
increase; or
|
|
|
|
It provides for granting of stock options or similarly structured equity-based compensation.
|
For Toronto Stock Exchange (TSX) issuers, the Agents limits with respect to equity awards to non-employee directors shall apply.
Bonus Payments
With respect to Japanese
companies, generally follow the Agents guidelines on retirement and annual bonus payments, which include voting FOR retirement bonus proposals if all payments are for directors or auditors who have served as executives of the company and
AGAINST such proposals if any payments are for outsiders, except when deemed appropriate by the Agent, provided that no payments shall be supported unless the individual or aggregate amounts are disclosed. In all markets, if issues have been raised
regarding a scandal or internal controls, generally vote AGAINST bonus proposals for retiring directors or continuing directors or auditors when culpability can be attributed to the nominee (
e.g.
, if a Fund is also voting AGAINST the nominee
under criteria herein regarding issues of scandal or internal controls), unless bundled with bonuses for a majority of directors or auditors a Fund is voting FOR.
46
Stock Option Plans for Independent Internal Statutory Auditors
With respect to Japanese companies, follow the Agents guidelines with respect to proposals regarding option grants to independent
internal statutory auditors or other outside parties, generally voting AGAINST such plans.
Amendment Procedures for Equity Compensation Plans and
Employee Share Purchase Plans (ESPPs)
For TSX issuers, votes with respect to amendment procedures for security-based compensation
arrangements and ESPPs shall generally be cast in a manner designed to preserve shareholder approval rights, with voting decisions generally based on the Agents recommendation.
Compensation Plans and Shares Reserved for Equity Compensation Plans
Unless otherwise provided for herein, votes with respect to equity compensation plans (
e.g.
, option, warrant, restricted stock, or
employee share purchase plans or participation in company offerings such as IPOs or private placements) or awards thereunder, the issuance of shares in connection with such plans, cash-based plans where appropriate, or related management proposals
(
e.g.
, article amendments), should be determined on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, with voting decisions generally based on the Agents approach to evaluating such proposals, considering quantitative or qualitative factors as appropriate for the
market and utilizing the Agents methodology, including classification of a companys stage of development as growth or mature and the corresponding determination as to reasonability of the share requests.
Generally, vote AGAINST proposals that:
|
|
|
Exceed Agents recommended burn rates or dilution limits, including cases in which the Agent suggests dilution cannot be fully assessed
(
e.g.
, due to inadequate disclosure);
|
|
|
|
Provide deep or near-term discounts (or the equivalent, such as dividend equivalents on unexercised options) to executives or directors, unless
discounts to executives are deemed by the Agent to be adequately mitigated by other requirements such as long-term vesting or performance requirements (
e.g.
, Japan) or broad-based employee participation otherwise meeting the Agents
standards (
e.g.
, France);
|
|
|
|
Are administered with discretion by potential grant recipients, unless such discretion is deemed acceptable due to market practice or other
mitigating provisions;
|
|
|
|
Provide for retirement benefits or equity incentive awards to outside directors if not in line with market practice (
e.g.
, Australia,
Belgium, or The Netherlands);
|
|
|
|
Permit financial assistance to executives, directors, subsidiaries, affiliates, or related parties under conditions not supported by the Agent
(
e.g.
, misaligned with shareholders interests and/or posing excessive risk or independence concerns);
|
|
|
|
For matching share plans, do not meet the Agents standards, considering holding period, discounts, dilution, participation, purchase price,
and performance criteria;
|
|
|
|
Provide for vesting upon change in control if deemed to evidence a potential conflict of interest or anti-takeover device or if the change in
control definition is too liberal (
e.g.,
does not result in actual change in control);
|
|
|
|
Provide inadequate disclosure regarding vesting or performance requirements.
|
|
|
|
Include vesting or performance periods that do not meet market standards (or the Agents standards where market standards are unclear);
|
47
|
|
|
Permit post-employment vesting or exercise if deemed inappropriate by the Agent;
|
|
|
|
Allow plan administrators to make material amendments without shareholder approval unless adequate prior disclosure has been provided, with such
voting decisions generally based on the Agents approach to evaluating such plans;
|
|
|
|
Provide for contract or notice periods or severance/termination payments that exceed market practice,
e.g.
, relative to multiples of annual
compensation;
|
|
|
|
Promote a pay practice (or combination of practices) not otherwise supported under these Guidelines that appears to diminish accountability to
shareholders and/or has created a misalignment between CEO pay and performance with regard to shareholder value; or
|
|
|
|
Provide for retesting in connection with achievement of performance hurdles unless the Agents analysis indicates that (1) performance
targets are adequately increased in proportion to the additional time available, (2) the retesting is
de minimis
as a percentage of overall compensation or is acceptable relative to market practice, or (3) the issuer has committed
to cease retesting within a reasonable period of time.
|
Generally, vote FOR such plans/awards or the related issuance of
shares that (1) do not suffer from the defects noted above or (2) otherwise meet the Agents tests if the considerations raised by the Agent pertain primarily to vesting provisions, performance hurdles, discretionary bonuses,
recruitment awards, retention incentives, non-compete payments, severance/termination payments, or incentive structures if:
|
(1)
|
The company has provided adequate disclosure and/or a reasonable rationale regarding the relevant plan/award, practice, or participation;
|
|
(2)
|
The recipients overall compensation appears reasonable;
|
|
(3)
|
Potential payments or awards are not so significant (individually or collectively) as to potentially influence an executives decision-making
(
e.g.
, to enter into a transaction that will result in a change of control payment) or to effectively act as a poison pill; and
|
|
(4)
|
The board and/or responsible committee meet exchange or market standards for independence.
|
Unless otherwise provided for herein, market practice of the primary country in which a company does business or competes for talent, or in
which an employee is serving, as applicable, shall supersede that of the issuers domicile.
Consider proposals in connection with
such plans or the related issuance of shares in other instances on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.
Remuneration Reports (Advisory Votes on Executive
Compensation)
Generally, withhold support (AGAINST or ABSTAIN as appropriate for specific market and level of concerns identified)
from remuneration reports/advisory votes on compensation that include compensation plans that:
|
(1)
|
Permit practices or features not supported under these Guidelines, including conditions described under Compensation Plans and Shares Reserved for
Equity Compensation Plans above;
|
|
(2)
|
Permit retesting excessive relative to market practice (irrespective of the Agents support for the report as a whole);
|
48
|
(3)
|
Cite long-term incentive plans deemed to be inadequately aligned with shareholders because the performance period is too short or they lack an
appropriate equity component (
e.g.
, overly cash-based plans), except that the latter will be considered CASE-BY-CASE in connection with executives already holding significant equity positions;
|
|
(4)
|
Cite equity award valuation methods triggering a negative recommendation from the Agent;
|
|
(5)
|
Include components, metrics, or rationales that have not been disclosed in line with market practice (although retrospective disclosure may be
considered adequate);
|
|
(6)
|
For issuers in Australia, permit open market purchase of shares in support of equity grants in lieu of seeking shareholder approval, but only if
the issuer has a history of significant negative votes when formally seeking approval for such grants; or
|
|
(7)
|
Include provisions for retirement benefits or equity incentive awards to outside directors if not in line with market practice, except that reports
will generally be voted FOR if contractual components are reasonably aligned with market practices on a going-forward basis (
e.g.
, existing obligations related to retirement benefits or terms contrary to evolving standards would not preclude
support for the report).
|
Reports receiving the Agents support and not triggering the concerns cited above will
generally be voted FOR. Unless otherwise provided for herein, reports not receiving the Agents support due to concerns regarding vesting provisions, performance hurdles, discretionary bonuses, recruitment awards, retention incentives,
non-compete payments, severance/termination payments, or incentive structures not otherwise supported by these Guidelines shall be considered on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, generally voted FOR if:
|
(1)
|
The company has provided a reasonable rationale and/or adequate disclosure regarding the matter(s) under consideration;
|
|
(2)
|
The recipients overall compensation appears reasonable;
|
|
(3)
|
Potential payments or awards are not so significant (individually or collectively) as to potentially influence an executives decision-making
(
e.g.
, to enter into a transaction that will result in a change of control payment) or to effectively act as a poison pill; and
|
|
(4)
|
The board and/or responsible committee meet exchange or market standards for independence.
|
Reports with typically unsupported features may be voted FOR when the Agent recommends their initial support as the issuer or market
transitions to better practices (
e.g.
, having committed to new regulations or governance codes).
Proposals to Provide an Advisory Vote on
Executive Compensation
For issuers in Canada, generally support proposals seeking a say on pay, with a preference for an annual vote.
Shareholder Proposals Regarding Executive and Director Pay
Except as otherwise provided for herein, the Funds U.S. Guidelines with respect to shareholder proposals regarding executive and
director pay shall generally apply.
49
General Share Issuances
Unless otherwise provided for herein, voting decisions shall generally be based on the Agents practice to determine support for general
issuance requests (with or without preemptive rights), or related requests to repurchase and reissue shares, based on their amount relative to currently issued capital, appropriate volume and duration parameters, and market-specific considerations
(
e.g.
, priority right protections in France, reasonable levels of dilution and discount in Hong Kong). Requests to reissue repurchased shares will not be supported unless a related general issuance request is also supported.
Consider specific issuance requests on a CASE-BY-CASE basis based on the proposed use and the companys rationale.
Generally, vote AGAINST proposals to issue shares (with or without preemptive rights), convertible bonds, or warrants, to grant rights to
acquire shares, or to amend the corporate charter relative to such issuances or grants when concerns have been identified by the Agent with respect to inadequate disclosure, inadequate restrictions on discounts, failure to meet the Agents
standards for general issuance requests, or authority to refresh share issuance amounts without prior shareholder approval.
Generally, vote AGAINST
nonspecific proposals authorizing excessive discretion to a board.
Increases in Authorized Capital
Unless otherwise provided for herein, voting decisions should generally be based on the Agents approach, as follows. Generally:
|
|
|
Vote FOR nonspecific proposals, including bundled proposals, to increase authorized capital up to 100 percent over the current authorization unless
the increase would leave the company with less than 30 percent of its new authorization outstanding.
|
|
|
|
Vote FOR specific proposals to increase authorized capital, unless:
|
|
n
|
The specific purpose of the increase (such as a share-based acquisition or merger) does not meet these Guidelines for the purpose being proposed;
or
|
|
n
|
The increase would leave the company with less than 30 percent of its new authorization outstanding after adjusting for all proposed issuances.
|
|
|
|
Vote AGAINST proposals to adopt unlimited capital authorizations.
|
|
|
|
The Agents market-specific exceptions to the above parameters shall be applied.
|
Preferred Stock
Unless otherwise provided for herein,
voting decisions should generally be based on the Agents approach, including:
|
|
|
Vote FOR the creation of a new class of preferred stock or issuances of preferred stock up to 50 percent of issued capital unless the terms of
the preferred stock would adversely affect the rights of existing shareholders.
|
|
|
|
Vote FOR the creation/issuance of convertible preferred stock as long as the maximum number of common shares that could be issued upon conversion
meets the Agents guidelines on equity issuance requests.
|
50
|
|
|
Vote AGAINST the creation of (1) a new class of preference shares that would carry superior voting rights to the common shares or
(2) blank check preferred stock, unless the board states that the authorization will not be used to thwart a takeover bid.
|
Poison Pills/Protective Preference Shares
Generally, vote AGAINST management proposals in connection with poison pills or anti-takeover activities (
e.g.
, disclosure requirements
or issuances, transfers, or repurchases) that do not meet the Agents standards. Generally vote in accordance with Agents recommendation to withhold support from a nominee in connection with poison pill or anti-takeover considerations
when responsibility for the actions can be reasonably attributed to the nominee. Generally DO NOT VOTE AGAINST director remuneration in connection with poison pill considerations raised by the Agent.
Waiver on Tender-Bid Requirement
Generally, consider proposals on a CASE-BY-CASE basis seeking a waiver for a major shareholder or concert party from the requirement to make a
buyout offer to minority shareholders, voting FOR when little concern of a creeping takeover exists and the company has provided a reasonable rationale for the request, and with voting decisions generally based on the Agents approach to
evaluating such requests.
Approval of Financial Statements and Director and Auditor Reports
Generally, vote FOR management proposals seeking approval of financial accounts and reports, unless there is concern about the companys
financial accounts and reporting, which, in the case of related party transactions, would include concerns raised by the Agent regarding inadequate disclosure, remuneration arrangements (including severance/termination payments exceeding local
standards for multiples of annual compensation), or consulting agreements with non-executive directors. Unless otherwise provided for herein, reports not receiving the Agents support due to other concerns regarding severance/termination
payments not otherwise supported by these Guidelines shall be considered on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, factoring in the merits of the rationale or disclosure provided and generally voted FOR if the overall remuneration package and/or program at issue
appears reasonable and the board and/or responsible committee meet exchange or market standards for independence. Generally, vote AGAINST board-issued reports receiving a negative recommendation from the Agent due to concerns regarding independence
of the board or the presence of non-independent directors on the audit committee. However, generally do not withhold support from such proposals in connection with remuneration practices otherwise supported under these Guidelines or as a means of
expressing disapproval of broader practices of the issuer or its board.
Remuneration of Auditors
Generally, vote FOR proposals to authorize the board to determine the remuneration of auditors, unless there is evidence of excessive
compensation relative to the size and nature of the company.
Indemnification of Auditors
Generally, vote AGAINST proposals to indemnify auditors.
Ratification of Auditors and Approval of Auditors Fees
For Canadian issuers, the Funds U.S. Guidelines with respect to auditors and auditor fees shall apply.
51
For other markets, generally, follow the Agents standards for proposals seeking auditor
ratification or approval of auditors fees, which generally indicate a vote FOR such proposals if the level of disclosure and independence meet the Agents standards. However, if fees for non-audit services (excluding significant, one-time
events) exceed 50 percent of total auditor fees, consider on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, and vote AGAINST ratification of auditors or approval of auditors fees opposed by the Agent if it appears that remuneration for the non-audit work is so
lucrative as to taint the auditors independence, including circumstances where no rationale is provided.
In other cases, generally
vote FOR such proposals unless there are material concerns raised by the Agent about the auditors practices or independence.
Audit Commission
Consider nominees to the audit commission on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, with voting decisions generally based on the Agents approach
to evaluating such candidates.
Allocation of Income and Dividends
With respect to Japanese companies, consider management proposals concerning allocation of income and the distribution of dividends, including
adjustments to reserves to make capital available for such purposes, on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, generally voting with the Agents recommendations to support such proposals unless:
|
|
|
The dividend payout ratio has been consistently below 30 percent without adequate explanation; or
|
|
|
|
The payout is excessive given the companys financial position.
|
Generally vote FOR such proposals by issuers in other markets.
In any markets, in the event management offers multiple dividend proposals on the same agenda, consider on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, with primary
consideration given to input from the relevant Investment Professional(s) and voting decisions generally based on the Agents recommendation if no input is received.
Stock (Scrip) Dividend Alternatives
Generally, vote FOR most stock (scrip) dividend proposals, but vote AGAINST proposals that do not allow for a cash option unless management
demonstrates that the cash option is harmful to shareholder value.
Debt Instruments and Issuance Requests
Generally, vote AGAINST proposals authorizing excessive discretion to a board to issue or set terms for debt instruments (
e.g.
,
commercial paper). Generally, vote FOR debt issuances for companies when the gearing level (current debt-to-equity ratio
)
is between zero and 100 percent. Review on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals where the issuance of debt will result in
the gearing level being greater than 100 percent, or for which inadequate disclosure precludes calculation of the gearing level, comparing any such proposed debt issuance to industry and market standards, and with voting decisions generally
based on the Agents approach to evaluating such requests.
Financing Plans
Generally, vote FOR the adoption of financing plans if they are in the best economic interests of
52
shareholders.
Related Party Transactions
Consider related party transactions on a CASE-BY-CASE basis. Generally, vote FOR approval of such transactions unless the agreement requests a
strategic move outside the companys charter, contains unfavorable or high-risk terms (
e.g.
, deposits without security interest or guaranty), or is deemed likely to have a negative impact on director independence.
Approval of Donations
Generally, vote
AGAINST such proposals unless adequate, prior disclosure of amounts is provided; if so, single- or multi-year authorities may be supported.
Capitalization of Reserves
Generally,
vote FOR proposals to capitalize the companys reserves for bonus issues of shares or to increase the par value of shares, unless concerns not otherwise supported under these Guidelines are raised by the Agent.
Investment of Company Reserves
These
proposals should generally be analyzed on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, with primary consideration given to input from the relevant Investment Professional(s).
Article and Bylaw Amendments
Review on
a CASE-BY-CASE basis all proposals seeking adoption of, or amendments to, the articles of association, bylaws, or related board policies.
Generally, vote
FOR the proposal if:
|
|
|
The change or policy is editorial in nature;
|
|
|
|
Shareholder rights are protected;
|
|
|
|
There is negligible or positive impact on shareholder value;
|
|
|
|
Management provides adequate reasons for the amendments or the Agent otherwise supports managements position;
|
|
|
|
It seeks to discontinue and/or delist a form of the issuers securities when the relevant Fund does not hold the affected security type;
|
|
|
|
Notice or disclosure requirements are reasonable; or
|
|
|
|
The company is required to do so by law (if applicable).
|
Generally, vote AGAINST the proposal if:
|
|
|
It removes or lowers quorum requirements for board or shareholder meetings below levels recommended by the Agent;
|
|
|
|
It reduces relevant disclosure to shareholders;
|
|
|
|
It seeks to align the articles with provisions of another proposal not supported by these Guidelines;
|
|
|
|
It is not supported under these Guidelines, is presented within a bundled proposal, and the negative impact, on balance, outweighs any positive
impact; or
|
|
|
|
It imposes a negative impact on existing shareholder rights, including rights of the Funds, or diminishes accountability to shareholders to the
extent that any positive impact would not be deemed to be sufficient to outweigh removal or diminution of such rights.
|
53
With respect to article amendments for Japanese companies:
|
|
|
Generally vote FOR management proposals to amend a companys articles to expand its business lines.
|
|
|
|
Generally vote FOR management proposals to amend a companys articles to provide for an expansion or reduction in the size of the board,
unless the expansion/reduction is clearly disproportionate to the growth/decrease in the scale of the business or raises anti-takeover concerns.
|
|
|
|
If anti-takeover concerns exist, generally vote AGAINST management proposals, including bundled proposals, to amend a companys articles to
authorize the Board to vary the annual meeting record date or to otherwise align them with provisions of a takeover defense.
|
|
|
|
Generally follow the Agents guidelines with respect to management proposals regarding amendments to authorize share repurchases at the
boards discretion, voting AGAINST proposals unless there is little to no likelihood of a creeping takeover or constraints on liquidity (free float of shares is low), and where the company is trading at below book value or is facing a real
likelihood of substantial share sales; or where this amendment is bundled with other amendments which are clearly in shareholders interest.
|
Other Business
In connection with
global proxies, vote in accordance with the Agents market-specific recommendations on management proposals for Other Business, generally AGAINST.
54
ING STRATEGIC ALLOCATION PORTFOLIOS, INC.
(REGISTRANT)